Class 'PC'- Book. U- Copyright^ . COPYRIGHT DEPOSrT ELEMENTARY FRENCH GRAMMAR (GRAMMAIRE FRANQAISE ELEMENTAIRE) BY EVERETT WARD OLMSTED, Ph.D. M Professor of Romance Languages and Head of the Department in the University of Minnesota NEW YORK HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY Copyright, 1915, BY HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY ///V" THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, U. S. A. JUL I 1915 CU406522 .- N PREFACE {PREFACE) The aim of this book is to offer a thorough and practical course in French that shall combine the best features of both the so-called "grammatical" and "direct" methods of in- struction. Enough grammar 1 is given to enable the student to under- stand thoroughly, upon the completion of the book, ordinary French construction. The subject is not presented in dis- connected fragments, but each topic appears as a consistent whole, either entirely in one lesson, or in consecutive lessons. Rules are given with as much clearness and conciseness as possible, and paradigms are used whenever expedient. The study of verbs is begun as early as the third lesson, and by the eighteenth, all the simple tenses of the regular verbs and of the auxiliaries avoir and etre have been completed, so that the student may begin reading other French than that contained in the exercises of this book, should it be so desired. The headings of all grammatical subjects are printed in French as well as in English, to familiarize the student with grammatical nomenclature, and each lesson is followed by a questionnaire grammatical, to enable the teacher, who desires to use the "direct" method exclusively, to conduct all gram- matical drill in French. The vocabularies, 2 which range from twenty to thirty words, are varied and practical in character, but not too extensive for beginners. They have been placed at the beginning of each lesson, because they are sometimes required for use in the gram- matical drill. It is preferable also to keep them from too ready access to students when reciting upon the exercises. 1 The simplification of usage in certain points of French grammar, as permitted by decree of the French minister of public instruction, Feb. 26, 1901 (see p. 1 of Brachet etDussouchet, Grammaire Franqaise Complete, Paris, Hachette et Cie., 1901), has been incorporated, without, however, for the most part, special reference to the decree. 2 All vocabularies should be memorized, so that, upon the completion of the grammar, the student may have at his disposal a practical working vocabulary suf- ficiently large to relieve him, in his subsequent reading, of the necessity of consulting too frequently a dictionary. iii IV PREFACE Every lesson contains a reading exercise of connected prose. These exercises present topics of general, practical interest in the early part of the book, and in the latter part are devoted more particularly to French life and culture. The aim has been to introduce a thoroughly French atmosphere, and such subjects as the arrival in Paris, the choice of an apartment, sight-seeing in Paris, the history of the city, French education, Parisian theaters and cafes, etc., have been chosen with that end in view. Some of the information given may be of use to future travelers. The exercises in lessons thirty-eight, thirty-nine, and forty contain an exceedingly brief, but useful resume of French literature, intended to give to the student at least a general idea of the development of the literature of the language that he is studying, and to familiarize him with the names of the most eminent French writers. The last three lessons contain extracts from Moliere, Voltaire, and Victor Hugo, representa- tives respectively of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nine- teenth centuries. Conversation exercises in French follow each of the reading exercises. For practice in the writing of French, themes have been in- troduced into nearly every lesson, and provision has been made in some lessons for original compositions. These may be varied or omitted, as the teacher sees fit. For further drill work in the application of grammatical principles, oral exercises, consisting of disconnected sentences, accompany each lesson. Although exercises of all sorts are abundant throughout this grammar, the wise teacher, will, of course, employ due caution in the matter of assignments and omissions. All of the exer- cises of any lesson need not be given, and it will not always be necessary to assign the whole of any exercise. Lessons so long as to discourage the student should be avoided. A large amount of exercise material is given in order to afford the teacher an opportunity of varying the interest of each lesson by different assignments. If used with judgment, this grammar is appropriate to all sorts of beginners, those in the high-schools as well as those in colleges. However, in those preparatory schools where the teacher may prefer to begin with a very elementary method, this PREFACE grammar will be found to be ideal for the review work of the second year. The introduction contains the most complete presentation of the phonetic symbols to be found in any similar text-book, and many teachers will welcome this aid. A few exercises in the phonetic alphabet will be found at the back of the book. No one need use the phonetic symbols, unless it is desired, but the author believes that they are a great help in the acquisition of an accurate pronunciation. The second part of the book contains, in the main, verb paradigms. Many foreign and American French grammars have been consulted in the preparation of this work and particularly Brachet et Dussouchet's Grammaire Franqaise Complete and Fraser and Squair's larger French Grammar. The author wishes to acknowledge with thanks his indebted- ness for aid and suggestions in the composition of the French exercises to Professor Othon Goepp Guerlac, licencie es lettres, Assistant-Professor of French at Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.,,and to Professor Pierre F. Giroud, licencie es lettres, cffi- cier de V instruction publique, of Philadelphia, Pa., and for help- ful criticism in the correction of proof to his colleagues in the Department of Romance Languages of the University of Minnesota, Mr. Edward H. Sirich, Ph. D., and Mr. Charles Muller, licencie es lettres. Everett Ward Olmsted. Minneapolis, Minn. April 15, 1915. TABLE OF CONTENTS (TABLE DES MAT I EKES) INTRODUCTION PAGE Alphabet 3 Phonetic Symbols 4 Syllables 10 Linking 11 Elision 12 Punctuation 13 Phonetic Symbols (Reference List) 14 Useful Expressions 18 PART I LESSONS I. General Rules 21 II. Articles 23 Indefinite and Definite Articles 24 III. Articles 25 Repetition of Articles . . .- 26 Omission of Articles 27 Verbs 27 Interrogative Form 27 IV. Articles 29 Omission of the Indefinite Article 30 Omission of the Definite Article 31 Verbs ' 31 Eire (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) 31 V. Articles 33 Definite Article before Common Nouns 34 Verbs 35 Etre (Pres. Ind. — Negative and Interrogative) 35 vii VLL1 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE VI. Articles 37 Definite Article before Proper Nouns 38 Verbs 39 Avoir (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) .... 39 VII. Nouns 41 Partitive Sense 42 Verbs 43 Avoir {Pres. Ind. — Negative and Interrogative) .... 43 VIII. Adverbs 45 Adverbs of Quantity 46 Verbs 46 Donner {Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind.) ... 46 IX. Adjectives 49 Possessive Adjectives 49 Verbs . . . 50 Donner, Etre, Avoir {Imperative) 50 X. Adjectives 53 Demonstrative Adjectives 53 Verbs 54 Compound Tenses 54 XI. Nouns 56 Gender 57 Verbs 58 Finir {Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind., Imp.) . 58 XII. Nouns . . . 60 Gender {Continued) 60 Verbs 62 Vendre (Inf., Pres. Part., Past Part., Pres. Ind., Imp.) 62 XIII. Nouns 65 Number 65 Verbs ^ 66 Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Impf. Ind.) ... 66 XIV. Nouns 69 Number {Continued) 70 Verbs ^ Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {Past Def.) .... 71 XV. Adjectives 73 Formation of Feminine 74 Verbs ^ 76 Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {put.) 76 XVI. Adjectives 78 Formation of Feminine {Continued) 79 Formation of Plural 79 Agreement 80 TABLE OF CONTENTS IX PAGE Verbs a 80 Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Cond.) 80 XVII. Adjectives 83 Position 84 Verbs ^ 85 Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir {Pres. Subj.) ... 85 XVIII. Adjectives . 88 Comparison 89 Verbs ^ . 90 Donner, Finir, Vendre, Etre, Avoir (Imp/. Subj.) ... 90 XIX. Adjectives and Adverbs 93 Comparison {Continued) 93 Formation, Comparison, Position of Adverbs 94 Verbs 95 Principal Parts 95 XX. Adverbs 97 Adverbial Locutions 98 Verbs 98 Compound Tenses 98 Passive Voice 99 Agreement of Participle 100 XXI. Pronouns 102 Personal 103 Verbs 104 Reflexive 104 XXII. Pronouns 107 Personal {Continued) 108 Pronominal Adverbs 108 Verbs 109 Passive Voice {Use) 109 XXIII. Pronouns 112 Personal {Continued) 112 Verbs 113 Impersonal 113 XXIV. Depuis . 116 Verbs 117 Etre and Avoir {Impersonal Use) 117 Orthographic Changes 117 XXV. Adverbs 120 Affirmation and Negation 121 XXVI. Pronouns 125 Possessive 125 Verbs 126 Aller 126 Envoyer 127 X TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE XXVII. Pronouns 130 Demonstrative 130 Verbs 131 Recevoir 131 Devoir 132 XXVIII. Pronouns 134 Demonstrative {Continued) 135 Verbs 136 Asseoir 136 Falloir 137 XXIX. Adjectives and Pronouns 139 Interrogative 140 Verbs 141 Pleuvoir 141 Pouvoir 142 XXX. Pronouns 145 Relative 145 Verbs 147 Savoir 147 Valoir 147 XXXI. Pronouns 150 Relative {Continued) 150 Verbs 151 Voir 151 Vouloir 152 XXXII. Adjectives 155 Indefinite 155 Verbs 157 Courir 157 Cueillir 157 XXXIII. Pronouns 159 Indefinite 160 Verbs 161 Dormir 161 Fuir 162 XXXIV. Numbers 165 Cardinal 165 Verbs 167 Mourir 167 Ouvrir 167 XXXV. Numbers 170 Ordinal 171 Verbs 173 Tenir 173 Venir 173 TABLE OF CONTENTS Xl PAGE XXXVI. Prepositions 176 Verbs 178 Boire 178 Conclure 178 XXXVII. Prepositions 182 Before Infinitive 182 Verbs 183 Conduire 183 Connaitre . . 184 XXXVIII. Subjunctive 187 Principal Clauses 187 Sequence of Tenses 188 Verbs 189 Craindre 189 Croire 189 XXXIX. Subjunctive 192 Dependent Clauses 192 Noun Clauses 192 Verbs 194 Dire 194 Ecrire 194 XL. Subjunctive 198 . Adjective Clauses 199 Verbs 199 Faire 199 Lire 200 XLI. Subjunctive 203 Adverbial Clauses 203 Verbs 205 Mettre 205 Naitre 205 XLII. Infinitive 208 Use 208 Object of Transitive Verbs 209 Verbs 210 Plaire 210 Prendre .■ 210 XLIII. Collective Subject 213 Verbs 213 Resoudre 213 Rire 214 Suivre 214 Vaincre 214 Vivre 215 Xll TABLE OP CONTENTS PART II PAGE Regular Verbs 219 Avoir akd Etre 221 Orthographical Changes 224 Irregular Verbs 225 Reference List of Irregular Verbs 237 Phonetic Texts 241 French-English Vocabulary 245 English-French Vocabulary 295 Index 331 FRENCH GRAMMAR ABBREVIATIONS (ABREVIATIONS) abb. ace. adj. adv. art. anx. av. b. B.C. boul. cf. com p. com p. cond. conj. d. def. dem. 2e e.g. Eng. etc. /• Jam. 1st Ms). Ft. jut. gen. i.e. imp. impers. impf. hid. indef. inf. int. int. interj. intr. irr. abbreviation accusative, accusatif adjective, adjectif adverb, adverbe article, article auxiliary, auxiliaire avenue, avenue • born before Christ boulevard, boidevard compare comparative, comparatif compound, compose conditional, conditionnel conjunction, conjonction died definite, defini demonstrative, demonstratif deuxieme for example English equal (s) and so forth feminine, feminin familiar, familier first franc (s) French future, fidur general, general that is imperative, imperatif impersonal, impersonnel imperfect, imparfait indicative, indicatif indefinite, indefini infinitive, infmitif interrogative, interrogatif introduction, introduction interjection, interjection intransitive, intransitif irregular, irregulier ( ) denote that words are I J denote that words are L. lit. m. mil. n. neg. nom. obs. part. Part. Pers. pers. pl(ur) + pos. Poss. Pip)- pp. prep. Pres. pron. Pron. ler ire pub. refl. rel. 2(n)d §(§) sing. subj. sabst. sup. svl. S(r)d tr. trans. Se V. viz. vocab. Latin literally masculine, masadin military noun negative, negatif nominative, nominalif observe, observez participle, participe partitive, partitif person, personne personal, personnel ■ plural, plurid plus, plus positive, posiiif possessive, possessif page(s) past participle, participe Passe preposition, preposition present, present pronoun, pronom pronominal, pronominal premier premiere published, publie reflexive, rejfec/ii relative, relatif second section (s) singular, singulier subjunctive, subjonctif substantive, substantif superlative, superlatif syllable, syllabe third transitive, transitif translate troisieme verb, verbe namely vocabulary, vocabulaire to be, or may be, included to be omitted INTRODUCTION (INTRODUCTION) FRENCH PROXOXIATION (PROXOXCIATIOX FRANQAISE) ALPHABET {ALPHABET) 1. The letters of the French alphabet are the same as those of the English alphabet. They are, with their French names, as follows: a a [a] J ji [3i] s esse [es] b be [be] k ka [ka] t te [te] c ce [se] 1 elle [el] u uM d de [de] m emme [em] V ve [ve] e e[e] n enne [en] w double ve [dubl ve] f effe [ef] oH I iks [iks] g ge [3e] P pe [pe] y i grec [i grek] h ache [a$] q ku [ky] z zede [zed] i i[i] r erre [er] Xote. — The beginner may ignore the French names of the letters until he has mastered the phonetic symbols. Cf . § 5 . ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS (SIGNES ORTHOGRAPHIQUES) 2. The following orthographic signs are used in French : 1. The acute acent ' 1 (accent aigu [aksdt egy]), over an e only: e. 2. The grave accent * (accent grave [aksa graiv]): a. e. u. 3. The circumflex accent ' (accent circonflexe [aksd sirko- fleks]): a, e, i, 6, u. 4. The cedilla 5 (cedille [sediij]), placed under a c to give it a soft sound before a, 0, u: ca, etc. 5. The dieresis " (trema [trema]), placed over a vowel to separate it from a preceding vowel : naif. 6. The apostrophe ■ (apostrophe [apostrof]), denoting the omission of a final vowel before the initial vowel of another word: l'ami, s'il. 7. The hyphen - (trait d'union [tre dynjo]), used largely as in English. 1 These accents do not serve to indicate stress of voice. 3 4 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 3-4 PHONETIC SYMBOLS (SIGNES PHONETIQUES) 3. The French language, like the English, is not always phonetic in its spelling, and for this reason students are often troubled by the contradictions that appear between the written and spoken forms of the same words. However, since it has been discovered that any language may be written phoneti- cally, and since the International Phonetic Association has devised a phonetic alphabet that has been well-nigh universally adopted, the learning, not only of French pronunciation, but of that of all foreign languages, has been greatly simplified. The phonetic symbols employed in this grammar are those of the International Phonetic Association. These symbols have been based, for the most part, on international usage; that is to say, whenever it has been possible to represent a given sound by a letter used by the majority of the peoples employ- ing the Latin alphabet, that letter has been adopted. Some of the symbols naturally seem strange to an English speaking per- son, as, for example, the j, which has been chosen to indicate the sound of y in yet and which, though contrary to English, French, and Spanish, is in accord with German, Italian, Dutch, and Scandinavian usage. Some symbols have had to be in- vented, in order to represent sounds not satisfactorily indicated by any existing letters. But the difficulty of memorizing the symbols is not great, and once mastered they are of inestimable value in the acquisition of a sure and accurate pronunciation. They are particularly necessary to one learning a foreign lan- guage without a teacher. 1 4. The beginner in French should master first of all the pho- netic symbols, keeping in mind the fact that there is rarely an exact equivalent in English for the French sounds, and that the French vowels and consonants are both uttered with much greater precision and tenseness than are the corresponding letters in English. The tongue and lips are consequently much more active in forming them. 1 A Primer of French Pronunciation, by John E. Matzke, Henry Holt & Co., is especially recommended to all beginners of French. Many of the following rules have been suggested by that work. § 5 INTRODUCTION 5 5- TABLE OF PHONETIC SYMBOLS {TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES) Vowels (Voyelles) English 1 . French 2 a=fl in father. a, a (in some positions): ame [aim], pas [pa]. sl= a in at (usually not so flat). a, a (in most positions) : la [la], dame [dam]. e=e in let or (when long) in there. e, e, e (in some positions), ei, ai (usu- ally): pere [peir], tete [teit], tel [tel], reine [rein], vrai [vre]. e=a sound between the a in hate e, e (before silent final consonants) , ai and the e in he. (final in verbs) : de [de], nez [ne], serai [sare], i=e in he. i, i, y: ile [il], il [il], y [i]. o=a sound between the u in rub and o (phonetically closed 3 ): cor [koir], aw in lawn. ecole [ekol]. 0=0 in go. 6, o (phonetically open 4 ) : tot [to], nos [no]. u=oo in boot. ou, ou, ou: gout [gu], ou [u], ou [u]. oe=a sound somewhat like in love. eu (phonetically closed) : peur [pceir]. a=e in the (rapidly pronounced). e (in an open syl.) : petit [pati], le [la]. 0=a sound between the u in piiff eu (phonetically open): peu [po], and i in i/. veux [v0]. y= German il. u, u: du [dy], du [dy]. Nasal Vowels (Voyelles Nasales) a=o+n (unfinished) in on. an, en (or -m in either case): grand [gra], temps [ta]. e=>a+n (unfinished) in an. in, yn, ain, ein (or -m in any case) : pin [p§[, faim [fe], sein [se]. 5=aw+n (unfinished) in lawn. on (or -m): bon [bo], nom [no]. cb=u+n (unfinished) in bun. un (or -m): un [63], parfum [parfoe]. : is the sign of length. 1. In general, French vowel sounds, whether long or short, preserve their quality throughout. In pronouncing them one should avoid the drawl of the English vowels, which so .often changes their character and causes them to end with a glide or vanishing sound other than that with which they began, i.e., English = [o -fu], English e = [i + j]. 2. The sound [e] has no exact equivalent in English, and is 1 The English vowel sounds used as equivalents for the phonetic symbols will give an approximate idea of the French vowel sounds, but the teacher should illus- trate them orally, giving what modifications may be necessary. 2 For a more complete list of French equivalents, cf. § 34. 3 That is to say, followed by a consonantal sound. 4 That is to say, not followed by a consonantal sound. 6 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 6 one of the hardest to make. The corners of the mouth must be drawn back tensely and the tongue raised as for the sound [i], while one utters the a of hate as sharply as possible, without relaxing the lips or tongue. 3. The sound [o] has no exact equivalent in English. The jaws must be separated as for [e], the tongue drawn slightly backwards and raised at the back, and the lips rounded, while one utters the u of rub with a little of the sound of the English aw. 4. Care must be taken not to confound the sounds [ce] and [0], the second of which is thrown forward in the mouth when pro- nounced, causing the lips to protrude and contract, forming a small round opening. Compare these two sounds in the word heureux [cer0]. 5. No equivalent for the sound [y] can be found in English. Those who are familiar with the German ii, which it resembles, will have no difficulty in forming this sound. Others may suc- ceed in uttering it by contracting the lips as for [u] and then, without relaxing them at all, by trying to say [i]. 6. In order to pronounce the nasal vowel sounds, the air must be allowed to escape freely through both nose and mouth. The tongue must be kept down, not allowing its tip to rise and touch the roof of the mouth, as it does when the n sound in Eng- lish is completed. The lips must likewise be kept apart, even if the nasal vowel be spelled with an m (parfum [parfce], temps [ta]). 6. The following phonetic triangle may help one to place the vowel sounds: WP2^ -52£^V a (a) INTRODUCTION §7 7- TABLE OF PHONETIC SYMBOLS (TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES) Consonants (Consonnes) English b=b in bed. d=d in den. i=f in fat. g=g in go. k=c in cat. \=l in /oo&. m=w in we. n=« in wo. p=p in />w/. r= English r trilled, or better a uvu- lar r. s=s in 50. t=/ in tin. v=v in w»}. z=z in zea/. $=s/f in s/ww. 3=5 in pleasure. p.=ni in onion. French 1 b: beau [bo]. d: dame [dam]. f : fort [fo:r]. g (before a, o, u) : gare [ga:r]. c (before a, o, u) : car [kar]. 1: lac [lak]. m: me [mo]. n: ne [no]. p: pot [po]. r: ri [ri]. s (initial) , c (before e, i, y) : si [si], ce [so]. t: tu [ty]. # v: vice [vis]. z, s (between vowels) : zero [zero], rose [rorz]. ch: chaise [Se:z]. j, g (before e, i, y) : je [30], gtte [3k]. gn: agneau [a no]. j = y in yet. Semi-vowels (Demi-voyelles) y, i (before vowels) q=a sound like that of the French letter u or German u conso- nantly pronounced. w=w in we. yeux [jo], bien [bje]. u (before vowels) : lui [lip]. ou (before vowels) : oui [wi]. 1. The only consonantal symbols unfamiliar to a beginner are [S> 3> J 1 ? j> ^L an d these are easily learned. 2. There is a tendency to advance the tongue in forming most consonantal sounds in French. This is particularly true for d, 1, n, t, when the tip of the tongue is advanced until it touches the back of the upper front teeth. de [do], le [lo], ne [no], te [to] 3. The r may be trilled, but the better and more common pronunciation is that of a uvular r. It is made by elevating the root of the tongue and causing the uvula to vibrate. orange [ora:3], rond [ro] 1 For a more complete list of French equivalents, cf. § 35. 8 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 8-10 4. The semi- vowel sounds [j] and [w] must be pronounced more briefly and narrowly than the corresponding English consonants, y and w. The [j] sound when final must be very lightly pro- nounced. A vowel sound before it should be somewhat pro- longed. bien [bje], fille [fi:j], oui [wi] 5. The sound of [uj is one of the most difficult to acquire. Avoid the sound of the English w. Master first the sound of the French vowel u [y], then learn to use that as a consonantal sound before vowels. lui [lqi], nuage [nqa:3] 8. H is regularly silent in French, whether aspirate or mute. The difference between an aspirate and a mute h is that the former prevents either elision (cf. § 31) or finking (liaison [cf. § 19]), and the latter allows both. There are about four hundred words beginning with an as- pirate h. These are sometimes indicated in dictionaries by re- versed commas, thus: 'hache [a$], 'hibou [ibu], etc. They will be so indicated in the vocabularies of this grammar. In a very few exclamations the h is pronounced as the Eng- lish h. aha [aha], oho [oho] 9. X, though a single letter, generally represents a combination of consonantal sounds. It is usually pronounced [ks] (fixe [fiks], luxe [lyks], excepte [eksepte]); in the prefix ex + a vowel it is pronounced [gz] (exercice [egzersis], examen [egzame]); but in the prefix ex + hard c, f, p, q, or t by some persons 1 it is pro- nounced [s] (exclamation [esklamasjo], excuse [eskyiz], expliquer [esplike], exquis [eski]). Silent Consonants (Consonnes Muettes) 10. Only one letter is usually pronounced of double conso- nants (casser [kase], aller [ale]). In certain words, however, 1 This is the pronunciation given by Passy and Hempl in the International French Dictionary, published by Hinds. Noble, and Eldredge, while Rousselot, in his Precis de Prononciation Francaise, Paris, 1902 (p. 157), gives the soundas [eks]. The latter pronunciation has been adopted in this grammar, although, in general, the pro- nunciation indicated b}^ the International French Dictionary has been followed. §§ 11-14 INTRODUCTION 9 both consonants are pronounced (acquerrai [akerre], courrai [kurre], annales [annal]). 11. Consonants are sometimes silent in medial groups, as, for example: m in automne [oton] and in damner [dane] and derivatives p in lpt (sculpter [skylte] and derivatives), in pt (bapteme [bateim]), in mpt (compter [ko.te], dompter [dote], etc.) th in asthme [asm], isthme [ism] 12. Sometimes one of a final group of consonants is silent, e.g.: 1 in fils [fis] p in sept [set] 13. Final consonants are generally silent in French, whether single or in groups. les [le], pots [po], grand [gra], trop [tro] Exceptions: 1 (a) The principal exceptions are in proper names, especially foreign ones: Alfred [alfred], Cid [sid], Gil Bias [31I bla:s], Reims [re:s], Christ [krist] — But: Jesus-Christ [3ezy kri], — Ernest [ernest], etc.; in club [klyb], sud [syd], cap [kap], cinq [se:k], coq [kok], fils [fis], helas [elais], jadis [3adis], lis Pus], mars [mars], mceurs [mcers], ours [urs], sens [sas] (except in bon sens [bo sa] and sens commun [sa komce]), tous [tu:s] (as pronoun), bis [bi:s], omnibus [omnibyis], dot [dot], net [net], huit [qit], prefix [prefiks], est [est], ouest [west], correct [korekt] (and some others in ct), abrupt [abrypt], rapt [rapt], and many others. (b) In groups consisting of r + consonant(s), r alone is usually pronounced. vert [ve:r], corps [ko:r], cerf [se:r] 14. Final c, f, 1, r are usually pronounced. avec [avek], chef [§ef], tel [tel], cher [§e:r] Exceptions : l (a) C is silent after a nasal vowel (banc [ba]), and in certain words, e.g., broc [bro], estomac [estoma], tabac [taba], etc. (b) F is silent in clef [kle], cerf [se:r], nerf ne:r], chef d'ceuvre [§e d ce:vr], in the plurals bceufs [bo], ceufs [0], etc. (c) L is silent in fils [fis], pouls [pu], and a few other words. (d) R is generally silent in words of more than one syllable ending in -er(s) (aimer [erne], acier [asje], volontiers [volotje]), in monsieur [mosjo]; but is pronounced by exception in amer [ameir], cuiller [kyjeir], enfer [afeir], hiver [ive:r], and a few other words. Note- — In monosyllables -er is pronounced. cher [§e:r], fier [fje:r], hier [je:r] 1 Beginners are not supposed to commit to memory such lists as these. They may be used for later reference. 10 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 15-17 15. Final consonantal sounds are more completely uttered than in English, to such an extent, indeed, that they often seem to end in a sort of [a] sound. This is particularly true after the voiced stops b, d, g. robe [rob], aide [e:d], vague [vag] 16. L and r are whispered after a consonant in the endings -le, -re. table [tabl], chevre [Sezvr] 17. SYLLABLES (SYLLABES) 1. Vowels are the essential part of any syllable. A single vowel, or any combination of vowels, except two contiguous independent vowels, may form a syllable. a, ou, beau. But: ha-Ir, ne-e 2. A single consonant (except x) between vowels begins a syllable. a-mi, e-vi-te, bu-reau Note. — Consonantal combinations representing single sounds (ch, ph, th, gn, etc.) are treated like single consonants. a-che-ter, te-le-pho-ne, a-the-e, a-gneau 3. Two consonants of which the second is 1 or r (except 11, rr, rl, lr) begin likewise a syllable. ta-bleau, au-tre 4. Other combinations of consonants are divided so as to give to the preceding syllable whatever consonants cannot (ac- cording to the foregoing rules) begin a syllable. el-le, in-te-res-sant, com-bler 5. Any of these rules may be set aside when derivation so requires. in-e-gal, mal-heur, in-spi-rer 6. Syllables are open, when they end in a vowel, and closed, when they end in a consonant. If the consonant is silent, they may be considered as phonetically open. They may be regarded as phonetically closed when followed by a final consonantal sound, even when the consonant belongs to a succeeding sylla- ble (e.g., ecole [ekol]). §§ 18-23 INTRODUCTION 11 18. TONIC ACCENT (ACCENT TONIQUE) 1. The stress of voice on individual syllables, which is so strong in English, is correspondingly weak in French, each syllable being uttered with great clearness, but with approxi- mately the same stress, except for a very slight additional stress falling on the last fully pronounced syllable of a word. 2. In connected discourse the words are run together in stress groups, with every syllable of approximately the same force, except the last syllable 1 of the group, which receives a slight emphasis. The accent upon such syllables is usually a rising one before commas or slight pauses, and a falling one at the end of sentences. LINKING (LIAISON) 19. In uttering a series of words in French, it is customary to break them up into stress groups, in which the syllable be- comes the unit rather than the word. For this reason a con- sonant that is regularly silent at the end of a word is often pro- nounced upon a following vowel (mute h not preventing), as if it were the initial consonant of a new syllable. This is called the liaison [ljezo], or linking (of words). Note. — Though final consonants making the liaison are pronounced as if they were the initial consonants of succeeding syllables, they are com- monly printed in phonetic script with the words of which they form part. Venez ici, mes enfants, nos amis sont arrives [vanez isi mez afd noz ami sot arive] 20. Liaison is more frequent in formal diction than in col- loquial speech, although certain liaisons are always made. 21. Liaison occurs, in general, between words of close syntac- tical relation: pronoun and verb, adjective and noun, preposi- tion and its object, adverb and word modified, etc. 22. An aspirate h prevents the liaison, while a mute h does not. les 'hiboux [le ibu], les hommes [lez am] 23. Onze, 'eleven,' and oui, 'yes,' do not allow the liaison. les onze [le oiz], les oui [le wi] 1 Meaning fully pronounced syllable. 12 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 24-31 24. The following consonants change their normal sound in making the liaison: d= [t], f = [v] (in neuf, 'nine'), g= M, x= [z], ■-[z]. un grand homme [tie grat om], neuf ans [noev a], un sang impur [tie sak epyir], dix ans [diz a], les homines [lez om]. Exception. — The d of nord, 'north,' remains d (nord-est [nordest]). 25. The t of et, 'and,' and the final m never make the liaison. mere et enfant [me:r e aid], un nom important [tie n5 eporta] 26. Nasal n, when linked, usually retains a part of its nasal character, though it is pronounced upon the following vowel as an initial n. mon ami [mon ami] 27. P rarely makes the liaison, except in trop, 'too,' and beaucoup, 'much.' trop heureux [trop cero] 28. Final r, if regularly silent, is not linked in ordinary speech, but may be so pronounced in more formal utterance. blamer a tort [blame (or blamer) a to:r] Note. — When such an r is linked, a preceding [e] sound becomes [e]. 29. Silent final consonants after r are rarely linked, except the plural s, t of fort, 'very,' and t of verbs before a pronoun. a tort et a travers [a to:r e a traveir] But: fort aimable [foirt emabl] dort-il [doirt il] 30. Not all silent final consonants can be linked. A good dictionary 1 should be consulted when in doubt. ELISION (ELISION) 31. The letters a, e, i of certain words are sometimes entirely omitted and their place taken by an apostrophe. This is called elision. It occurs before an initial vowel (or h mute) in the fol- lowing cases: 1. a in the article la and in the pronoun la before a verb, en, or y. l'eau [lo], /. Je Pai vue [5a le vy]- Menez-Py [mane li]. 1 The International Dictionary, by Paul Passy and George Hempl, published by Hinds, Noble, and Eldredge, is one of the best. §§ 32-33 INTRODUCTION 13 2. e in le {article), de, ne, que; in the pronouns ce, le, je, me, se, te, before a verb, en, or y; in lorsque, puisque, quoique, be- fore il(s), elle(s), on, un(e); in jusque before k or ici; in quelque before un(e) ; and in a few compound words, mostly with entre. l'ami [lami], d'eau [do], n'est [ne], qu'un [kce], c'est [se], l'ont [15], j'ai [3e], lorsqu'il [lorskil], quoiqu'on [kwako], jusqu'ici [3yskisil, quelqu'un [kelkdej. 3. i only in si before il(s). s'il(s) [sil] PUNCTUATION (PONCTUATION) 32. The punctuation marks in French are virtually the same as in English. 1. They are called: . point [pwe] . . . points de suspension [pwe da , virgule [virgyl] syspasjol ; point et virgule [pwet e virgyl] <( » guillemets [gijme] : deux points [d0 pwe] ( ) parentheses [parateiz] ? point d'interrogation [pwe detero- [ ] crochets [kro§e] ! point d' exclamation [pwe dekskla- \ *■ J masjo] * asterisque [asterisk] - trait d'union [tre dynjo] f croix de renvoi [krwa da ravwa] — tiret (de separation) [tire (da separasjo)] 2. Their usage is practically the same as in English, save that the dash ( — ) serves often to indicate a change of speaker. CAPITALS (MAJUSCULES) 33. Capital letters (lettres majuscules) are employed in French as in English in most cases, but small letters (lettres minuscules) are used, instead of capitals, to begin proper ad- jectives employed as such (or substantively for the names of languages), names of months, days of the year, I and O (the ex- clamation), when they do not begin a sentence. un livre francais a French book le francais the French (language) But: un Francais a Frenchman Janvier January lundi Monday je I Qu'as-tu fait, 6 toi que voila What have you done, O you who . . .? stand there . . .? 14 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 34 FOR REFERENCE 1 (A TITRE VINDICATION) 34. TABLE OF THE PHONETIC SYMBOLS AND THEIR FRENCH EQUIVALENTS {TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES ET LEURS EQUIVALENTS EN FRANgAIS) Vowels (Voyelles) Symbols (Signes) French Equivalents (Equivalents Francais) 1. a (ouvert, =a (age [0:3]). 'open') =a before final -se, -ze (rase [rctiz], gaze [ga:z]), before final pronounced s or z (helas [elais}, gaz [ga:z]), {gen- erally' 1 ) before -sse, -ce (passe [pais], grace [gra:s]), (generally) in -ation, -assion, -asion (nation [nasj'5]), (generally) before -ill- (paille [pa:j]), (generally) before silent final consonants (pas [pa]) . 2. a (ferme, =a (la [la]). 1 closed ') = a (in general 2 ), especially when initial (ami [ami]), when final (la [la], deja [de3a]), before phonetically final [b, d, g, 1, m, n, ji, r] (bague [bag], dame [dam]), before -ge, -ve (page [pa:3], cave [ka:v]). = e in the adverbial ending -emment (recemment [resama]) , in femme [fam], and in a few other words. 3. 8 (ouvert) =e (pere [pe:r]). = e (tete [test]). = e (rarely) (donne-je [doneis], teter [tete]). = e in a phonetically closed syllable (tel [tel], chercher [$er$e]), before final -t, -ts (sujet [sy3s], mets [me]) — except the conjunction et [e]. = ei (reine [rem], pareil [pare:j]). = ai (in general) (vrai [vre], aide [ed]). 4. e (ferme) =e (de [de]) — except rarely when e = [e]. = e (sometimes) when initial followed by ss (essayer [eseje]), (generally) before silent final consonants, ex- cept -t, -ts (nez [ne], mes 3 [me], aller [ale]). But the conjunction et = [e]. = ai (sometimes) when initial (aider [ede], aigu [egy]), (always) when final in verbs (serai [sore]), in the pres- ent of savoir (sais [se], etc.), in the words gai [ge], quai [ke], geai [5c]. = ce as initial in a few words (oesophage [ezofa:3]). 5. i =1 (ile [il]). _ = i (finir [finiir]). =y (y ED. 6. (ouvert) =0 (generally) in a phonetically closed syllable (cor [ko:r], encore [akoir], ecole [ekol], bonne [bon]) — except before -se, in the syllables -doss-, -gross-, and (gen- 1 For practice in reading phonetic transcription, see texts on pp. 241-244. 2 The exceptions to these and other general rules will be called to the students' attention as the individual cases appear. 3 Some pronounce these monosyllables, mes, des, tes, etc., with an open e [me, de, te, etc.]. §34 INTRODUCTION 15 erally) before -me, -ne — and (sometimes) in an open syllable (odorat [odora], doter [dote]). There are many of these exceptions. = au (generally) in a phonetically closed syllable (aug- ment [ogma]) , (sometimes) in a phonetically open syl- lable, more often before r and t (mauvais [move], aurai [ore], automne [oton]). = oi in a few words (oignon [ojio], encoignure [akoriy:r]). 7. o (ferme) =6 (tot) [to]). = o (generally) in a phonetically open syllable (no [no], nos [no]), but (often) in a phonetically closed sylla- ble, especially before -se and (generally) -me, -ne (rose [ro:z], tome [to:m]), and in the syllables -doss-, -gross- (dossier [dosje], grosse [gros]). = ao in Curasao [kyraso]. = au (generally) in a phonetically open syllable (au [o], aux [o]). There are many exceptions, especially before r and t. = eau (beau [bo]). = ou (gout [gu]). = ou (ou [u]). = ou (ou [u]). = aou in aout [u] (as generally pronounced). = eu in a phonetically closed syllable (peur [pce:r], meuble [mcebl]). = eu, ue, oe, before -il, -ill- (deuil [dce:j], cueille [kceij], ceil [ce:j]). = oeu before pronounced f, r, -vre (boeuf [beef], coeur [kce:r], osuvre [ce:vr]). 10. a (mi-ouvert, = e in an open syllable not final (mener [mane]) , in the 'half open') monosyllables de [do], je [3a], le [la], me [ma], etc., and in certain words before s when doubled to pre- serve the hard sound (ressortir [rasortir]). Note. — The e is absolutely silent in final -e, -es (not in monosyllables) , in the verb-ending -ent (3d person plural) , and in the body of a word where the com- bination of consonants before and after it allows of its omission (mene, menes, menent [all mem], ma- demoiselle [madmwazel]). 8. u 9. oe (ouvert) 11. (ferme) 12. y = ai in faisant [foza], and derived forms. = eu (jeune [30 :n]). = eu in a phonetically open syllable (peu [p0], veux [v0]), before pronounced [t, tr, z] (meute [m0:t], neutre [n0tr], couteuse [kutoiz]). = obu before silent final consonants (ceuf s [0]) . =u (sur [sy:r]). = u (du [dy]). = eu and eu in various forms of the verb avoir (eus [y], eumes [y:m]), and eu in gageure [ga3y:r]. 16 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 35 Nasal Vowels (Voyelles Nasales) 13. Vowels preceding n or m are not usually nasal when n or m is doubled, or followed by a vowel (anneau [ano], inegal [inegal]). In a few words en final is pronounced [en] (hymen [imen]). Note. — In a few words, contrary to rule, the vowel is nasal, even when n or m is doubled (ennui [amp], emmener [amne], immangeable [ema3abl], etc.). In a few others -enn-, -emm- are pronounced [an, am], respectively (solennel [solanel], femme [fam], etc.). 14. a= an (grand [gru]). = am (champ [$d]). = en (dent [da]). A few words in -en are exceptions (examen [egzame], etc.), also most words (except most nouns) in -ien (bien [bje], but not orient [orja]). = em (temps [ta]). = ean in Jean [3a]. = aon in faon [fa], paon [pa], taon [ta]. 15. e=in (fin [fe]). = im (simple [se:pl]). = yn (syndic [sedik]). = ym (lymphe [le:f]), but the combination -ymn- is pronounced [imn] (hymne [imn]). = ain (main [me]). = aim (faim [fe]). = ein (sein [se]). = eim (Reims [re:s]). = en in a very few words (examen [egzame], europeen [ceropee], etc.) and (generally) after i or y when en is final or followed by s or t (bien [bje], vient [vje]) — but not in nouns (orient [orja]). 16. 5= on (bon [bo]). = om (nom [no]), but the combination -omn- is pronounced [omn] (omnibus [omnibys]), except in automne, when the m is silent [oton]. =un in a few words (jungle [5o:gl], punch [po:§], etc.). 17. de=un (un [63]). = um (parfum [parfce]). but in a few Latin words -um is pronounced [om] (album [albom]). = eun (jeun [503]). : (the sign of length) is used after stressed vowels in general, before the sounds [v, z, 3, j], before r phonetically final, and after nasals and long [a, e, o, 0] (prise [pri:z], age [0:5], fille [fi:j], chere [$e:r], danse [da:s], reine [rem], tome [to:m]). 35. TABLE OF THE PHONETIC SYMBOLS AND THEIR FRENCH EQUIVALENTS (TABLEAU DES SIGNES PHONETIQUES ET LEURS EQUIVALENTS EN FRANCAIS) Consonants (Consonnes) Symbols (Signes) French Equivalents (Equivalents Fran-gais) 1. b = b (bon [bo]). 2. d=d (du [dv]). 3. f=f (fer [fe:r]). = ph (Joseph [3ozef]). 6. 1 7. m 8. n 9. P 10. r 11. s § 35 INTRODUCTION 17 4. g=g (hard) before a, o, u, or before consonants, or (rarely) when final (gai [ge], grand [gra], gnome [gnoim], joug foug]). = gu before e, i (gueux [go], gui [gi]), and before other vowels in certain verb-forms (conjuguons [k53yg5]);but gu before (e or i) in a few words is pronounced [gq] (aiguille [egqi:j], aiguiser [egqize], arguer [argqe], etc.). = c in second [sago, zgo] and derivatives, and in zinc [ze:g]. 5. k=c (hard) before a, o, u, or before consonants, or when final (cafe [kafe], clair [kleir], sec [sek]). = q final (cinq [se:k], coq [kok]). = qu before e, i, y, and (often) before a, o (que [kg], qui [ki], quand [ka]). = k in some foreign words (koran [kora]). = ch in most Greek derivatives, in -chus, and before consonants (echo [eko], Bacchus [baky:s], Chretien [kretje]). = 1 (leur [lce:r]). m (mere [me:r]), except when it is the sign of a nasal vowel, n (nous [nu]), except when it is the sign of a nasal vowel, p (peau [po]). = b before s or t (absolu [apsoly], obtenir [optoniir]). t (rare [ra:r]). = s when initial, or before or after consonants (son [s5], aspire [aspire]) — except (generally) in trans- followed by a vowel — transit [trazi], and a few other words (presbyte [prezbit]). = c before e, i, y (ces [se], ci [si], cycle [sikl]), including the second c of cc preceding e, i, y (acces [akse]). = c before a, o, u (ca [sa], garcon [garso], recu [rosy]). = sc before e, i, y (scene [se:n], scie [si]). = t (generally) before i in the endings -tia, -tie, -tiel, -tient, -tieux, -tion (facetie [fasesi], nation [nasjo]), except when -tion follows s or x (question [kestjo], mixtion [mikstjo]). = x in six and dix, when standing alone [sis, dis], in soixant [swasait], and (by some authorities 1 ) in the prefix ex + hard c, f, p, q, or t (exclamer [esklame], excuse [esky:z], expliquer [esplike], exquis [eski]). 12. t=t (ton [to]). = th (the [te]). 13. v=v (vice [vis]). = w (in general) (wagon [vago]) . 14. z=z (zero [zero], gaz [ga:z]). = s between vowels (rose [roiz]), except in certain compounds (vrai- semblable [vresablabl]) . = medial x, in certain numerals (deuxieme [dozjem], dix-huit [diz qit], dix-neuf [diz ncef]). 15. S =c ^- (chaise [§e:z]). = sch (usually) (schisme [$izm]) ; but in a few words sch is pronounced [sk] (scholastique [skolastik], etc.). 16. 3=j (jamais feamel, je [30]). = g before e, i, y (age [0:3], gilet [3UC], gymnaste feimnast]), including the second g of gg preceding e, i, y (suggerer [syg3ere]). 17. Ji=gn (mignon [mijio]), except in a few words in which the g and n are pronounced separately (gnome [gno:m], stagnant [stagna]). 1 See p. 8, footnote 1. 18 FRENCH GRAMMAR Semi-vowels (Demi-voyelles) 18. j=y before a vowel (yeux [jo], il y a [il j a]). = i before a vowel (bien [bje], nation [nasjo]); but i after a group of consonants and i before mute e have the sound [i] (prier [prie], ouie [wi]). = 11 of -ill- after a consonant (famille [fami:j], fille [fi:j]). The com- monest exceptions are mille [mil], ville [vil], village [vila:3], pu- pille [pypil], tranquille [trakil]. When initial, ill- is always pronounced [il] (illusion [ilyzjo]). = — ill — after a vowel (the vowel always retaining its proper value) (travailler [travaje], pareille [pare:j], grenouille [gronuij]). = -il(s) after a vowel, except o (the vowel always retaining its proper value) (pareil [pare:j], ceil [oe:j]. But: poil [pwal]). Note. — Final -il(s), after a consonant, in words of more than one syllable, is usually pronounced [i] (fusil [fysi], gentil ^ati]). In words of one syllable -il(s) is pronounced [il] (mil [mil], ils [il]) , and, by exception, in a few words of more than one syllable (avril [avril], peril [peril]). 19. it =u before a vowel (nuage [nqa:3], ecuelle [ekiiel], lui [lqi]). 20. w=w in a few English words (tramway [tramwe]). =wh in a few English words (whist [wist], whiskey [wiske]). =ou before a, e, i (ouate [wat], ouest [west], oui [wi]). =u between g and a in a very few words (lingual [legwal]), and between q and a (aquarelle [akwarel]). =o in-oi-, in which combination the i has sometimes the sound [a] and sometimes [a] (toi [twa], toit [twa]) , or in -oin, when the in =[e] (loin [lwe]) ; and in -oe-, in a few words, in which the e has the sound [a] or [a] (poele [pwa:l], poelee [pwale]). USEFUL EXPRESSIONS TO BEGIN WITH (EXPRESSIONS UTILES POUR COMMENCER) Monsieur (M.) [masjo], Sir, Mr. Messieurs (MM.) [mesjo], Gen- tlemen. Madame (M me ) [madam], Madam, Mrs. Mesdames (M mes ) [medam], La- dies. Mademoiselle (MUe) [madmwa- zel], Miss. Mesdemoiselles (Miles) [medmwa- zel], Young ladies. Bon jour [b5 3u:r], Good day, good morning. Au revoir [o r(a)vwa:r], Good-by, until we meet again. A demain [a dme], Until to-mor- row. Qu'est-ce que c'est que (cela)? [ke s ka se ko (sla)], What is (that)? C'est un . . . (une . . .) [cet oe (yn)], It is a . . . Comment appelle-t-on cela? [ka- mat apel t 5 sla], How does one (do you) call that? On l'appelle ... [5 lapel], It is called . . . Que veut dire le mot . . .? [ka vo di:r la mo], What does the word . . . mean? Le mot . . . veut dire . . . [la mo . . . vo di:r], The word . . . means Que signifie . . .? [ka sijiifi], What does . . . mean? INTRODUCTION 19 Comment dit-on 'book' en fran- cais? [koma dit 5 buk a frase], How do you say 'book' in French? On dit «livre» en francais [5 di livr a frase], You say livre in French. Comment prononcez-vous (pro- nonce-t-on) le mot . . .? [koma pronose vu (pronos t 5) lo mo], How do you pronounce the word . . .? On le prononce . . . [5 lo pronos], You pronounce it . . . Comment ecrivez-vous (ecrit-on) le mot . . .? [komat ekrive vu (ekrit 5) lo mo], How do you spell the word . . .? On ecrit le mot . . . ainsi : [on ekri le mo . . . esi], You spell the word . . . thus : Le mot s' ecrit ... [la mo sekri], The word is written . . . En anglais [an agle], In English. S'il vous plait [sil vu pie], If you please. Plait-il? [plet il], What (did you say)? Pardon? [pardo], I beg (your) pardon? Vous dites? [vu dit], What did you say? Merci [mersi], Thanks. II n'y a pas de quoi [il nj a pa d kwa], You are welcome. Voulez-vous bien . . .? [vule vu bje], Will you please . . .? Ouvrez (fermez) les livres [uvre (ferme) le livr], Open (close) the (your) books. Quelle est la lecon pour aujour- d'hui? [kel e la loso pu!r 03urdqi], What is the lesson for to-day? Quelle page? [kelpa:3 Au haut Au milieu \ de la page Au bas j f At the top , What page? o o o miljo \ d la o ba J pa:3] -j In the middle \ of the [ At the bottom j page. Quelle phrase est-ce? [kel fra:z e s], What sentence is it? Commencez la lecture [komase la lekty:r], Begin the reading. Lisez le francais [lize lo frase], Read the French. Prononcez lentement et claire- ment [pro nose latma e klerma], Pronounce slowly and clearly. Continuez [kotimie], Continue. Comprenez-vous ce que vous avez lu? [koprone vu s ko vuz ave ly], Do you understand what you have read? Oui, Monsieur, je comprends [wi mosjo 30 kopra], Yes, sir, I understand. Non, Mademoiselle, je ne com- prends pas [no madmwazel 30 no kopra pa], No, Miss, I do not understand. Voulez-vous bien traduire? [vule vu bje tradqiir], Will you please translate? Traduisez [tradqize], Translate. C'est assez [set ase], That is enough. Cela suffit [sla syfi], That will do. Expliquez [eksplike], Explain. Repondez en francais [repodez a frase], Answer in French. Ecoutez [ekute], Listen. Attendez [atade], Wait. Faites attention [fetz atasjo], Pay attention. Levez la main [love la me], Raise your hand(s). Levez-vous [love vu], Get up, rise. Asseyez-vous [aseje vu], Sit down. Allez au tableau [alez o tablo], Go to the blackboard. Ecrivez au tableau [ekrivez o tablo], Write on the board. Conjugez [ko3yge], Conjugate. Y a-t-il quelque chose a corriger? [j a t il kelka §o:z a kori3e], Is there anything to correct? Est-ce correct? [e s korekt], Is it correct? C'est correct [se korekt], That is right. Ce n'est pas correct [so ne pa korekt], That is not right. 20 FRENCH GRAMMAR Quelle est la faute? [ksl 8 la fo:t], What is the mistake? C'est tres bien [se tre bje], That is very well. Vous avez raison [vuz ave rezo], You are right. Vous avez tort [vuz ave to:r], You are wrong. II faut ajouter [il fot a3ute], You must add. II devrait y avoir [il davret i avwair], There should be. N'est-ce pas? [ne s pa], Isn't it so? Do you not? etc. (asks for a confirmation of a statement) . Non, Monsieur, je ne crois (pense) pas [no masjo 59 na krwa (pa:s) pa], Xo, sir, I do not think so. C'est la fin de la lecon [se la fe d la laso], This is the end of the lesson. Preparez pour demain [prepare pu:r dame], Prepare for to-morrow. La classe est terminee [la kla:s e termine], The class is dis- missed. PART I {PREMIERE P ARTIE) 1 XLESSON I {PREMIERE LEQON)\ VOCABULARY I {PREMIER VOCABULAIRE) >eau [bo] (m. before vowels bel [bel] /. belle [bel]), adj., handsome, beautiful, fine. bon [bo] (/. bonne [bon]), adj., good, kind. clair [kleir], adj., clear; (of colors) light. court [ku:r], adj., short. encre [d:kr],/., inks, est [e], is. et [e], conj., and (the t of this word never makes the liaison). facile [fasil], adj., easy. grand [gra], adj., great, large, tall. gros [gro] (/. grosse [grois]), adj., big, large, great. Jean [3a], m., John. jeune been], adj., young. joli [30U], adj., pretty. livre [livr], m., book. long [15] (/. longue [lo:g]), adj., long. Marie [mari],/., Mary. mauvais [move], adj., bad. petit [poti, pti], adj., little, small. plume [plym],/., pen. vieux [vjo] (m. before vowels vieil [vjeij],/. vieille [vjesj]), adj., old. vilain [vile], adj., ugly. Que veut dire . . .? [ko v0 di:r], What does . . . mean? A FEW GENERAL RULES (QUELQUES REGLES GENERALES) 36. All nouns in French are either masculine or feminine. The gender of each noun should be memorized. livre, m., book plume,/., pen 37. Case is indicated not by endings, but by position in the sentence, or by prepositions. The genitive (possessive case) is made by de 2 [da], ' of,' + noun, and the dative (indirect object) by a 3 [a], 'to,'+noun. De and a are repeated before each word they modify. de Jean et de Marie John's and Mary's a Jean et a Marie to John and (to) Mary 38. Verbs and their subjects agree in person and number; adjectives (including articles) and nouns (or pronouns) agree in gender and number; pronouns and antecedents agree in per- son, gender, and number. 1 Learn all headings in French. 2 De is written d' before a vowel or h mute. It means also 'from,' 'to' (before infinitives), etc. 3 It means also 'at,' 'on/ 'in,' etc. 21 22 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 39^3 39. The feminine of adjectives is usually made by adding e to the masculine form, but adjectives ending in unaccented e remain unchanged. Masculine (Masculin) Feminine (Feminin) petit petite facile facile 40. The plural of nouns and adjectives is usually made by adding s to the singular. Singular (Singulier) Plural (Pluriel) eleve, pupil eleves, pupils professeur, teacher professeurs, teachers petit, m., \ H i petits, m. pi., \ y , petite,/., / llttJe petites,/.^/,/ 11 " 16 41. Adjectives generally follow their noun. . une lecon facile an easy lesson Exceptions (exceptions [eksepsjo], /. pi.): (Learn) beau gros mauvais bon jeune petit court joli vieux grand long vilain Also ordinals in common usage. un bon professeur, a good professor la premiere lecon, the first lesson 42. Adverbs are generally formed by adding -ment to the feminine of adjectives. They usually follow the verb closely. Adjective (AdjectiJ) Adverb (Adverbe) clair, m., claire,/., clear clairement, clearly D parle clairement He speaks clearly 43. To form the comparative of adjectives and adverbs pre- fix plus [ply], 'more,' or moins [mwe], 'less'; to form the superla- tive, prefix the definite article 1 (le, m. } la, /., les, m. or f. pi.) to the comparative. PosrrrvE (Positif) Comparative (Comparatif) Superlative (Superlatif) grand plus grand le plus grand clairement plus clairement le plus clairement ORAL OR WRITTEN EXERCISE (EXERCICE OFLAL OU ECRIT) 1. To John and Mary. 2. Of John and Maty. 3. Little, pretty, ugly, young, easy, long, good, beautiful, big, old (all 1 Adverbs take only the form le. VOCABULARY 23 feminine). 4. John is tall. 5. Mary is small and pretty. 6. Les- son, lessons. 7. Vocabulary, vocabularies. 8. The (le) little book; the (les) little books. 9. The (la) bad pen; the (les) bad pens. 10. The (la) short lesson; the (les) short lessons. 11. The (la) easy lesson; the (les) easy lessons. 12. The (la) good ink; the (la) bad ink. 13. The (la) lesson is long. 14. Handsome, handsomer, handsomest. 15. Ugly, uglier, ugliest. 16. Big, bigger, biggest. 17. Old, less old, the (le) least old. 18. Young, less young, the (le) least young. 19. Clear, clearly. 20. Clearly, more clearly, the (le) most clearly. 21. A few general rules. 22. A (un) written exercise. 23. A (un) short oral exercise. 24. A (un) masculine adjective. 25. A (un) long adverb. 26. The (le) vocabulary is short and easy. 27. What does ecrit mean? LESSON II (LEQON II) 1 VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) le banc [ba], the bench, seat. Te bureau [byro], the desk, office- desk, writing-table; office. le crayon [krejo], the pencil. derriere [derjeir], adv. or prep., behind. des [de], partitive art., some, any. l'eleve [ele:v], m. or /., pupil, stu- dent. le fauteuil [fotceij], the armchair. la fenetre [foneitr], the window. la ligne [lip], the line. le mux [myr], the wall. noir [nwarr], adj., black; dark. non [no], adv., no. ou [u], adv., where. oui [wi], adv., yes. la porte [port], the door; gate. pour [purr, pur], prep., for; to. le professeur [profesceir], the pro- fessor, teacher (used in the masculine for teachers of both sexes above the primary grades) . le pupitre [pypitr], the desk (small school-desk). quel [kel] (/. quelle [kel]), int. adj., what? which? la regie [regl], the rule; ruler. la salle [sal], the (large) room, hall; la — de classe [klas], the class-room. sur [syr], prep., on, upon; over. la table [tabl], the table. le tableau [tablo], the picture; painting; blackboard (some- times called tableau noir) . voici [vwasi], adv., here is, here are (points out). voila [vwala], a dv., there is, there are (points out). il y a [il j a], there is, there are (states a fact but does not point out. Interrogative form y a-t-il? [j a t il], 'is [or are] there?'). qu'est-ce qu'il y a? [ke s kil j a] what is there? donnez-moi [done mwa], give me. montrez-moi [motre mwa], show me. 1 Use cardinal number. 24 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 44r-45 44. INDEFINITE ARTICLE (ARTICLE INDEFINI) Masculine (Masculin) Feminine (Feminin) un [de] une [yn] ='a,' 'an' 45. DEFINITE ARTICLE (ARTICLE DEFINI) Singular (Singulier) Plural (Pluriel) Before a consonant Before a vowel Before a vowel or a or mute h consonant (Devant une consonne) (Devant une voyelle (Devant une voyelle ou ou une h muette) une consonne) K5te , £2teft +, " ) } der[a/*/) \/, a la [a la] / al lalJ aux Loj-(a+les) - to the Note. — Except in the singular before consonants, there is no distinction between the masculine and feminine forms of the definite article. le professeur, the teacher les professeurs, the teachers du professeur, of the teacher des professeurs, of the teachers au professeur, to the teacher aux professeurs, to the teachers la classe, the class les classes, the classes de la classe, of the class des classes, of the classes a la classe, to the class aux classes, to the classes l'eleve, the pupil les eleves, the pupils de l'eleve, of the pupil des eleves, of the pupils a l'eleve, to the pupil aux eleves, to the pupils l'homme, the man les hommes, the men de l'homme, of the man des hommes, of the men a l'homme, to the man aux hommes, to the men Learn the first five cardinal numbers (nombres cardinaux). Cf. § 311. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quel est le feminin de petit? 2. Quel est le feminin de jeune? 3. Quel est le pluriel de jeune eleve? 4. Quel est le plu- riel de bon professeur? 5. Quel est le masculin de l'article in- defini? 6. Quel est le feminin de l'article indefini? 7. Quel est le genitif du pluriel de l'article defini? 8. Quel est le datif du pluriel? 9. Donnez-moi le comparatif de clairement; donnez- moi le superlatif. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Voici la salle de classe. La salle est grande. II y a deux portes et quatre petites fenetres. II y a un fauteuil et un 2 bureau pour le professeur, et des bancs et des pupitres pour les EXERCISES 25 eleves. Sur le bureau du professeur il y a quelques livres, des 4 crayons, deux plumes, et une regie. Sur le mur, derriere le professeur, il y a un tableau noir pour les exercices. Voila 6 le tableau. CONVERSATION {CON VERSA TION) 1. Ou est la salle de classe? 2. Montrez-moi les portes. 3. Montrez-moi les fenetres. 4. Y a-t-il un bureau pour le pro- fesseur? 5. Y a-t-il des fauteuils pour les eleves? 6. Qu'est-ce qu'il y a sur le bureau du professeur? 7. Qu'est-ce qu'il y a sur le mur derriere le professeur? COMPOSITION {THEME) There is the class-room. The class-room is small. There are three little windows and one large door. There are a few 2 desks for the pupils and a table for the teacher. The teacher is young and kind. On the teacher's table there are some 4 oooks and some pencils. Behind the pupils there is a long blackboard. On the (au) blackboard there is the first compo- 6 sition. ORAL EXERCISE {EXERCICE ORAL) 1. A pupil (/.). 2. A teacher. 3. The first lesson. 4. There are {stating the fact) some pens on the desk. 5. There are {point- ing out) a few (quelques) pencils. 6. The good books. 7. Of the young professor. 8. To the bad pupils. 9. Where is the lesson? 10. Here is the lesson. 11. The good pupil's {m.) books. 12. The good pupils' {m. pi.) books. 13. The little pencil is on the little table. 14. The window is small. 15. The door is large. 16. Show me an armchair. 17. The ink is black. 18. Give me John's black ink. 19. Show me the line. LESSON III {LEQONIII) VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) aller [ale], in. v., to go; imp., la classe [klais], the class; class- allez [ale]. room; kind. assis [asi], seated, sitting. dans [da], prep., in, into {used bien [bje], adv., well, good; very; in a more specific sense than please; indeed; eh [e] — ! well en). (then)! debout [dabu], adv., standing. 26 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 46 devant [dava, dva], adv., before, maintenant [metnS], adv., now. ahead; prep., before {in place), me 1 [mg] {used before verb), moi in front of. [mwa] {used after imp.), me, dire [di:r], irr. v., to say, tell; to me. imp., dites [dit]. monsieur [masjo] {abbreviation distinct [diste], adj., distinct. M.), m., Mr.; sir; gentle- ecrire [ekri:r], irr. v., to write; man. imp., ecrivez [ekrive]. ouvrir [uvriir], irr. v., to open; en [a], prep., in, into. imp., ouvrez [uvre]. l'etudiant [etydja], m. (/. etu- la phrase [fra:z], the phrase; sen- diante [etydjait]), the stu- tence. dent {particularly of a college prononcer [pronose], to pro- or university). nounce; i mp., prononcez [pro- fermer [fcrme], to close, shut; nose]. imp., fermez [ferme]. repeter [repete], to repeat; pp., francais [frase], adj., French; repete [repete]. subst. m., Frenchman. suivant [sqiva], adj., following, lent [15], adj., slow. next. lire [li:r], irr. v., to read; imp., traduire [tradqhr], irr. v., to lisez [lize]. translate; imp., traduisez mademoiselle [madmwazel] {ab- [tradqize]. breviation M Ue ),/., Miss. asseyez-vous 2 [aseje vu], imp., sit down. il dit [il di], he says, is saying; tells, is telling. levez-vous 2 [lave vu], imp., rise, get up. qu'est-ce qui [ke s ki] {ace. qu'est-ce que 3 [ke s ka]), int. pron., what? 4 {lit. 'what is it that?'). REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE {REPETITION DE V ARTICLE) 46. Articles are generally repeated before the nouns they limit. un homme et une femme a man and (a) woman le professeur et les eleves the professor and pupils Exceptions: (a) When the nouns refer to the same person or thing. Jj n \ ami et protecteur ., > friend and protector (b) After ou [u], 'or,' when succeeding nouns serve to explain the first. les eleves ou etudiants the pupils or students un ecrin ou coffret a casket or jewel-case 1 All object pronouns precede verbs, except in the imperative affirmative. Me becomes m' before a vowel or mute h. 2 Note the hyphen {trait d'union) that connects a following pronoun with an imperative. 3 Que is written qu' before a vowel or mute h. 4 'What' may be translated by either que or qu'est-ce que, the order being as £11 Que dit Jean? or ] what does j ohn ? Qu'est-ce que Jean ditr j §§ 47-50 OMISSION OF ARTICLES 27 47. Articles are generally repeated before adjectives that qualify the same noun but refer to distinct objects. la grande et la petite porte {not the large and (the) small door la grande et petite porte) But: un grand et beau garcon (here a tall, handsome boy the same object is understood with both adjectives) OMISSION OF THE DEFINITE AND INDEFINITE ARTICLES (OMISSION DES ARTICLES DEFINIS ET INDEFINIS) 48. Articles, both definite and indefinite, are omitted in French, though commonly used in English, in the following cases: 1. Before nouns in parenthetical apposition. Paris, capitale de la France Paris, the capital of France Phedre, tragedie de Racine Phcedra, a tragedy of Racine Exception. — The article is used, however, to contrast, to compare, or to distinguish (especially when an adjective modi- fies the noun). Alexandre le Grand Alexander the Great New York, la plus grande ville New York, the largest city of the des Etats-Unis United States Marie, une petite eleve Mary, a little pupil 2. In condensed phrases, proverbs, titles, enumerations, ad- vertisements, and the like. \ en ville, in the city en voiture, in a carriage Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas mousse, A rolling stone gathers no moss Grammaire Francaise, A French Article Indefini, The Indefinite Grammar Article Maison a louer, House to rent VERBS (VERBES) Interrogative Form (Forme Interrogative) 49. Est-ce que? [e s ka], lit., 'is it that?' is commonly used to introduce questions. The declarative order of subject and verb follows: Est-ce que vous avez? Have you? Est-ce que votre frere est ici? Is your brother here? 50. When est-ce que is not used, the order of words in the interrogative form is as follows: 28 FRENCH GRAMMAR 1. Subject pronouns follow the verb, connected commonly by hyphens. Avez-vous? Have you? 2. Subject nouns generally precede the verb, with a corre- sponding pronoun following, to ask the question. Le professeur est-il assis? Is the teacher seated? (1) Certain interrogatives (qui [ki], 'who,' 'whom'; que [ka], 'what'; quel [kel], 'what,' 'which'; ou [u], 'where'; quand [ka], 'when,' etc.) allow the English order. Qui est votre ami? Who is your friend? Ou est alle votre frerer or \ , Tn , , . ., -> ~. . ,. «•«««* ) Unere has your brother gone? Ou votre frere est-il alle? J J Learn the cardinal numbers from five to ten. Cf. § 311 and note how ordinals are made from cardinals. Cf. § 321. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Dites-moi en francais, Monsieur, 'a teacher and student' (two persons). 2. Dites-moi en francais, Mademoiselle, 'a teacher and student' (one person). 3.. Dites-moi en francais 'the students or pupils'; 'the large and small classes.' 4. Dites-moi en francais 'The Definite Article' (title); 'A French Grammar' (title). 5. Dites-moi en francais 'Mr. X., a teacher'; 'Mr. X., the young teacher'; 'the third lesson'; 'does he say?' (two ways); 'which is the lesson?' 'where is John?' 'who is the French teacher?' READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Void la troisieme lecon. Les etudiants ou eleves sont assis sur les bancs. M. B., professeur de francais, est debout, de- 2 vant la classe. M. B. est un jeune et bon professeur. II dit a Marie, une petite eleve de la classe, «Allez au tableau. 4 Mademoiselle, et ecrivez les articles definis et indefinis.)) II dit a Jean ((Levez-vous, Monsieur, ouvrez le livre et lisez 6 en francais la premiere phrase de l'exercice de lecture. Lisez lentement et prononcez distinctement. Lisez la phrase sui- S vante. Eh bien! traduisez. Maintenant, asseyez-vous.)) Jean est un des plus grands eleves de la classe. 10 EXERCISES 29 CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 1. Fermez les livres. 2. Quelle est la lecon? 3. Ou sont les etudiants ou eleves? 4. Qui est le professeur de francais? 5. Est-ce que M. B. est debout ou assis? 6. Est-ce que le pro- fesseur est devant ou derriere la classe? 7. Le professeur de francais est-il jeune ou vieux? petit ou grand? 8. Qui est Marie? 9. Qu'est-ce que le professeur dit a Marie? 10. Qui est Jean? 11. Qu'est-ce que le professeur dit a, Jean? COMPOSITION (THEME) In the little class there are a few students. The students are seated before the desks. The teacher is standing behind 2 the table. He says "Well, John, write on the blackboard the third composition." He says to Mary "Open your (votre) 4 book, and read slowly and distinctly the reading exercise. Translate. Now close the book, and give me the masculine 6 singular (lit., 'the singular of the masculine') of the definite article. And now the feminine singular. What is the plural 8 of the masculine and feminine?" ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. A bench and (a) table. 2. Mr. B., a teacher of French. 3. The doors or windows. 4. A young and handsome gentleman. 5. A small and (a) large class. 6. The Indefinite Article (title). 7. The pupil or teacher. 8. Mary, the smallest pupil cf the class. 9. The lesson is short. 10. Rise and read the French. 11. Well ! translate now. 12. Pronounce clearly. 13. Sit down, John. 14. Read the next sentence, Mary. 15. The articles are repeated before the nouns (substantif s) . 16. What is on the teacher's desk? 17. The pen and ink are on the little table. LESSON IV (LEQON IV) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) alors [ab:r], adv., then. aussi [osi], adv., too, also, like- apres [apre], prep, after; adv., wise; as. 1 afterwards. avec [avek], prep., with. 1 'As' in the first term of a comparison is aussi, in the second term que. Aussi bon que vous. Cf. §§ 175, 177. < 30 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 51 compter [kote], to count, calcu- 'we,' 'they,' 'people,' or by the late; expect; imp., comptez. passive construction). conjuguer [ko3yge], to conju- personnel [personel] (/. person- gate; imp., conjuguez. nelle [personel]), adj., per- la craie [kre[, the chalk. sonal. expliqueteksplik], explains, is ex- le pronom [prono], the pronoun, plaining. prendre [praidr], irr. v., to take, general general], adj., general; get; imp., prenez [prone]. en — , in general. puis [pqi], adv., then, next, after- la grammaire [grameir], the gram- wards. mar. que [ko], conj., that; than; as. ici [isi], adv., here. quelquefois [kelkofwa], adv., jusque [3ysk], prep., as far as, sometimes. to, up to; jusqu'a, to, up to. tout [tu] (/. toute [tut], pi. m. met [me], puts, places, sets. tous [tu(s)], pl.f. toutes [tut]), le morceau [morso], the piece, bit, adj., all, every; pron., all; lump {of sugar). everything, the whole. le mot [mo], the word. la ville [vil], the city, town. nous 1 [nu], pers. pron., us, to us. la voiture [vwatyir], the carriage, omet [ome], omits. coach, vehicle. on [5],indef. pron., one (of tenren- vous 1 [vu], pers. pron., you, to dered in English by ( you,' you. s'il vous plait [sil vu pie], if you please. voulez-vous? [vule vu], will you? do you wish? (when followed by bien [bje] and an infinitive, it forms a polite imperative, 'please . . .')• OMISSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE (OMISSION DE V ARTICLE INDEFINI) 51. The indefinite article is omitted in French, though used in English: 1. With the numerals cent [sa], 'a hundred/ and mille [mil], 'a thousand.' cent hommes, a hundred men mille livres, a thousand books 2. In exclamations after quel [kel], 'what (a).' Quel enfant! What a child! 3. After etre [e:tr], 'to be,' before a predicate noun designat- ing nationality or condition. Elle est Francaise She is a French woman II est prof esseur He is a teacher Exceptions : (a) When the predicate noun has an adjectival modifier. II est un excellent professeur He is an excellent teacher 1 See p. 26, footnote 1. §§ 52-56 OMISSION OF DEFINITE ARTICLE 31 (b) After c'est [se], 'he (she, or it) is,' or est-ce? [e s] (the in- terrogative form). C'est un professeur He is a teacher Est-ce une Francaise? Is she a French woman? OMISSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE (OMISSION DE U ARTICLE DEFINI) 52. The definite article is omitted in French, though com- monly used in English: 1. In numerical titles of monarchs. Henri Quatre Henry (the) Fourth Xote. — Similarly in other appellatives the article is sometimes omited. Dumas pere et Dumas fils Dumas the father and Dumas the son Coquelin aine et Coquelin Coquelin the elder and Coquelin the cadet younger 2. After plus and moins, in verbal comparisons. Plus on demande, moins on The more one demands, the less one recoit receives VERBS (VERBES) The Auxiliary Verb etre (Le Verbe Auxiliaire etre) 53. 54. 55. Infinitive (Infinitif) Present Participle (Participe Present) Past Participle (Participe Passe) etre [e:tr], 'to be.' etant [eta], 'being.' 56. ete 1 [ete], 'been.' Present Indicative (Present de VIndicatij) 1. Affirmative Form (Forme Affirmative) 2. Interrogative Form (Forme Interrogative) T am,' etc. 'Am I?' etc. (Premiere personne) je suis [39 sqi] suis-je [sqi: 3] (Deuxieme personne) tu es [ty e] es-tu [e ty] (Troisieme personne) il 2 (elle) 3 est [il (el) e] est-il (elle) 3 [e t il (el)] (Premiere personne) nous sommes [nu som] sommes-nous [som nu] (Deuxieme personne) vous etes [vuz e:t] etes-vous [e:t vu] (Troisieme personne) ils 2 (elles) 3 sont [il (el) so] sont-ils (elles) 3 [sotil (el)] 1 The past participle of etre is always invariable. 2 Ce, [sa], 'it,' 'he,' 'she,' or 'they,' may be substituted sometimes for il(s) or elle(s). n and elle may both be translated by 'it.' 3 Only the masculine forms of the pronoun will be given in subsequent para- digms of verbs. 32 FRENCH GRAMMAR 3. 'You/ singular or plural, is regularly translated by vous. Tu, 'thou' or 'you,' is only employed in familiar address. Cf. §209. Learn the cardinal numbers from ten to fifteen. Cf. § 311. GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quand est-ce qu'on omet l'article indefini en francais? 2. Voulez-vous bien me dire en francais 'She is a French woman'? {two ways). 3. Maintenant, dites-moi, s'il vous plait, 'She is a young French woman.' 4. Dites-moi en francais 'in a car- riage'; 'what a lesson!'; 'a hundred books.' 5. Dites-moi en francais 'John the First.' 6. Ou est-ce qu'on met les pronoms personnels dans la forme interrogative d'un verbe? 7. Quel est le participe present du verbe auxiliaire etre? le participe passe? 8. Voulez-vous bien conjuguer le present de l'indicatif du verbe etre dans la forme afhrmative? 9. Voulez-vous bien aller au tableau, prendre un morceau de craie, et ecrire les nombres cardinaux de dix a quinze? READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Voici la quatrieme lecon de grammaire francaise. Nous sommes tous ici. Le professeur est assis dans le fauteuil der- 2 riere la table. II explique aux etudiants quand on omet les articles en francais. II dit qu'on omet l'article indefini avec 4 les mots cent et mille, apres l'adjectif quel, et quelquefois aussi apres le verbe etre. II explique alors aux etudiants la 6 forme interrogative du verbe. II dit qu'on met les pronoms personnels apres le verbe. Puis il dit a la classe ((Conjuguez 8 la forme interrogative du present du verbe etre. Maintenant comptez, s'il vous plait, jusqu'a quinze.)) 10 CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TIOX) 1. Quelle est la lecon, Monsieur? 2. Voulez-vous bien lire l'exercice de lecture? Lisez lentement et prononcez clairement. 3. Voulez-vous bien traduire? 4. Maintenant dites-moi qui est ici. 5. Le professeur est-il assis ou debout? 6. Ou est le fauteuil du professeur? 7. Qu'est-ce que le professeur ex- plique aux etudiants? 8. Est-ce qu'il explique aussi la forme EXERCISES 33 interrogative? 9. Ou dit-il qu'on met les pronoms personnels? 10. Apres cela ('that'), que dit-il a la classe? COMPOSITION (THEME) We are now in a small class-room, with two doors and three little windows. There are a few students seated on 2 the benches. There is also a teacher who is standing behind the desk. He is an old French gentleman. He is explaining 4 all the lesson. The blackboard is behind the teacher's desk. Sometimes he puts a few words on the blackboard. Then he 6 says to one of the students a Go to the blackboard, please, take a piece of chalk, and conjugate a French verb." All the 8 students of the class are from (de) the town. They are in general attentive (attentifs). 10 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. John the Fourth (lit., 'four'). 2. A French Grammar (title). 3. In the city (two ways) . 4. The more one says. 5. The less one explains. 6. Is the blackboard in front of or behind the class? 7. Where are the students? 8. Who is the teacher? 9. Are you a Frenchman? 10. Is he a young Frenchman? 11. Are there a hundred students in the class? 12. What a good student! 13. What is the teacher explaining to you? 1 14. He is explaining to us 1 the omission of the indefinite article. LESSON V (LEQON V) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) allemand [alma], adj., German. anglais [agle], adj., English. l'arbre [arbr], m., the tree. Fargent [ar3 livre, m. L. pluma(m) > plume, /. 98. The gender of a word should be memorized when the word is learned. However, the following rules will be of as- sistance. 99. Masculine are names of most (1) male beings, (2) titles or professions of males, (3) coun- tries (not ending in -e), (4) mountains (not ending in -es), (5) rivers, (6) cardinal points and winds, (7) seasons, months, and days of the week, (8) trees and shrubs, (9) metals and chemicals, (10) weights and measures (of metrical system), (11) adjectives used as abstract nouns, (12) infinitives or other parts of speech used as nouns. le (garcon, chien, roi, pretre, the (boy, dog, king, priest, Canada Canada, Jura, Rhin, nord, (Mt.) Jura, Rhine, north, zephyr, zephyr, printemps, Janvier, spring, January, Monday, apple- lundi, pommier, lilas, or, tree, lilac, gold, phosphate, gram, phosphate, gramme, metre, meter, truth, laughter, why, etc.) vrai, rire, pourquoi, etc.) Exceptions. — Most rivers of France in -e are feminine. la Seine [se:n], the Seine la Loire [hva:r], the Loire But: le Rhone [roin], the Rhone 100. Feminine are names of most (1) female beings, (2) titles or professions of females, (3) countries in -e, (4) cities (especially in -e, -es), (5) holi- days (fete de being understood), (6) fruits and flowers, (7) arts, sciences, and trades, (8) abstracts. la (femme, vache, reine, nour- the (woman, cow, queen, nurse, rice, France, Nouvelle Or- France, New Orleans, Martinmas, leans, Saint-Martin, pomme, apple, rose, sculpture, chemistry, rose, sculpture, chimie, li- book-trade, virtue, etc.) brairie, vertu, etc.) Exceptions: (Learn) le Mexique [la meksik], Mexico le Havre [la u:vr], Havre Paris [pari], m., Paris Londres [15:dr], m., London Versailles [versaij], m., Versailles 58 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 101-108 101. The names of the letters of the alphabet are masculine, except f, h, 1, m, n, r, s: un a [a] j an 'a' une f [ef], an 'f ' 102. Compound nouns generally take the gender of the prin- cipal noun, unless a verb is present in the combination, when they are usually masculine. la belle-mere [bel me:r] the mother-in-law le chef-d'oeuvre [§e dce:vr] the masterpiece le porte-plume [porta plym] the penholder le cure-dents [kyr da] the toothpick etc. But: la garde-robe [gard rob] the wardrobe 103. The Months of the Year (Les Mois [mwa] de VAnnee [ane]) Janvier [3 grandsires L J J ' ' ° ( aieux [ajoj, m. pi., ancestors ciel [sjel], m., sky cieux [sjo], m. pi., skies ceil [ce:j], m., eye . yeux [je], m. pi., eyes 126. Words of foreign origin not fully naturalized, and other parts of speech used as nouns, are commonly invariable in the plural. les post-scriptum, the postscripts les oui et les non, the yeas and noes 127. Proper nouns may always take a plural sign, although the names of persons and families are often written without, les deux Racines {or Racine) the two Racines VERBS (VERBES) Imperfect Indicative of donner, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Lmparfait de VIndicatij de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 128. 129. 130. 'I was giving,' 'used to 'I was finishing,' 'used 'I was selling.' 'used to give,' 'gave,' etc. to finish,' 'finished,' sell,' 'sold,' etc. etc. donnais [done] finissais [finise] vendais [vcide] donnais [done] finissais [finise] vendais [vcide] donnait [done] fin iss ait [finise] vend ait [vade] donnions [donj'5] finfssions [finisjo] vendions [vadjo] donniez [donje] finissiez [finisje] vendiez [vadje] donnaient [done] fin issaient [finise] vendaient [vadej §§ 131-133 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 67 131. 132. ( I was,' 'used to be,' etc. 'I had,' 'used to have,' etc. etais [ete] etions [etj5] avais [ave] avions [avjo] 6tais [ete] etiez [etje] avais [ave] aviez [avje] £tait [ete] etaient [ete] avait [ave] avaient [ave] Note. — All French verbs have these endings in the imperfect. 133. The imperfect indicative is used to express: (1) Continued past action, (2) Customary or recurrent past action ('would' may be used to translate this idea), when em- phasis is laid upon the fact of its continuance or recurrence. It is the tense used to describe the state or condition of things, and therefore might be termed the descriptive past tense. Nous le faisions quand il a parle We were doing it when he spoke Je le voyais tous les jours I used to (or would) see him every day Le soleil brillait The sun was shining - Note — It is the past tense most commonly used in verbs that express states of mind rather than action, such as desire, ability, duty, thought, knowledge, etc., and also in etre and avoir. II voulait me voir He wanted to see me Je savais qu'il viendrait I knew that he would come II etait tres bon He was very good GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, le pluriel des sub- stantifs? 2. Quel est le pluriel des substantifs qui se 1 terminent en -s, -x, et -z? 3. Comment forme-t-on le pluriel des substan- tifs en -au, et en -eu? 4. Donnez-moi les sept substantifs en -ou qui forment leur pluriel en -x. 5. Quel est le pluriel des substantifs en -al? 6. Quel est le pluriel de bal, detail, ciel, ceil? 7. Comment est-ce que les noms propres forment leur pluriel? 8. Quelles sont les terminaisons de l'imparfait de l'in- dicatif dans toutes les conjugaisons? 9. Conjuguez l'impar- fait de donner; de finir; de vendre; d'etre; d'avoir. 10. Comment est-ce qu'on appelle le premier des temps composes en francais? 11. Conjuguez le passe indefini de finir; d'etre; d'avoir. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) J'ai une tante qui demeurait autrefois a la campagne. Ses neveux et ses nieces aimaient a passer Pete chez elle, 2 . 2 1 The reflexive pronoun required in French is not to be translated in English. Cf. § 214 note. 2 The disjunctive pronouns (cf. § 226) are used after prepositions. 6S FRENCH GRAMMAR parce qu'il y avait 1 tant de choses a, voir. Derriere la maison il y avait les animaux qui faisaient 2 les travaux de la ferme: 4 les chevaux, les anes, et les boeufs. II y avait aussi des vaches, des veaux, des cochons, deux ou trois chiens, et plusieurs chats. 6 Dans la basse-cour il y avait des dindons, des coqs, et des poules. 8 Mais la maison de ma tante etait encore plus interessante que sa ferme. C'etait une maison batie il y a longtemps par 10 ses aieux. On dit qu'on y 3 donnait autrefois de beaux bals. Ma tante avait une collection d'even tails et de bijoux portes 12 par elle 4 dans sa jeunesse. Dans la salle a, manger il y avait deux portraits de ses aieuls. Les yeux et les nez etaient un 14 peu effaces, mais les portraits etaient encore beaux. 5 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Qui demeurait a la campagne? 2. Qui aimait a passer l'ete chez elle? 3. Pourquoi? 4. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait derriere la maison? 5. Que faisaient les chevaux? 6. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait dans la basse-cour? 7. Est-ce que la maison de ma tante etait interessante? 8. Quand et par qui a-t-elle ete batie? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'on y donnait autrefois? 10. De quoi est-ce que ma tante avait une collection? 11. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait dans la salle a manger? 12. Comment etaient-ils? 13. Ou avez-vous passe l'ete, Monsieur? COMPOSITION (THEME) We had a farm near here, and when we had finished our winter's work in school, we liked to (a) spend the summer in 2 the country. There were many animals on (dans) our farm, horses, oxen, cows, calves, pigs, as well as (aussi bien que) 4 several 6 dogs and cats. We had also some very pretty 6 hens and roosters in our poultry-yard. Our house was quite large. 6 It was built by my ancestors. There were portraits of my 1 Impf. of il y a. 2 Impf. of faire, pronounced [faze]. 3 y =' there.' Its position is the same as that of the conjunctive object pronouns Cf. § 221. * See p. 67, footnote 2. 6 Adjectives generally form their plural like nouns. Cf. § 152. 6 Repeat the adjective with each noun. EXERCISES 69 two grandfathers on the walls. There was also in the house 8 a small collection of jewels which my grandmother used to wear (portait autrefois). IO ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Erase what is (ce qu'il y a) on the (au) blackboard. 2. How many pictures were there on the walls? 3. Horses are animals, but all animals are not horses. 4. Why did you wear so many jewels? 5. They used to sell chickens here. 6. Did you sell cabbages? 7. Dogs have beautiful eyes. 8. There were many owls on (dans) our farm. 9. Here are toys for the children. 10. Tell me all the details of the two carnivals. 11. Where are the skies so beautiful as (que) in Italy? 12. There are several why's. 13. There were two Corneilles, as there were two Racines. 14. We were finishing the work. 15. What were they (/.) finishing? 16. Your brother used to speak French. 17. One forms the plural of nouns in general by adding 1 -s to the sin- gular. 18. What are these pebbles called? LESSON XIV {LEQON XIV) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) la bourse [burs], the purse; stock- exchange. la brosse a cheveux [bros a $ovo], the hair-brush. la brosse a dents [bros a da], the tooth-brush. le carrier [kaje], the note-book. la carte-postale [kart postal], the postal-card. complet [kople] (/. complete [ko- plet]), adj., complete. le comptoir [kotwair], the counter. curieux [kyrjo] (/. curieuse [ky- rjoiz]), adj., curious, odd; in- quisitive. dernier [dernje] (/. derniere [dernjeir]), adj., last; rest (when it precedes noun it means 'last in a series'; when it follows, 'last elapsed'). entrer [dtre], to enter, go (come) in (dans is required before a following noun). le iace-a-main [fas a me], the lor- gnette. la fourniture [furnityir], the fur- nishing; supply. l'homme-affiche [om afi§], m., the sandwich-man {for advertis- ing). lequel [lokel] (/. laquelle [lakel], pi. m., lesquels [lekel]; pi. /., lesquelles [lekel]), rel. and int. pron., which; who, whom. le magasin [magaze], the store, shop. 1 Use the present participle after en. 70 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 134 l'objet [ob3e], m., the object, ar- remarquer [romarke], to notice, tide. observe. ie peigne [pen], the comb. separer [separe], to separate, di- le pince-nez [pes ne], the eye- vide. glasses, nose-glasses. la sorte [sort], the sort, kind. Ie porte-monnaie [port mone], the Ie sous-main [su me], the writing- pocket-book, pad. Ie porte-plume [porta plym], the suivre [stihvr], irr. v., to follow, penholder. la toilette [twalet], the toilet; at- la preposition [prepozisjo], the tire. preposition. y 1 [i], pron. adv., there, thither; se promener [so promne], to'walk. to (at, on, in, etc.) it {or la reclame [reklaim], the adver- them), tisement. NOUNS (SUBSTANTIFS) Number [Continuation] {Nombre [Suite]) 134. Compound nouns (of two or more words, regularly hyphenated) are pluralized as follows: 1. Noun + noun: both are pluralized. Ie chou-fleur, the cauliflower les choux-fleurs, the cauliflowers le wagon-lit, the sleeping-car les wagons-lits, the sleeping-cars Exception. — When a preposition is understood, only the first noun is pluralized. Photel-Dieu, the hospital les hotels-Dieu {for de Dieu), the hospitals le timbre-poste, the postage- les timbres-poste, the postage- stamp stamps 2. Noun + adjective: both are pluralized. le grand-pere, the grandfather les grands-peres, the grandfathers Exception. — Demi [dami], 'half,' and grand' are invariable in compounds, les demi-heures, the half-hours les grand'meres, the grandmothers 3. Noun + preposition + noun: first noun is pluralized. le chef-d'oeuvre, the masterpiece les chefs-d'oeuvre, the masterpieces Exception. — A few words in which an ellipsis occurs are invariable. le tete-a-tete, the private interview les tete-a-tete, the private inter- views 4. Verb + noun : noun is pluralized. le cure-dent, the toothpick les cure-dents, the toothpicks 1 Its position relative to the verb is the same as that of the conjunctive object pronouns. Cf. § 221. §§ 135-140 VERBS — PAST DEFINITE 71 Exception. — Those in which the noun has an essentially singular idea are invariable. le prie-dieu, the praying-stool les prie-dieu, the praying-stools le porte-monnaie, the pocket-book les porte-monnaie, the pocket-books 5. Adverb or preposition + noun : noun is pluralized. L'arriere-neveu, the grand-nephew les arriere-neveux, the grand- nephews le sous-prefet, the subprefect les sous-prefets, the subprefects Exception. — Those in which the noun has an essentially singular idea are invariable, le sous-main, the writing-pad les sous-main, the writing-pads 6. When no noun is present: invariable. un oui-dire, a hearsay des oui-dire, hearsays VERBS (VERBES) Past Definite of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Passe Defini de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 135. 'I gave,' 'did give/ etc. donnai [done] donnas [dona] donna [dona] donnames [donam] donnates [donat] donnerent [done:r] 136. 'I finished,' 'did finish/ etc. finis [fini] finis [fini] fin it [fini] finimes [finim] finites [finit] finirent[ fini:r] 138. 'I was/ etc. fus [fy] fumes [fym] fus [fy] futes [fyt] fut [fy] furent [fy:r] 137. 'I sold," did sell,' ' etc. vend is [vadi] vend is [vadi] vend it [vadi] vendimes [vadim] vendites [vadit] vendirent [vadiir] 139. 'I had/ etc. eus [y] eumes [ym] eus [y] eutes [yt] eut [y] eurent [y:r] Note. — All French verbs have either the -ai, -is, or -us endings in the past definite. 140. The past definite, or preterit, is used to express a defi- nite past action (not a state or condition) of long or short duration, provided the idea of action and not of duration is emphasized. It might be termed the narrative past tense. II frappa trois coups et la porte s'ou- He struck three blows and the door vrit opened Louis XIV regna 72 ans Louis XIV reigned 72 years 72 FRENCH GRAMMAR 1. In conversational style the past indefinite is used, instead of the past definite, to express similar action. Cf . § 94. J'ai vu votre frere ce matin I saw your brother this morning GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le pluriel des noms composes de deux substantifs? d'un substantif et d'un adjectif? de deux substantifs separes par une preposition? d'un verbe et d'un substantif? d'un adverbe ou d'une preposition et d'un sub- stantif? quand il n'y a pas de substantif? 2. Y a-t-il des excep- tions a ces regies? 3. Conjuguez dans la forme affirmative le passe defini du verbe donner. 4. Conjuguez dans la forme nega- tive le passe defini du verbe finir. 5. Conjuguez dans la forme interrogative le passe defini du verbe vendre. 6. Conjuguez le passe defini des verbes etre et avoir. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Un jour, en l se promenant a Paris, ma sceur remarqua plu- sieurs hommes-affiches tres curieux. Elle les suivit 2 pour voir 2 le magasin pour lequel ils faisaient 3 la reclame. C'etait un magasin ou Ton vendait des articles de toilette et des objets 4 de toute sorte. Elle entra dans le magasin et vit 4 sur le pre- mier comptoir des brasses a cheveux, des peignes, et des 6 brosses a. dents. Sur le deuxieme comptoir elle remarqua des articles plus chers: des bourses, des porte-monnaie, des 8 pince-nez, des faces-a-main, et des eventails. Sur le dernier comptoir elle trouva des fournitures de bureau: du papier a 10 lettre, des cahiers, des plumes, des porte-plume, des sous-main, et des cartes-postales. C'etait un magasin tres complet et 12 tres interessant. CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 1. Qui remarqua plusieurs hommes-affiches tres curieux? 2. Que faisaient-ils? 3. Est-ce que ma sceur les suivit? 4. Ou est-ce qu'elle entra? 5. Quelle sorte de magasin etait-ce? 6. Qu'est-ce que ma sceur vit sur le premier comptoir? 7. Qu'est- 1 En, 'in' or 'while,' is the only preposition that governs a present participle. All others require the infinitive. Cf. § 337. 2 Past def. of suivre. 3 Impf. of faire. 4 Past def. of voir. EXERCISES 73 qu'elle trouva sur le deuxieme comptoir? 8. Sur lequel des comptoirs est-ce qu'elle trouva les fournitures de bureau? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait sur ce comptoir-la? 10. Quelles four- nitures de bureau avez-vous dans votre pupitre? 1 1 . Avez-vous votre cahier ici? 12. Conjuguez le passe defini de suivre; de voir. COMPOSITION (THEME) We spent 1 (lit., 'passed') last summer on (lit., 'in') the farm of my grandparents. All their grandsons and all their grand- 2 daughters were there (y etaient). We found 1 the poultry- yards very interesting. But the old house, in which there were 4 collections of jewels and curious articles, was still more in- teresting. The fans, combs, lorgnettes, purses, and pocket- 6 books that our grandmothers once had, are very odd, and there were many of these things in the old house. 8 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Here are hair-brushes and tooth-brushes. 2. On my desk there are some pens and penholders, some ink, some letter paper, a note-book, and two pads. 3. They used to sell toilet articles in this shop. 4. Let us enter at once. 5. My two brothers-in- law were very inquisitive. 6. They followed (past def.) the sandwich-men. 7. They entered (past def.) the store. 8. They found (past def.) the counter where they used to sell postal cards. 9. We have finished our toilette. 10. I gave (past indef.) the brush and comb to my brother. 11. Our grandmothers used to have lorgnettes. 12. Which of the students wear nose-glasses? LESSON XV (LEQON XV) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) accompagner [akopane], to ac- changer [$ci3e], to change. company, go with. le chapeau [§apo], the hat. acheter [a$te], to buy. ,>i le corsage [korsa:3], the waist; la blouse [bluiz], the shirt-waist; body (of a dress) . blouse. excellent [eksela], adj., excel- la bottine [botin], the high-shoe; lent. (lady's) boot. final [final], adj., final, last. ' l Use the past indefinite. 74 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 141-142 le gant [ga], the glove. le gilet foils] , the waistcoat, vest. l'habit (noir) [abi (nwair)], m., the dress-coat, 'haut de forme [o d form], (of hats) high, silk. heureux [oero] (/. heureuse [ceraiz]), adj., happy; fortu- nate. la jaquette feaket], the jacket, cut-away coat; (lady's) coat, la jupe foyp], the skirt. la [la], adv., there. neuf [ncef] (/. neuve [noe:v]), adj., new (in the sense of 're- cently made,' while nouveau often means 'another'). le pantalon [patalo], the pant: loons, trousers. le pardessus [pardosy], the over- coat. pareil [pare:j] (/. pareille [pa- re: j]), adj., like, alike; simi- lar; such. prochain [pro$e], adj., next (when it precedes noun it means 'following,' 'succeed- ing'; when it follows, 'next,' 'the coming'). la redingote [rodegot], the frock- coat, redoubler [raduble], to double, la robe [rob], the robe, gown, dress, sot [so] (/. sotte [sot]) adj., stupid. surtout [syrtu], adv., above all especially. le tailleur [tajceir], the tailor, le veston [vesto], the sack-coat, le vetement [vetma], the garment, suit; pi., the clothes, cloth- ing. ruse, m., rusee,/., cunning blesse, m., blessee,/., wounded ADJECTIVES (ADJECT IFS) Formation of the Ferninine (Formation du Feminin) 141. The feminine of qualifying adjectives (participles in- cluded) is made in general by adding -e to the masculine form, but adjectives ending in unaccented -e remain unchanged. channant, m., charmante, /., charming joli, m., jolie,/., pretty But: riche, m. and f., rich Note. — Nouns form their feminine similarly. Cf. § 113, 2. cousin, m., cousine,/., cousin ami, m., amie,/., friend But: artiste, m. and f., artist 1. Grand has remained invariable in grand'mere, grand*- route, and a few others (cf. p. 62, footnote 2). For demi, cf. § 324 note. 142. Orthographic changes often occur in the feminine forms. 1. An e preceding a final consonant becomes e, unless the consonant is doubled. Cf. § 143. cher, ;;?., chere,/., dear Note. — The same is true of nouns. cuisinier, m., cuisiniere./., cook §§ 143-144 ADJECTIVES — FEMININE 2. Final -c, and -g, change respectively to -que and -gue. public, m., publique,/., public long, m., longue,/., long 3. Final -gu requires a dieresis over the mute e to show that the u is sounded. aigu, m., aigue, /., sharp, acute 4. Final -f or -x change respectively to -ve and -se. neuf, m., neuve,/., new heureux, m., heureuse,/., happy Note. — The same is true of nouns. Cf. § 113, 2. veuf, widower veuve, widow epoux, husband epouse, wife 143. Adjectives ending in -el, -eil, -ien, -on, and most in ^s and -t, double the final consonant before -e. cruel, m., cruelle,/., cruel bon, m., bonne,/., good, kind pareil, m., pareille,/., like gros, m., grosse,/., big ancien, m., ancienne,/., old sot, m., sotte,/., stupid Note. — The same is true of nouns. Cf. § 113, 2. mortel, m., mortelle,/., mortal lion, m., lionne,/., lion chien, m., chienne,/., dog chat, m., chatte,/., cat 1. Adjectives of nationality in -ais and -ois and a few other adjectives in -s and -t do not double the final consonant. anglais, m., anglaise, /., English mauvais, m., mauvaise,/., bad danois, m., danoise,/., Danish complet, m., complete,/., complete 2. Nul (/. nulle) [nyl], 'no,' gentil (/., gentille) [3&tiij] 'nice,' 'pretty/ 'kind,' and a few other adjectives follow the analogy of adjectives in -el and -eil. 144. The following adjectives have two forms in the mascu- line, the one in -1 being used before a word beginning with a vowel or mute h: (Learn) M. F. beau [bo], bel [bel] fou [fu], fol [fol] mou [mu], mol [mol] nouveau [nuvo], nouvel [nuvel] vieux 1 [vjo], vieil [vjeij] belle [bel] folle [fol] molle [mol] nouvelle [nuvel] new vieille [vjeij] old beautiful, fine mad, crazy soft un bel homme, a handsome man 1 This form is allowed before a word beginning with a vowel or mute h. mon vieil (or vieux) ami my old friend 76 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 145-150 VERBS (VERBES) Future of donner, finir, vendre, etre, donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) and avoir (Futur de 145. 'I shall (will) give,' etc. donner ai [donare] donner as [donara] donner a [donara] donner ons [donaro] donner ez [donare] donner ont [donaro] 146. 'I shall finish,' etc. finir ai [finire] finir as [finira] finir a [finira] finir ons [finiro] finir ez [finire] finir ont [finiro] 148. 'I shall be,' etc. serai [sare] serons [saro] seras [sara] serez [sare] sera [sara] seront [sar5] 147. 'I shall sell,' etc. vendrai [vadre] vendras [vadra] vendra [vadra] vendrons [vadra] vendrez [vadre] vendront [vadr5] 149. 'I shall have,' etc. aurai [ore] aurons [oro] auras [ora] aurez [ore] aura [ora] auront [or5] Note. — In regular verbs the future endings are added to the infinitive, the e of the third conjugation infinitive being dropped. All French verbs have these endings in the future. 150. The future is used in general as in English. Je donnerai I shall (or will) give 1. After si, meaning 'if {not 'whether'), use present indica- tive, instead of future. Si je le vends If I (shall) sell it But: Je ne sais pas s'il ira I do not know whether he will go 2. In subordinate clauses of implied futurity, use future, in- stead of present. Je partirai quand il viendra I shall leave when he comes comme vous voudrez as you like GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, le feminin des adjectifs? 2. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le feminin des sub- stantifs qui ont des terminaisons pareilles a celles ('those') des adjectifs? 3. Quel est le feminin de cher? de bref? de public? de long? 4. Sur quelle terminaison met-on un trema? 5. Quels sont les adjectifs qui redoublent la consonne finale? 6. Quelles sont les exceptions a cette regie? 7. Quel est le feminin de nul? de gentil? 8. Donnez-moi les cinq adjectifs qui ont deux formes pour le masculin. 9. En quoi est-ce qu'on change l'f finale d'un EXERCISES 77 adjectif ou d'un substantif pour former le feminin? l'x final? 10. Ecrivez au tableau le futur des trois conjugaisons regu- lieres. 11. Conjuguez le futur du verbe etre; du verbe avoir. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Ma famille passera Fete prochain a, Paris et a Londres. Ma jeune cousine, qui nous 1 accompagnera, dit qu'elle sera tres 2 heureuse de 2 voir les grands magasins de Paris, surtout le Bon Marche 3 et les Grands Magasins du Louvre. 3 Elle dit que les 4 robes de femmes ne seront pas si cheres a Paris qu'a New York, et qu'elle achetera 4 beaucoup de jolies choses quand elle y 6 sera. Elle aura, dit-elle, 5 toutes sortes de belles robes neuves, avec des jupes longues et avec des jupes courtes, une nouvelle 8 jaquette, plusieurs corsages, quelques blouses, trois ou quatre chapeaux, et une quantite de gants et de bottines. 10 Mon pere me 1 dit que je ne serai pas aussi content des ma- gasins de Paris que ma cousine, et que, si j'ai besoin de vete- 12 ments, son ancien tailleur a Londres m'en fera 6 d'excellents. Je compte me 1 faire faire 7 deux pardessus, un bel habit noir, 14 une redingote anglaise, une jaquette, deux ou trois vestons, autant de gilets, et plusieurs pantalons. J'acheterai 4 aussi 16 un nouveau chapeau haut de forme, et deux chapeaux mous. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Ou est-ce que ma famille passera Pete prochain? 2. Qui nous accompagnera? 3. Qu'est-ce qu'elle sera heureuse de voir? 4. Qu'est-ce que c'est que 8 le Bon Marche? 5. Est-ce que les robes de femmes sont aussi cheres a Paris qu'a New York? 6. Qu'est-ce que ma cousine dit qu'elle achetera a Paris? 7. Que dit mon pere des magasins de Paris? 8. Que dit-il de son tailleur de Londres? 9. Donnez-moi les noms de quelques vetements d'homme. 1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 2 fetre followed by an adjective usually takes de before a following infinitive. Cf. § 333. 3 Names of the largest department stores in Paris. 5 Cf. § 210. 4 Notice the grave accent in this form. Cf. § 238, 1 note. 6 Fut. of faire. 7 'To have made.' Faire when followed by another infinitive is usually trans- lated by 'to have,' and the infinitive following, by a past participle. Cf. § 358. 8 'What is?' in questions regarding the nature or character of an individual or thing is translated in French by qu'est-ce que c'est que? Cf. § 273. 5 note. 78 FRENCH GRAMMAR COMPOSITION {THEME) My sister is very happy. She is going to New York to (pour) buy some clothes. She says that she will need three 2 new dresses, because the dresses that she has now are too old. Two of the dresses will have handsome corsages and 4 long skirts. The third will have a shirt-waist and a short skirt. She expects also [to] have a new jacket made and two 6 or three hats. I shall be in New York too in a few days. I have an old 8 friend, a widower, with whom I always stop (descends). He will go with me when I buy my clothes. He will find the least 10 expensive stores. I will have a new cut-away coat made, with two waistcoats and some light trousers. I will also buy a 12 long overcoat and a high hat. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. The next lesson especially will be a long lesson. 2. There is one of our old neighbors (/.). 3. That old man is a former friend of my grandmother. 4. What is that beautiful tree? 5. These two endings are alike. 6. When do they double the final consonant? 7. One changes a final f to (en) v and one adds an e. 8. What a charming old plate! 9. My brother always wears soft hats. 10. That big English cook (/.) is very bad and very stupid. 11. Thank you, Miss, you are very kind. 12. Where will you buy your long black overcoat? 13. When I change my boots I will accompany you. 1 14. If you [will] go with my little brother, I will finish the dress. LESSON XVI {LEQON XVI) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) s'accorder [sakorde] (avec), to couter [kute], to cost. agree (with). desirer [dezire], to desire, wish; autre [o:tr], adj., other. like. bleu [bio], adj., blue. droit [drwa],aJ/., right; straight; le choix [5 wa], the choice; selection. upright; erect; (of collars) le col [kol], the collar; faux — , standing, stand-up; a droite, (detachable) collar. at (to) the right. la couleur [kulceir], the color. envoyer [avwaje], irr. v., to send. 1 See p. 26, footnote 1. §§ 151-152 ADJECTIVES — FEMININE 79 fonce [f5se], adj., dark (of colors). le 'hasard [aza:r], the chance. indiquer [edike], to show (point out, indicate). lilas [lila], adj., lilac (-colored). la lingerie [le3ri], the linen (goods). le magasin de nouveautes [magaze da nuvote], the dry-goods store, la manchette [ma$et], the cuff. le marche [mar$e], the market; bargain; (a) bon — , cheap. montrer [motre], to show, ex- hibit, display, le mouchoir [mu$wa:r], the hand- nulle part [nyl par], adv., no- where; (not) anywhere. l'obligeance [obli3(i:s], /., the kindness. le paquet [pake], the package, parcel, penser [pase], to think; — a, to think of. preferer [prefere], to prefer. le prix [pri], the price; prize, rabattu [rabaty], adj., (of col- lars) turn-down. le rayon [rej5], the ray; shelf; de- partment (in a store). la voix [vwa], the voice. kerchief. ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) Formation of the Feminine [Continuation] (Formation du Feminin [Suite]) 151. Some adjectives have irregular feminines: (Learn) M. F. blanc [bla] blanche [bla:§] white franc [fra] franche [fra: 5] frank frais [fre] fraiche [fre:$] fresh, cool sec [sek] seche [se:^] dry doux [du] douce [dus] sweet, gentle; soft tiers [tje:r] tierce [tjers] third faux [fo] fausse [to is] false roux [ru] rousse [rus] reddish coi [kwa] coite [kwat] quiet; coy favori [favori] favorite [favorit] favorite benin [bene] benigne [beniji] benign malin [male] maligne [malin] sly grec [grek] grecque [grek] Greek reveur 1 [revce:r] reveuse [revoiz] dreamy vengeur [va3ce:r] vengeresse [v&3res] avenging accusateur [akyzatceir] accusatrice [akyzatris] accusing Formation of the Plural (Formation du Pluriel) 152. The plural of adjectives is formed in general like that of nouns; but adjectives in -eu and -ou regularly take -s. Sing. Plu. young beau beaux beautiful happy principal principaux principal bleu bleus blue fou fous foolish jeune heureux jeunes heureux 1 Most adjectives in -eur form their feminine like reveur; some, like vengeur; some, like accusateur. Few are regular, like meilleur, m., meilleure, /., 'better.' 80 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 153-160 Agreement of the Adjective {Accord de VAdjectif) 153. Adjectives (participial included) agree in gender and number with the nouns or pronouns they modify. Cf. § 203. une fenetre cassee, a broken window lis sont jolis, They are pretty Note. — Adjectives agree with vous according to its implied gender and number. Etes-vous venue seule, Mademoiselle? Did you come alone, Miss? 154. An adjective qualifying more than one noun is made plural, and masculine, if any one of the nouns is masculine. In this case, the masculine noun and adjective should be grouped together. une nappe et une serviette blanches a white table-cloth and napkin de la biere et du vin excellents excellent beer and wine 155. Two or more singular adjectives may qualify a plural noun, or the noun may be singular and the article be repeated l with each adjective. / les langues grecque et latine, the Greek and Latin languages ila langue grecque et (la) 1 latine (or la langue latine) les cinquieme et sixieme pages, the fifth and sixth pages la cinquieme page et la sixieme (or et la sixieme page) Invariable Adjectives (Adjectifs Invariables) 156. Some adjectives are invariable, especially adjectives used adverbially, modified adjectives of color, and adjectives of color formed from nouns (except rose [roiz], 'pink/ and a few others). dix livres sterling ten pounds sterling Cette fleur sent bon This flower smells sweet des yeux bleu clair light blue eyes des robes olive (lilas) olive green (lilac) dresses 157. Adjectives may be used as nouns. le beau, the beautiful les pauvres, the poor VERBS (VERBES) Conditional of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Con- ditionnel de dormer, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 158. 159. 160. 'I should (would) give,' 'I should finish,' 'I should sell,' etc. etc. etc. donnerais [donare] finir ais [finire] vendrais [vadre] donnerais [donare] finir ais [finire] vendrais [vadre] donnerait [donore] finirait [finire] vendrait [vadre] 1 The repetition of the article in this case is not obligatory. §§ 161-163 VERBS — CONDITIONAL 81 donnerions [donarj'5] finirions [finirjo] vendrions [vadrio] donneriez [donorje] finiriez [finirje] vendriez [vadrie] donneraient [donare] finiraient [finire] vendraient [vadre] 161. 162. 'I should be,' etc. 'I should have/ etc. serais [sare] serions [sarjo] aurais [ore] aurions [orjo] serais [sare] seriez [sarje] aurais [ore] auriez [orje] serait [sare] seraient [sare] aurait [ore] auraient [ore] Note. — In regular verbs the conditional endings are added to the in- finitive, the e of the third conjugation infinitive being dropped. All French verbs have these endings in the conditional. 163. The conditional expresses what would happen, if some- thing else were to happen. 1. After si, meaning 'if (not 'whether'), use imperfect in- dicative, instead of conditional. Si vous etudiiez davantage, If you studied (or should study) more, vous apprendriez mieux you would learn better But: Je ne savais pas s'il partirait I did not know whether he would go GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Donnez-moi quatre adjectifs termines en -che au feminin; deux termines en -ce ; en -sse ; en -te ; en -igne. 2. Quel est le feminin de grec? 3. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le feminin des adjectifs en -eur? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on forme, en general, le pluriel des adjectifs? 5. Quelle sorte de mots un adjectif peut-il qualifier? 6. Avec quoi est-ce qu'un adjectif s'accorde en genre et en nombre? 7. Expliquez ('explain') 1' accord d'un adjectif qui qualifie deux ou trois substantifs. 8. Quand est-ce qu'on peut employer des adjectifs au singulier avec un substantif au pluriel? 9. Quels adjectifs sont in variables? 10. Donnez- moi un adjectif employe comme substantif. 11. Conjuguez le conditionnel du verbe dormer; du verbe finir; du verbe vendre. 12. Mettez au tableau le conditionnel des deux verbes auxiliaires. READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Dans un magasin de nouveautes Auriez-vous l'obligeance de m'indiquer le rayon de lingerie? — C'est ici, Mademoiselle, a droite. Que desirez-vous? — Je 2 voudrais 1 acheter des mouchoirs. — Nous en avons de toutes 1 Cond. of vouloir, 'to wish,' 'like.' 82 FRENCH GRAMMAR les couleurs. Void des mouchoirs roses, lilas, et bleus. — 4 J'aime beaucoup le bleu, surtout le bleu clair, c'est ma couleur favorite; mais ces mouchoirs sont bleu fonce. Je pense apres 6 tout que je prefererais des mouchoirs blancs. — Tres bien, Mademoiselle, en void. — Quel en est le prix? — Un franc 8 cinquante. 1 — Mais ils sont tres bon marche. 2 J'aurais pense qu'ils couteraient beaucoup plus cher. — On ne vend nulle 10 part a meilleur marche qu'ici, Mademoiselle. Desirez-vous autre chose? — Vous n'auriez pas par hasard des manchettes 12 et des faux cols d'hommes? Je voudrais en acheter pour mon frere. — Mais si, Mademoiselle, nous en avons un tres grand 14 choix. Voulez-vous des cols droits ou des cols rabattus? — Rabattus, s'il vous plait. J'en prendrai dix. — Ou faut-il en- 16 voyer le paquet? — Void ma carte. — Merci, Mademoiselle. — Bonjour, Monsieur. — Bonjour, Mademoiselle. Au plaisir. 3 18 CONVERSATION (COXVERSATIOX) 1. Qui est entre dans le magasin de nouveautes? 2. Que de- sirait la jeune nlle? 3. Est-ce qu'on vendait des mouchoirs de plusieurs couleurs? 4. De quelles couleurs? 5. Quelle etait la couleur favorite de la jeune fille? 6. Est-ce que les mouchoirs qu'on vendait etaient bleu clair ou bleu fonce? 7. De quelle couleur etaient les mouchoirs qu'elle a achetes? 4 8. Quel en etait le prix? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'elle pensait du prix? 10. Apres les mouchoirs qu'est-ce qu'elle a achete? 11. Est-ce qu'elle a, achete des cols droits ou des cols rabattus? COMPOSITION (THEME) Did you say that you would like [to] see our handkerchiefs in (en) colors, Miss? I should be very glad to (de) show you 5 2 what (ce que) we have. This way (par id), to the right, please. Here is the linen department, and here are handkerchiefs of all 4 colors. What is your favorite color? I think that you would 1 The word centimes is generally omitted. 2 The preposition a is often omitted. 3 The expression au plaisir de vous revoir, 'pleased to see you again,' is often shortened to au plaisir. 4 After avoir the past participle agrees in gender and number with a preceding direct object. Cf. § 206. 5 See p. 26, footnote 1. EXERCISES S3 these light pink handkerchiefs. They are very pretty. 6 Here are some dark blue handkerchiefs which would cost a little less. If you should desire white ones, they would be 8 quite cheap. What do you think of these white handker- chiefs? You will find an excellent choice. How many do you 10 wish? We have also some very pretty collars and cuffs. Would you like [to] see them? l Turn-down collars are gener- 1 2 ally used now. Did you say that you would take six? Thank you, Miss. Where must I send the package? 14 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Fresh water; a dry tongue; the Greek language; a false friend (/.); an avenging and accusing voice. 2. She is gentle; she is sly. 3. He teaches the French and Spanish languages. 4. You are very kind, Miss. 5. Blue collars and cuffs. 6. The first and third 2 pages. 7. This lilac (-colored) dress is very cheap. 8. How much would that pink waist cost? 9. There are many poor (pauvres) here. 10. If you had more bread, would you wish [to] send any to the poor? 11. What words would these adjectives qualify? 12. Would she not prefer [to] enter this dry-goods store? 13. Would you have the kindness to (de) show the linen department to this young girl? 14. These pic- tures are very beautiful. 15. His parents are crazy. 16. A crazy man and woman. LESSON XVII {LEQON XVII) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) apprendre [apraidr], irr. v., to la conjonction [ko35ksj5], the con- learn; teach. junction. assister [asiste], to assist, aid; difficile [difisil], adj., difficult, — a, to be present at, attend. hard. attentif [atatif] (/. attentive [atd- ecouter [ekute], to listen (to). ti:v]), adj., attentive. etudier [etydje], to study. aujourd'hui [o3urdqi], adv., to- exact [egzakt], adj., exact, day. expression [ekspresjo], /., ex- avant [ava], adv., before; — (de), pression. prep., before (in time). exprimer [eksprime], to express. 1 Les (before the verb). See p. 53, footnote 1. 2 Not tierce. Cf. § 321, note 1. 84 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 164-165 modifier [modifje], to modify. presque [presko, presk], adv., nommer [nome], to name, call. almost, nearly. la place [plas], the place, position; la question [kestjo], the question, square. rencontrer [rakStre], to meet; placer [plase], to place, put. find. poser [poze], to put {of questions). savoir [savwair], irr. v., to know; posseder [posede], to possess, know how. have. la signification [sinifikasjo], the pouvoir [puvwair], irr. v., to be meaning, signification. able, can, may. suivant [sqiva], prep., accord- precedent [preseda], adj., pre- ing to; — que, conj., as, ac- ceding, former. cording as. preceder [presede], to precede, unir [ynhr], to join, unite, go before. il precede 1 [presed], it precedes; ils precedent 1 [presed], they precede. il suit [sqi], it follows; ils suivent [siiiv], they follow. ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) Position (Place) 164. Adjectives usually follow their nouns, especially (1) long adjectives, (2) adjectives denoting a physical quality, (3) proper adjectives, and (4) participial adjectives. une journee magnifique, a magnificent un livre anglais, an English book day. une table carree, a square table un ruban noir, a black ribbon une histoire amusante, an amusing story Note 1. — When used figuratively, adjectives denoting a physical quality may precede the noun. un noir chagrin, a dark sorrow Note 2. — Most adjectives (other than proper adjectives or past par- ticipial adjectives) may at times be brought before the noun for the sake of emphasis, especially when following the definite article. Quelle heureuse idee! What a happy thought! Le charmant garcon! What a charming boy! 165. The following very common adjectives usually precede: beau gros mauvais 2 bon 2 jaune petit 2 court joli vieux grand long vilain Note. — Determinative adjectives also precede, including numerals, possessives, demonstratives, indefinites. 1 For the change of accent on the second e, cf. § 238. 2 And comparatives of same. §§ 166-172 ADJECTIVES — POSITION 85 1. These adjectives follow when modified by adverbs (ex- cept such short ones as tres, bien, etc.) or by adverbial phrases, une lecon extremement longue an extremely long lesson un enfant beau comme un ange a child as beautiful as an angel 166. Two or more adjectives in combination follow the above rules, long adjectives usually coming last. un petit chien noir intelligent an intelligent little black dog 1. When joined by a conjunction adjectives follow, if any one of them normally follows. C'est un livre beau et interessant It is a beautiful and interesting book 167. Some adjectives differ in meaning before and after a noun. (Learn examples) un brave homme; un homme brave une certaine chose; une chose cer- taine ma chere mere; une robe chere le dernier mois; le mois dernier les diff erentes lecons; une lecon dif- ferente un nouveau chapeau; un chapeau nouveau la pauvre femme; la femme pauvre a good fellow; a brave man a particular thing; a positive thing my dear mother; an expensive dress the last month; the past month the various lessons; a different les- son another hat; a new (style) hat ma propre main; la main propre the poor (pitiable) woman; the poor (indigent) woman my own hand; the clean hand VERBS (VERBES) Present Subjunctive of dormer, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Present du Subjonctif de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 168. '(that) I (may) give,' 'let me give,' etc. (que) je donne [(ko) 30 don] (que) tu donnes [(ka) ty don] (qu')il donne [(k)il don] (que) nous donnions [(ko) nu don jo] (que) vous donniez [(ko) vu donje] (qu')ils donnent [(k)il don] 171. T (may) be,' etc. sois [swa] soyons [swa jo] sois [swa] soyez [swaje] soit [swa] soient [swa] 169. T (may) finish,' etc. finisse [finis] finisses [finis] finisse [finis] {missions [finisjo] finissiez [finisje] finzssent [finis] 170. T (may) sell,' etc. vende [va:d] vendes [va:d] vende [va:d] vend ions [vadjo] vendiez [vadje] vendent [va:d] 172. 'I (may) have,' etc. aie [e] ayons [ejo] aies [e] ayez [eje] ait [e] aient [e] 86 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 173 Note 1. — The conjunction que, 'that,' is almost always required, even when omitted in English. Je suis content que vous l'aimiez I am glad (that) you like him Note 2. — The present subjunctive is sometimes used to supplement the forms lacking in the imperative. Qu'il parle Let him speak 173. The most common use of the subjunctive is in dependent clauses after expressions of doubt, desire, requirement, emotion, purpose, concession; after superlatives, or words resembling superlatives, and after the conjunctions avant que [ava ka], 'before,' aim que [afe ka], 'in order (or so) that,' pour que [purr ka], 'in order (or so) that', quoique [kwaka], 'although,' bien que [bje ka], 'although,' etc. Je desire que vous parliez I desire that you (or you to) speak II faut qu'ils finissent It is necessary that they (or they must) finish Nous sommes heureux que vous We are glad (that) you have it l'ayez Vous etes le meilleur ami que j'aie You are the best friend (that) I have pour qu'il parle that he may speak GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Ou est-ce que les adjectifs se 1 placent, suivant la regie generale? 2. Quels sont les adjectifs qui precedent presque tou- jours le substantif? 3. Ou se 1 placent les adjectifs qui sont mo- difies par des adverbes? 4. Est-ce que deux adjectifs unis par une conjonction precedent ou suivent leur substantif? 5. Don- nez-moi cinq adjectifs qui changent de signification suivant qu'ils sont places avant ou apres le substantif. 6. Conjuguez le present du subjonctif du verbe dormer; vendre. 7. Conjuguez dans la forme negative le present du subjonctif du verbe etre; avoir. 8. Conjuguez il faut que je finisse, il faut que tu, etc. 9. Dites-moi en anglais dans quelles sortes d'expressions il faut employer le subjonctif. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Vous avez pour aujourd'hui la dix-septieme lecon, et, quoi- que vous n'ayez pas etudie tres longtemps la langue francaise, 2 vous savez 2 main tenant pas mal de 3 choses. Vous possedez 1 The reflexive verb often has a passive sense. Cf. § 225, 2. 2 Pres. ind. of savoir. 3 pas mal de ='a good many.' (Familiar.) EXERCISES 87 un petit vocabulaire tres utile de presque six cents mots, et 4 vous pouvez nommer une grande quantite d'objets differents. II ne vous 1 est pas tres difficile de prononcer et de traduire les 6 phrases que vous rencontrez dans les differentes lecons.- Vous pouvez comprendre un peu quand on vous l parle en f rancais, 8 et vous savez 1 repondre aux questions courtes et faciles qu'on vous 1 pose. Pour que vous appreniez 2 a vous 1 exprimer plus 10 facilement, il faut que vous assistiez a la classe tous les jours et que vous ecoutiez attentivement le professeur quand il 12 parle. CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 1. Quelle est la lecon pour aujourd'hui? 2. Quelle etait la lecon precedente? 3. A quelle page commence la lecon d'aujour- d'hui? 4. Comment trouvez-vous la lecon, facile ou difficile? 5. Qu'est-ce qu'on enseigne dans cette lecon? 6. Qu'est-ce que vous savez de la langue francaise? 7. Vous possedez un vocabu- laire de combien de mots? 8. Est-ce que vous pouvez nommer tous les objets qui sont dans la salle de classe? 9. Nommez quelques objets sur les murs de la salle. 10. Nommez quel- ques objets sur la table du professeur. 11. Est-ce que vous pro- noncez bien le f rancais? 12. Pouvez- vous traduire ce que vous lisez 3 ? 13. Comprenez-vous exactement quand on vous parle en f rancais? 14. Que faut-il faire pour que vous vous 4 exprimiez plus facilement? COMPOSITION {THEME) Do you wish me to show 5 you 1 the work of our French class? I am glad that you are here so that I may do so (puisse 2 le faire). Let us go into the class-room. There is the teacher standing behind his desk. The interesting little blue book 4 on his desk is our French grammar. You wish [to] know what he is saying? Let us listen and let the teacher speak. Do 6 you understand? He is speaking in French. He says that the lesson for to-day is the most difficult that he has given 7 to 8 the class up to now (jusqu'ici). It is on the subjunctive. He 1 See p. 26, footnote 1. 4 Cf. § 213. 2 Pres. subj. of apprendre. 5 Use subjunctive. 3 Pres. ind. of lire, 'to read.' 6 Feminine singular. Cf. p. 82, footnote 4, and § 206. 88 FRENCH GRAMMAR explains the use of the subjunctive in French and tells the 10 students that it is necessary that they be attentive, that they study a great deal, and that they be present at every class 12 in order to possess the subject (sujet) completely. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. White paper; the white snow (neige). 2. A black book; a dark sorrow (chagrin). 3. A very pretty little blue flower. 4. The preceding lesson was very easy. 5. A short and easy expression. 6. An expensive garment; a dear sister. 7. Brave men; good fellows. 8. The poor (indigent) woman was here last month. 9. August is the last month of the summer. 10. Here are some clean pens. 11. There is a certain thing in this lesson that he does not know (sait) exactly. 12. Let him give; let them finish; let us sell. 13. That I may give; finish; have; that you may sell; have; be. 14. I am glad you are studying. 15. I doubt (doute) that he is here. 16. In order that you may pro- nounce well, you must 1 read (lisiez) a great deal. LESSON XVIII (LEQON XVIII) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) allumer [alyme], to light, kindle. le bonhomme [bonom], the old fel- low (or codger); toy man; — Noel, Santa Claus. la bougie [busi], the candle, le cadeau [kado], the present, gift. la cheminee [famine], the chim- ney; fireplace. couvert [kuve:r], pp. of couvrir. covered, dependant [depada], adj., de- pendent, descendre [desa:dr], to bring down; go down; get out; stop (at a lodging). etonner [etane], to astonish; s' — , to be astonished. la facon [faso], the manner, way (de before facon='in'); de cette — , in this way; de la meme — , in the same way. la fete [fe:t], the holiday; fete; festive occasion. la fois [fwa], the time (recurrence). illustrer [ilystre], to illustrate, i'image [ima:5J, /., the picture; livre d' — s, picture-book, irregulier [iregylje], adj., irreg- ular. le jouet [3 we], the plaything, toy. le monde [mo:d], the world; peo- ple; tout le — , everybody, everyone. Noel [noel], ;;/.. Christmas. l'occasion [okazjo], /.. the occa- sion, opportunity; a 1' — . an the occasion. 1 Use il faut. §§174-177 ADJECTIVES — COMPARATIVE 89 paternel [paternel], adj., pa- le tambour [tabuir], the drum. ternal. la trompette [tropet], the trum- la poupee [pupe], the doll. pet. la proposition [propozisjo], the les vacances [vakfiis], the holidays, proposition; phrase. vacation {always used in the ra^onter [rak5te], to narrate, plural). tell (of). la veille [ve:j], the eve, night be- unir [reyniir], to bring to- fore. gether; se — , to come to- vieillir [vjejiir], to grow old. gether, gather. jusqu'ici [3ysk isi], as far as here; until now; before. jusque la feyska la], as far as there; until then. ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) Comparison (Comparaison) 174. An adjective may express three degrees of any given quality, the positive (the adjective itself), the comparative, and the superlative. The Comparative (Le Comparatif) 175. The comparative is formed by prefixing to the positive plus, to indicate superiority (superiorite) : plus grand, taller. (inegalite) moins, to indicate inferiority (infer iorite) : moins grand, less tall. for equality \ . , „ C y^\ aussi: aussi grand, as tall. N l. After a negative, aussi may be replaced by si. pas aussi (or si) grand not so tall 176. Three adjectives have an irregular comparative form: Positive (Positif). Comparative (Comparatif). bon, good meilleur [mejceir], better mauvais, bad pire [pi:r], worse petit, small moindre [mweidr], less, lesser Note. — These adjectives may be compared regularly. Plus bon is very rare. Pire is stronger than plus mauvais. Plus petit means 'smaller' (in size), moindre, 'less' (in importance). 177. The second term of a comparison is usually que [ka], 'than,' 'as.' II est plus grand que Georges He is taller than George II est aussi grand que Georges He is as tall as George for inequality 90 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 178-184 1. Instead of aussi (or si) . . . que, comme may be used alone, riche comme Cresus as rich as Croesus 2. After plus, moins, used affirmatively, 'than' before a finite verb is que . . . ne. II est plus grand que je ne pensais He is taller than I thought 3. After plus, moins, 'than' before a numeral is de. II a plus de vingt livres He has more than twenty books 178. De plus en plus = ' more and more'; de moins en moins, = ' less and less ' ; plus . . . (et) plus = ' the more . . . the more ' ; moins . . . (et) moins = ' the less . . . the less ' ; d'autant plus . . . = ' the more . . .' II devient de plus en plus grand He is growing taller and taller Plus il devient grand, (et) moins il The bigger he gets, the less well- est sage behaved he is II en sera d'autant plus fort He will be (all) the stronger for it VERBS (VERBES) Imperfect Subjunctive of donner, finir, vendre, etre, and avoir (Imparfait du Subjonctif de donner, finir, vendre, etre, et avoir) 179. 180. 181. '(that) I gave,' 'might give,' '(that) I finished,' '(that) I sold,' etc. 'might finish,' etc. 'might sell,' etc. (que) je donnasse [donas] finisse [finis] vendisse [vadis] (que) tu donn asses [donas] finisses [finis] vendisses [vadis] (qu')il donn at [dona] fin it [fini] vend it [vadi] (que) nous donnassions [donasjo] finissions [finisjS] vendissions [vddisjo] (que) vous donnassiez [donasje] finissiez [finisje] vendissiez [vadisje] (qu')ils donnassent [donas] finissent [finis] vendissent [vadis] 182. 183. ' (that) I were,' 'might be,' etc. ' (that) I had,' 'might have,' etc. fusse [fys] fussions [fysjo] eusse [ys] eussions [ysjo] fusses [fys] fussiez [fysje] eusses [ys] eussiez [ysje] fut [fy] fussent [fys] eut [y] ' eussent [ys] Note. — All French verbs have either the -asse, -isse, or -usse endings in this tense. 184. The use of the imperfect subjunctive, especially of the forms in -asse, is decreasing. A past tense in the principal clause regularly requires it, but the present subjunctive is EXERCISES 91 generally used in all other cases. (For more complete treat- ment, cf. § 342.) An infinitive construction often replaces the subjunctive. (Cf. § 357.) Je voulais qu'il le finit I wanted him to finish it [ veux 1 f wish ) Je \ voudrai \ que vous parliez. I \ shall wish [ you to speak [ voudrais J [ should wish J Fallait-il qu'il partit? j Did he have leaye? or, Lui fallait-il partir? J Note. — If the subjects of both verbs are the same, the infinitive is regularly used. Cf. § 357. Je voulais partir I wanted to go GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le comparatif de superiorite d'un adjectif? d'inferiorite? d'egalite? 2. Donnez-moi le com- paratif des trois adjectifs qui ont une forme de comparatif irre- guliere. 3. Traduisez en francais de trois f aeons differentes le mot ' than.' 4. Illustrez ces differents emplois dans trois phrases differentes. 5. Traduisez 'more and more,' 'the more . . . the more.' 6. Apres quels temps dans la proposition principale est-ce qu'on emploie l'imparfait du subjonctif dans la proposi- tion dependante? 7. Conjuguez l'imparfait du subjonctif du verbe dormer; finir; vendre. 8. Conjuguez dans la forme nega- tive l'imparfait du subjonctif des verbes etre et avoir. 9. Quand est-ce que l'mnnitif remplace le subjonctif? READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) C 'etait la veille de Noel, et nous etions tous chez mon grand- pere a l'occasion de cette charmante fete de famille. Mes 2 grands-parents vieillissaient, et ils desiraient avant qu'ils mou- russent 1 que toute la famille se reunit encore une fois dans la 4 vieille maison paternelle. Je n'oublierai jamais cette heureuse occasion ni ce bel arbre de Noel, qui etait beaucoup plus grand 6 et bien plus joli que tous ceux ('those') que j'avais vus 2 jus- que la. L'arbre etait couvert de petites bougies allumees et 8 de jouets. II y avait des livres d'images et des poupees pour les petites filles, des tambours et des trompettes pour les petits 10 1 Impf. subj. of mourir, 'to die.' Avant de mourir is a better form. Cf. § 357. 2 Plural to agree with que. Cf. §§ 206-279. 92 FRENCH GRAMMAR gargons, et des cadeaux pour tout le monde. Je m'etonnais que le bonhomme Noel eut pu 1 trouver tant de choses cliff e- 12 rentes ou qu'il eut pu 1 les 2 descendre par la cheminee. CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 1. Ou etait-on la veille de Noel? 2. Qui etait la? 3. Pour- quoi? 4. Est-ce que j'oublierai cette occasion? 5. Pourquoi pas? 6. Quelle sorte d'arbre de Noel est-ce qu'il y avait? 7. De quoi etait-il couvert? 8. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour les petites filles? 9. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour les petits garcons? 10. Qu'est-ce qu'il y avait pour tout le monde? 11. De quoi est-ce que je m'etonnais? 12. Aimez-vous la fete de Noel? 13. Racontez-moi comment vous avez passe les dernieres va- cances de Noel. COMPOSITION (THEME) Last winter my uncle wished us all to spend the Christmas holidays (lit., 'holidays of Christmas') with him (chez lui). 2 Never was 3 the old house more beautiful than on (a) that oc- casion. [On] Christmas eve an excellent dinner was waiting 4 (attendait) us 2 in the dining-room. The table was covered with (de) good things, among which (lesquelles) I noticed es- 6 pecially the big turkey, much bigger than I had ever seen. After the dinner they showed us 2 the Christmas tree. Santa 8 Claus was standing before the tree. I was very glad that he was there in (en) person to (pour) give to everybody their 10 presents. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Once more. 2. My brother is older than my sister. 3. She is less tall. 4. My friends are better than your friends. 5. They are worse than I thought. 6. He has been as good as you up to now. 7. He is not so tall as his uncle. 8. He is studying less and less every day. 9. The more one studies, the more one knows. 10. His superiority is (all) the greater. 11. That I might give; might be; might sell; might have. 12. That we might finish; that you may have; that he might be. 13. I de- 1 Past part, of pouvoir. 2 See p. 26, footnote 1; or § 210. 3 Use ne. ADJECTIVES — SUPERLATIVE 93 sired him to finish his work. 14. Must 1 you sell your house? 15. I am very glad to (de) tell you 2 [of] my vacation. 16. The use of Christmas trees is not so common in France as in the United States. 17. Protestant (protestantes) families some- times have them. LESSON XIX (LEQON XIX) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) attacher [ata$e], to attach, fas- la 'hanche [d:$], the hip. ten; join. important [eportd], adj., impor- ^la bouche [bu§], the mouth. tant. -i le bras [bra], the arm. la jambe [3d: b], the leg. le cerveau [servo], the brain. la joue [311], the cheek.. le cheveu [^avo], the hair; les — x, !e menton [mdto], the chin, the hair (of the head). l'oreille [ore:j],/., the ear. le coeur [kce:r], the heart. I'organe [organ], m., the organ. comparer [kopare], to compare. le pied [pje], the foot. le corps [ko:r], the body. ia poitrine [pwatrin], the chest, le cou [ku], the neck. breast. le crane [kra:n], the skull. le poumon [puma], the lung. doigt [dwa], the finger; toe. renfermer [rdferme], to com- ie dos [do], the back. prise, include. Vepaule [epo:l],/., the shoulder. la tete [te:t], the head. extreme [ekstre:m], adj., ex- le tronc [tro], the trunk. treme. le ventre [vd:tr], the stomach; la figure [figy:r], the face; figure. belly. le front [fro], the forehead, brow; front. ADJECTIVES (ADJECTIFS) Comparison [Continuation] (Comparaison [Suite]) The Superlative (Le Superlatif) 185. The relative superlative (le superlatif relatif) is formed by placing a definite article (or a possessive adjective) before a comparative of inequality. When the superlative follows the noun the definite article is required. Pos. Comp. Sup. grand, tall plus grand, taller le plus grand, the tallest (or taller) 3 bon, good meilleur, better le meilleur, the best (or better) mes meilleurs amis my best friends mes (or les) amis les plus intimes my (or the) most intimate friends 1 Use faut-il. 2 See p. 26, footnote 1. 3 There is no distinction between the comparative with the def. art. and the - superlative. 94 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 186-194 186. 'In' after a superlative is translated by de. Cf. § 328, 5, (6). l'eleve le plus intelligent de la classe the most intelligent student in the class 187. ' By (how much) ' after a comparative or a superlative is translated by de. Cf. § 328, 2, (4). plus age de deux ans older by two years 188. The absolute superlative (le superlatif absolu) is made from the positive preceded by some qualifying adverb, e.g., tres, bien, fort, extremement, etc., Elle est tres (extremement) heureuse She is very (extremely) happy ADVERBS (ADVERBES) Formation (Formation) 189. Some adverbs have fixed forms, but most adverbs are made by adding -ment to the feminine singular of adjectives. heureux — heureusement, happily 190. Adjectives the masculine of which ends in a vowel other than -e drop the -e of the feminine before adding the ending -ment to the masculine. joli(e) — joliment, prettily 191. Some adjectives change the -e of the feminine to -e be- fore -ment. precis(e) — precisement, 1 precisely, exactly 192. Most adjectives in -ant, -ent, change the -nt to m before -ment. constant — constamment. 1 constantly Comparison (Comparaison) 193. Adverbs are compared like adjectives. Pos. • Comp. Sup. vite, 'quickly' plus vite, 'more le (invariable) plus vite, 'most quickly' quickly' 194. Four adverbs have an irregular comparative form: Pos. Comp. Pos. Comp. bien, well mieux, better beaucoup, much plus, more mal, badly pis, worse peu, little moins, less 1 Learn example. §§ 195-198 ADVERBS — POSITION 95 Position (Place) 195. Adverbs regularly follow the verb. II parle bien He speaks well 196. Most common, short adverbs (except most adverbs of time or place) precede a past participle (in compound tenses) or an infinitive. II a bien parle II ne faut pas trop faire But: II a parle eloquemment lis sont partis hier He spoke well One must not do too much He spoke eloquently They left yesterday VERBS (VERBES) 197. The principal parts (parties principales) of a verb are the (1) infinitive, (2) present participle, (3) past participle, (4) present indicative, (5) preterit 1 indicative. (1) dormer, (2) donnant, (3) donne, (4) donne, (5) donnai Synopsis (Synopsis) remaining tenses of a regular verb may be formed 198. The as follows: 2 1. donner donnerai (Fut.) donner ais (Cond.) 2. finir finirai finir ais 3. vendre vendrai vendrais donnant donn ais (Impf. Lid.) donne (Pres. Subj.) finissant finiss ais finisse vend ant vend ais vend e donne [avoir] (Com- pound Tenses) fini [avoir] vendu [avoir] donne donne (Imp.) finis finis vends vends donn ai donnasse (Impf. Subj). finis finisse vendis vendis se Note. — These schemes form what is called a synopsis of the verb. They comprise the first person singular of all simple tenses, the second per- son singular of the imperative, the infinitive, and the participles. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le superlatif relatif d'un ad- jectif? 2. Comment faut-il traduire 'in' apres un superlatif? 3. Comment peut-on traduire 'by' apres un comparatif ou un 1 Or past definite. 2 This table does not in all tenses indicate derivation, but is a convenient system of tabulation. 96 FRENCH GRAMMAR superlatif? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on forme le superlatif ab- solu? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on forme les adverbes, en general? 6. Dans quels adjectifs est-ce que l'e final du feminin est omis devant la terminaison -ment? 7. Comment est-ce qu'on change les terminaisons -ant et -ent? 8. Comparez l'adverbe bien; mal; beaucoup; peu. 9. Quelle est, en general, la place des ad- verbes dans la phrase? 10. Quelles sont.les parties principales d'un verbe? 11. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe finir. 12. Ecrivez au tableau la synopsis du verbe vendre; du verbe finir. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Notre corps se 1 compose de trois parties, la tete, le tronc, et les membres. La partie la plus importante du corps est la tete, 2 qui comprend 2 le crane et la figure. Le crane, qui renferme le cerveau, est generalement couvert de cheveux. La figure 4 comprend le front, les yeux, le nez, la bouche, le menton, les joues, et les oreilles. La tete est attachee au tronc par le cou. 6 Le tronc comprend la poitrine, le dos, et le ventre, et renferme des organes qui sont extremement importants, surtout le cceur 8 et les poumons. Les bras sont attaches au tronc par les epaules et sont termines par les mains. La main a cinq doigts. 10 Les jambes sont attachees au tronc par les hanches et sont terminees par les pieds. 12 CONVERSATION (COXVERSATIOX) 1. Quelles sont les trois parties qui composent notre corps? 2. Quelle est la partie la plus importante et qu'est-ce qu'elle com- prend? 3. Que renferme le crane? 4. De quoi est-il couvert? 5. Quelles sont les parties principales de la figure? 6. Qu'est-ce qui attache la tete au tronc? 7. Que comprend le tronc? 8. Nommez deux organes que renferme le tronc. 9. Quels sont les membres superieurs ('upper')? 10. Quels sont les membres inferieurs ('lower')? 11. Par quoi sont termines les bras? les jambes? 12. Par quoi est-ce que les bras sont attaches au tronc? les jambes? 1 Cf. § 225, 2. 2 Pres. ind. of comprendre. EXERCISES 97 COMPOSITION (THEME) The highest part of the body is the head, which comprises the skull and the face. The head is generally covered with 2 (de) hair, which is longer in 1 women than in 1 men. The face comprises several very important parts, the brow, the nose, 4 the mouth, the chin, the cheeks, the ears, and the eyes. In l certain persons the eyes are very large, in 1 others (d'autres) 6 they are much smaller. The eyes are the most beautiful part of the face. The most important organ in the trunk is the 8 heart. The lungs are also very important organs. All of the different parts of the body are extremely useful and are con- 10 stantly employed, but some parts are more important than others (d'autres). The hand with its five fingers is one of the 12 most useful parts of the body. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Good, better, best. 2. My best friends. 3. My most in- teresting books. 4. One of the most interesting things that we have. 5. The most attentive student in the class. 6. He is older than his cousin by ten months. 7. The younger of my two sons is not so old as the youngest of your three. 8. She was happiest when she was studying. 9. They (/.) were both ex- tremely happy. 10. She speaks so prettily. 11. That is pre- cisely what (ce que) I was thinking. 12. You speak French very well, but he speaks it better. 13. He has spoken most 2 in- terestingly. 14. They have finished their task to-day. 15. She had blue eyes, the most beautiful that I had ever seen (vus). 16. He raised (leva) his hand as high as his head. LESSON XX {LEQON XX) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) l'accident [aksida], m., the acci- aveugle [avcegl], adj., blind. dent. bas [ba] (/. basse [bctis]), adj., l'age [0:3], m., the age. low; (of age) young, early. Pan [a], m., the year. borgne [born], adj., one-eyed. attaquer [atake], to attack. le chemin [Same], the way, route; 1 Chez. 2 de la fag on la plus, etc. 98 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 199-200 track; — defer [d(a) fe:r], rail- road, railway. continuer [kotinqe], to continue. le coude [kud], the elbow. couper [kupe], to cut. crever [krave], to burst; put out (of eyes). faillir [faji:r], irr. v., to fail; barely miss, come near; pp., failli [faji]. la fievre scarlatine [f je:vr skarla- tin], the scarlet fever. gauche [go:$], adj., left; awk- ward; a — , at (to) the left. guerir [geri:r], to cure, heal. laisser [lese], to leave; let. malade [malad], adj., sick, ill. le malheur [malce:r], the misfor- tune. malheureux [malcer0], adj., un- fortunate, unlucky. manchot [ma$o], adj., one- handed; one-armed. muet [mqe] (/. muette [mqet]), adj., dumb; mute. perdre [perdrj, to lose; waste. rendre [m:dr], to render, make; return, give back; se — , to be- take oneself, go. la rougeole [ru3ol], the measles. sain [se], adj., healthy, sound, well. sourd [su:r], adj., deaf. sous [su], prep., under, beneath. la surdite [syrdite], the deafness. le tramway [tram we], the street- car; tramway. ADVERBIAL LOCUTIONS (LOCUTIONS ADVERBIALES) 199. The commonest adverbial locutions are: a bon marche [a bo mar$e], cheap a la fois [a la fwa], at once, at the same time a peine [a pe:n], hardly, scarcely a peu pres [a po pre], nearly au (or du) moins [o (or dy) mwe], at least d'abord [dabor], at first, first d'ailleurs [dajce:r], besides, more- over d'ou [du], whence en bas [a ba], below, down-stairs en effet [an efe], in fact en 'haut [a o], above; up-stairs la-bas [la ba], yonder la-dessus [la dsy], thereupon par ici [par isi], this way par la [par la], that way pas du tout [pa dy tu], not at all sans doute [sa dut], doubtless tant mieux [ta mj'0], so much the better tant pis [tci pi], so much the worse tout a (or d'un) coup [tut a (or tu dee) ku], suddenly, all of a sudden tout a fait [tut a fe], quite tout de suite [tut suit], at once VERBS (VERBES) Compound Tenses (Temps Composes) 200. The compound tenses of a verb are formed from avoir; rarely etre, and the past participle of the verb in question, as follows: AVOIR ETRE Infinitive (Infinitif) avoir donne, etre arrive, ' to have arrived' ' to have given ' Participle (Partkipe) ayant donne, etant arrive, 'having — ' Perfect (Parfait) Perfect (Parfait) §§ 201-202 COMPOUND TENSES 99 Indicative (Indicatif) Past Indefinite or Perfect j'ai donne, je suis arrive, 'I have — ' (Passe Indefini) Pluperfect (Plus -que- j'avais donne, j'etais arrive, 'I had — ' Parfait) Past Anterior 1 (Passe j'eus donne, je fus arrive, 'I had — ' A ntericur) Future Anterieur (Futur j'aurai donne, je serai arrive, 'I shall have Anterieur) — ' Conditional Anterior j'aurais donne, je serais arrive, 'I should (Condi tionnel A nterieur) have — ' Subjunctive (Subjonctif) Perfect (Parfait) (que) j'aie donne, (que) je sois arrive, (' that) 'I may have — ' Pluperfect (Plus-que- (que) j'eusse donne, (que) je fusse arrive, (' that) Parfait) 'I might have' — ' "201. The commonest verbs requiring etre instead of avoir to form their compound tenses are: (Learn) aller [ale], to go naitre [neitr], to be born arriver [arive], to arrive partir [parti:r], to depart, leave, set descendre [desaidr], to descend, go out, start (off) down, stop (at a lodging) rester [reste], to remain, stay entrer [atre], to enter, 2 go in sortir [sortiir], to go out monter [mote], to go up, mount, enter 2 tomber [tobe], to fall mourir [muriir], to die venir [vgni:r], to come etc. 3 Je suis alle, I went Elle est morte, She has died lis sont verms, They have come II etait tombe, He had fallen Note 1. — Any such verb used transitively takes avoir. II a monte les malles He has brought up the trunks Note 2. — Many verbs may take either avoir or etre, the former to de- note action, the latter to denote resultant state or condition. II a grandi vite He grew up rapidly II est grandi He is grown up The Passive Voice (La Voix Passive) 202. The passive voice of a transitive verb is formed from etre and the past participle of the verb in question as follows: Infinitive (Infinitif) Present (Present) etre gronde(e)[s] [grade], 'to be scolded' Perfect (Parfait) avoir ete 4 gronde(e)[s], 'to have been scolded' 1 This tense is rarely used except after conjunctions of time, such as lorsque, 'when,' apres que, 'after,' aussitot que, 'as soon as,' etc. 2 Use dans before following noun. 3 So also derivatives of most of these verbs: such as rentrer, 'to return,' devenir, 'to become,' etc. 4 The past participle ete is always invariable. 100 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 203-206 Participle {Participe) Present {Present) etant gronde(e)[s], 'being scolded' Perfect (Parfait) ayant ete gronde(e)[s], 'having been scolded,' etc. Indicative (Indicatif) Present (Present) je suis gronde(e), T am scolded' Past Indefinite j'ai ete gronde(e), 'I have been scolded,' etc. (Passe Indefini) AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE (ACCORD DU PARTICIPE) 203. When used adjectively the participle (present or past) agrees in gender and number with the noun or pronoun it modi- fies. Cf. §§ 153-155. une actrice charmante a charming actress lis sont polis They are polite (lit., 'polished'). 204. When used verbally the present participle is invariable, une actrice charmant ses auditeurs an actress charming her listeners 205. The past participle after etre (except in reflexives) agrees in gender and number with the subject (sujet) : Elles sont sorties They ( /.) have gone out 206. The past participle after avoir (and etre in reflexives) agrees in gender and number with only a preceding direct object (complement direct). If there is no such object, the past par- ticiple is invariable. les fleurs que l j'ai vues the flowers that I saw la promesse que 1 nous nous the promise we made each other sommes faite But: J'ai vu les fleurs I saw the flowers GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Donnez-moi quelques locutions adverbiales. 2. Dites-moi les noms de tous les temps composes. 3. Donnez-moi tous les temps composes de l'indicatif du verbe finir. 4. Donnez-moi dix verbes qui forment leurs temps composes avec etre au lieu d'avoir. 5. Comment est-ce qu'on forme la voix passive? 6. Donnez-moi les regies pour l'accord du participe present quand il est employe comme adjectif ; quand il est employe comme participe. 7. Don- nez-moi les regies pour l'accord du participe passe apres le verbe etre; apres le verbe avoir. 1 A relative pronoun has the gender and number of its antecedent. EXERCISES 101 READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) L'histoire d'un malheureux II etait ne 1 sain et beau, mais il avait a peine deux ans 2 lorsqu'il a ete attaque par la rougeole, qui a failli le 3 rendre 2 aveugle. Aussitot qu'il en 4 fut gueri, il est tombe malade de la fievre scarlatine, qui l' 3 a laisse sourd. La surdite le 3 frap- 4 pant a un si bas age,il en 4 est devenu 5 malheureusement muet. Quand il avait dix ans un petit camarade lui 6 a creve un ceil, 6 et il est reste borgne. Le malheur a continue a l' 3 accompagner et a 1'a.ge de vingt ans il est tombe sous un tramway qui lui 6 8 a coupe au coude le bras gauche, le 3 rendant manchot. Lors- qu'il avait a peu pres trente ans il a perdu la jambe droite 10 dans un accident de chemin de fer. Peu de temps apres il est mort, 7 et ses malheurs ont ete termines. 12 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Comment etait-il quand il est ne, ce malheureux? 2. Quel age avait-il lorsqu'il a ete attaque par la rougeole? 3. Est-ce qu'elle l' 3 a rendu aveugle? 4. De quoi est-ce qu'il est tombe malade apres qu'il fut gueri de la rougeole? 5. Comment est-ce que la fievre scarlatine l' 3 a laisse? 6. Quel effet ('effect') est-ce que la surdite a eu? 7. Comment est-ce qu'il est devenu borgne? 8. Quel accident lui 6 est-il arrive a 1 'age de vingt ans? 9. Com- ment et a quel age est-ce qu'il a perdu la jambe droite? 10. Quand est-ce qu'il est mort? COMPOSITION (THEME) Last year there was a great railroad accident near our town. Several persons died and many were injured. 8 Some (quel- 2 ques-uns) of the unfortunate were left (rendus) blind, others (d'autres), one-eyed, others, one-armed. Some lost their legs. 4 There were very few persons, in fact, who did not lose some member. My brother came near losing his right hand, but 6 fortunately his hand is now nearly healed. Unfortunately 1 Past part, of naitre. 3 See p. 53, footnote 1. 2 For expressions of age, cf. § 318. 4 'Of it,' 'from that,' cf. §§ 220-221. 8 Past part, of devenir. 6 Lui is the dative of le or la, and like them precedes the verb, except in the im- perative affirmative. 1 Past part, of mourLr. 8 Blesser = ' to injure.' 102 FRENCH GRAMMAR he has always been a little deaf since (depuis) that time. I 8 was not in the accident myself (moi-meme). I had remained at home somewhat (lit., 'a little') ill from the measles, which 10 had attacked me 1 some time before, and of which (dont) I was not yet quite cured. 12 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. I went up-stairs first and then down-stairs. 2. Is it this way or that? 3. This dress was very cheap. 4. If I had con- tinued, I should have lost my way. 5. We would have entered; they would have remained. 6. I have fallen, thou hast fallen, etc. 7. She was so ill that she would have died, if the doctor had not arrived. 8. I came near dying. 9. I was attacked, thou, etc. 10. Having been made ill. 11. In the realm (au royaume) of the blind the one-eyed are kings (rois). 12. This poor man has had many misfortunes. 13. A charming woman; a woman charming her friends (/.) 14. What books have you lost? 15.1 have been cured of the fever that I have had. LESSON XXI (LE^ON XXI) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) amuser [amyze], to amuse; s' — , to amuse oneself, have a good time. brosser [brose], to brush. cela [sola, sla], de'm. pron., that. la chambre [$a:br], the chamber, room. la cravate [kravat], the cravate, necktie. dejeuner [de3cene], to break- fast. demander [da made], to ask; de- mand; require; se — , to won- der. la dent [da], the tooth. depecher [depe$e], to despatch, hasten; se — , to hurry, has- ten, make haste. deshabiller [dezabije], to un- dress; se — , to undress (one- self). enfin [afe], adv., finally; at last; in short. l'epingle [epeigl],/., the pin. (se) faire mal [(so) fe:r mal], to hurt (oneself). habiller [abije], to clothe; s' — , to dress (oneself). lTieure [oe:r],/., the hour; o'clock; time; une — , one o'clock; deux — s, two o'clock, etc.; de bonne — . adv.. early. hier [je:r], adv.. yesterday. laver [lave], to wash, bathe, lever [love], to raise; se — rise, get up. manger [mase], to eat. se mettre [so metr] (a), iff to begin (to), peigner [pene], to comb; se to comb one's hair, piquer [pike], to prick. to 1 See p. 26, footnote 1. §§ 207-210 PERSONAL PRONOUNS 103 preparer [prepare], to prepare, reveiller [reveje], to awaken; se — , to wake, wake up. satisfaire [satisfeir], irr. v., to satisfy. signifier [sijiifje], to signify, mean. a la 'hate [a la cut], adv., in a hurry, in haste le soir [swa:r], the evening, tard [ta:r], adv., late, tromper [trope], to deceive, cheat; se — , to be mistaken. vite [vit], adv., quickly, fast. 207. PERSONAL PRONOUNS (PRONOMS PERSONNELS) Sing. • l re pers. 2 e pers. 3 e pers. Subject (Sujet) je [59], I tu [ty], thou m. il [il], he /. elle [el], she Indirect Object {Complement Indirect) me [mo] (after verb moi [rawa]), to me it Direct Object (Complement Direct) me [mo] (after verb moi [mw%]), me te[to], (after verb te [to] (after verb toi toi [twa]) , thee [twa]), to thee lui [lqi], to him \ to lui [lqi], to her J it se [so], to himself, etc. l re pers. 2 e pers. Plur. \ 3 e pers. nous [nu], we vous [vu], you *».ils[il], \ fh /. elles[el],/ they le[lo],him\- la [la], her / ll se [so], himself, herself, it- self, oneself nous [nu], us vous [vu], you les [le], \ , les [le], J ttiem se [so], them- selves nous [nu], to us vous [vu], to you leur [lceir], 1 to leur [lce:r], / them se [so], to them- selves Note. — Me. te, se, le, and la, are apostrophized before a vowel or mute h Je l'aime I like him (or her) 208. The above pronouns may be called conjunctive pro- nouns on account of their close relation to the verb. In French grammars they are, in the main, called atones [atom], 'un- stressed,' to distinguish them from the disjunctive pronouns, toniques [tonik], 'stressed.' 209. The second person plural vous is the pronoun commonly used (like 'you' in English) to address one or more persons. Tu is used to address near relatives, very intimate friends, small children, pets, and sometimes servants. 210. Conjunctive subject pronouns regularly precede the verb, with which they agree in person and number, allowing only the negative ne and the object pronouns to intervene. 104 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 211-213 They follow the verb, connected by a hyphen, in interrogations and in interjected phrases. Je ne le lui ai pas donne I did not give it to him ((Etes-vous ici?» dit-il "Are you here?" said he 211. Conjunctive object pronouns precede the verb directly, except the imperative affirmative, which they follow, connected regularly by a hyphen. 1 Je vous donne le livre I give you the book Donnez-moi le livre Give me the book But: Ne lui donnez pas le livre Do not give him the book Note 1. — In compound tenses they precede the auxiliary. Je l'ai vu I saw him Note 2. — They also precede void and voila. Me voici Here I am 212. After the verb, moi and toi are used, instead of me and te, except before en (cf. § 221) when m' and t' are used. Dites-moi votre nom Tell me your name Tais-toi Keep still Donnez-m'en Give me some VERBS (VERBES) Reflexive Verbs (Verbes reflechis) 213. Reflexive verbs are conjugated as follows: Infinitive (Infinitif) Present (Present) se coucher [sa ku$e], 'to go to bed' Perfect (Parfait) s'etre couche(e)[s], 'to have gone to bed' Participle (Participe) Present (Present) se couchant, 'going to bed' Perfect (Parfait) s'etant couche(e)[s], 'having gone to bed' Indicative (Indicatif) Present (Present) Past Indefinite (Passe Indefini) 'I go to bed,' etc. 'I went to bed,' etc. je me couche je me suis couche(e) tu te couches tu t'es couche(e) il se couche il (elle) s'est couche(e) nous nous couchons nous nous sommes couche(e)s vous vous couchez vous vous etes couche (e)[sj ils se couchent ils (elles) se sont couche (e)s etc. 1 A hyphen is sometimes used also before a second object pronoun. § 214 REFLEXIVE VERBS 105 Imperative (Imperatif) 'go to bed,' etc. 'do not go to bed,' etc. couche-toi ne te couche pas couchons-nous ne nous couchons pas couchez-vous ne vous couchez pas 214. Any transitive verb may be made reflexive, e.g., se flatter [flate], ' to flatter oneself.' In the plural, such verbs often have a reciprocal force which may be brought out by the addi- tion of Tun Pautre [Ice loitr], 'one another,' mutuellement [mytqelma], 'mutually,' etc. lis se flattent They flatter themselves (or each other) lis se flattent Tun Pautre They flatter each other Note. — Many verbs that are reflexive in French are not so in English. Le mot se termine en -x The word ends in -x GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quels sont les pronoms personnels sujets? 2. Quels sont les complements directs? 3. Quels sont les complements indi- rects? 4. Dites-moi les pronoms qui perdent l leur voyelle finale devant une autre voyelle ou une h muette. 5. Quels sont les pronoms atones? 6. Comment est-ce qu'on emploie le pronom vous? 7. Quelle est la place dans la phrase des pronoms sujets? 8. Quelle est la place des complements? 9. Quand est-ce qu'on emploie les formes moi et toi au lieu de me et te? 10. Que signifie le verbe reflechi se coucher? 11. Conjuguez le present de l'in- dicatif du verbe se coucher. 12. Conjuguez le passe indefini. 13. Conjuguez la forme affirmative de l'imperatif ; la forme nega- tive. 14. Conjuguez je me demande s'il faut me coucher, tu te demandes s'il faut te coucher, etc. 15. Comparez l'adjectif bon; l'adverb bien. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Hier soir nous nous sommes beaucoup amuses, et je me suis couche un peu tard, mais le matin je me suis reveille de bonne 2 heure, et je me suis leve tout de suite. M'etant lave, je me suis brosse les dents, et puis je me suis habille tres vite. En 4 me depechant de mettre ma cravate, je me suis pique le doigt avec une epingle, mais je ne me suis pas fait grand mal. Apres 6 cela, je me suis peigne, et je suis descendu a la salle a manger, 1 Pres. ind. of perdre. 106 FRENCH GRAMMAR ou j'ai dejeune un peu a la hate. Puis je suis monte a ma 8 chambre, ou je me suis mis a etudier ma lecon de francais. Je n'ai pas eu beaucoup de temps pour la bien preparer, 10 mais ermn, si je ne me trompe (pas), je pense que j'en sais 1 assez pour satisfaire le professeur. 12 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Est-ce que vous vous couchez tard ou de bonne heure le soir? 2. A quelle heure est-ce que vous vous levez? 2 3. Qu'est- ce que vous faites pour vous preparer a sortir? 4. Que faites- vous apres cela? 5. Est-ce que vous dejeunez dans votre chambre ou a la salle a manger? 6. Ou est-ce que vous etu- diez? 7. Comment trouvez-vous le francais, facile ou difficile? 8. Combien de temps vous faut-il pour preparer chaque lecon? 9. Est-ce que vous comprenez ce qu'on vous dit? 10. Est-il facile de satisfaire le professeur? 11. Est-ce que vous vous amusez a l'ecole? 12. Vous etes-vous amuse hier? 13. Deman- dez-moi quelque chose en francais. COMPOSITION (THEME) We rise early [in] the morning, for (car) we have so much to (a) do. We wash ourselves, we brush our teeth, and comb 2 our hair before (avant de) dressing. 3 Then we hasten to (de) dress and go down to the dining-room, where we find break- 4 fast all prepared. After breakfast, we study our lessons a little while (quelque temps) before (avant de) going 3 to school. 6 After finishing 4 the work of the day, we return home. 5 We then prepare ourselves for the evening meal. It is the most 8 important meal of the day, for all the members of the family gather [together], and we remain at table until quite late. 10 Then we go up to our rooms, where we undress and go to bed. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. I brush my hair. 2. Where is that found? 3. Dress quickly, please. 4. Hurry up. 5. Get up. 6. Go to bed. 1 Pres. ind. of savoir. 2 Answer, Je me leve, etc. 3 Use infinitive. Cf. § 337. 4 Apres avoir termine. Always use perfect infinitive for this construction. Cf. § 337 note. 5 Use rentrer. EXERCISES 107 7. Do not prick yourself. 8. I was mistaken. 9. Give him your book. 10. Here you are. 11. There it is. 12. Give me the present indicative of signifier. 13. What does that verb mean (two ways)} 14. Have you any? 15. Give me some. 16. They give them some bread. 17. Don't give them cake. 18. He prepared himself for dinner. 19. Why did he undress? 20. We rose early. 21. I pricked myself with a pin. 22. Comb your hair quickly. 23. Are you not mistaken? 24. Awake. 25. I like you both. 26. I washed them yesterday. 27. They had a very good time (use s'amuser beaucoup). LESSON XXII (LEQON XXII) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) aine [ene], adj., elder; eldest. aise [e:z], adj., glad, pleased. l'arrivee [arive],/., the arrival. bientot [bjeto], adv., soon, short- ly; a — , I'll see you soon again. cadet [kade] (/. cadettefkadet]), adj., younger, junior (of hvo). car [ka:r], conj., for, because. charmer [$arme], to charm, de- light. connaitre [koneitr], irr. v., to know, be acquainted with. la dame [dam], the lady. davantage [davata3], adv., more, further. depuis [dapqi], adv., since, after- wards; prep., since, from, after. entendre [ataidr], to hear; — parler (de), to hear (of) (in the sense of 'to hear spoken [of]'). esperer [espere], to hope, hope for. l'hommage [oma:3], m., the hom- age respect (usually used in the plural). manquer [make], to fail, miss, be lacking. le moment [moma], the moment; en ce — , now, at present. la naissance [nesais], the birth. obliger [obli3e], to oblige; com- pel. parfaitement [parfetma], adv., perfectly. parisien [parizje] (/. parisienne [parizjen]), adj., Parisian. la pension [pasjo], the boarding- house. permettre [permetr], irr. v., to permit, allow- se porter [s9 porte], to be (in re- spect to health). presenter [prezate], to present, introduce. rapporter [raporte], to bring (back); se — , to agree; refer. remercier [ramersje], to thank. retablir [retabliir], to restore; se — , to recover (one's health), get well again. revoir [ravwair], irr. v., to see again; au — , till we meet again. sur [sy:r], adj., sure, certain. vouloir [vulwa:r], irr. v., to wish, will, desire, want. 108 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 215-221 PERSONAL PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS PERSONNELS [SUITE]) Le invariable (Le invariable) 215. Le invariable is often used pleonastically in the predicate when referring to an adjective or to a noun used adjectively. Etes-vous heureuse? — Je le suis Are you happy? — I am Etes-vous mere? — Je le suis Are you a mother? — I am Note. — When referring to a whole phrase it is often translated by the English 'so.' Viendra-t-il? — Je le pense Will he come? — I think so 216. When referring to a specific noun or to an adjective used substantively, the pronoun agrees. Etes-vous leur mere? — Je la suis Are you their mother? — I am Two Object Pronouns (Deux Pronoms Complements) 217. Two conjunctive object pronouns are used together only when the direct object is le, la, or les. 218. Before the verb, le, la, les follow other pronouns, ex- cept lui and leur. After the verb, they precede other pronouns. II me le donne He gives it to me Je les lui donne I give them to him Ne la leur donnez pas Don't give it to them Donnez-les nous Give them to us 219. When the direct object is me, te, nous, vous, or se, the indirect object is expressed by a disjunctive pronoun (cf . § 226) after the verb and following the preposition a. II me presente a elle He introduces me to her II se presente a moi He introduces himself to me PRONOMINAL ADVERBS (ADVERBES PRONOMINAUX) 220. Y [i], 'to (at, on, in, etc.) it (or them)'; 'there,' 1 'thither'; en [a], 'of (from, etc.) it (or them'); 'some,' 'any'; 'from there,' 'thence.' 221. Y and en have the same position relative to the verb as the conjunctive object pronouns, which they follow, if used with them. When used together, y precedes en. J'y pense, I am thinking of it N'y allez pas. Do not go there Va-t'en, Go away II y en a, There are some 1 If the place has already been mentioned, y is used, otherwise la. §§ 222-225 PASSIVE VOICE 109 222. The following table, illustrates the foregoing rules: Before the verb: 1 1 I precedes le j precedes lui precedes y precedes en f la f or leur or les me te se nous or vous J After the verb: Use the English order. VERBS (VERBES) The Passive Voice [Use] (La Voix Passive [Emploi]) 223. The passive voice is used much less in French than in English, and when used indicates rather a state resulting from an action than an action proper. La lecon est finie The lesson is finished (not is being finished) 224. Agent or instrument after a passive is expressed: 1. By par, when specific action is implied. II fut mordu par le chien He was bitten by the dog 2. By de, when general or habitual action is implied. II etait suivi de son chien He was followed by his dog Elle est aimee de tout le monde She is loved by everybody 225. The passive is often replaced by: 1. An active construction in which the agent is made the subject. Le chien l'a mordu The dog bit him 2. A reflexive, especially when the action is represented as continuing (or customary). Les adverbes se placent apres le Adverbs are placed after the verb verbe 3. The indefinite pronoun on [5]. Ici on parle anglais English is spoken here Note. — On is frequently written Ton. Cf. § 305 note 2. Si l'on veut If one wishes GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quand le se rapporte a un adjectif ou a un substantif em- ploye comme adjectif, est-ce qu'il est variable ou invariable? 110 FRENCH GRAMMAR 2. Quand le pronom le se rapporte a, un substantia est-il va- riable ou invariable? 3. Expliquez par des phrases les deux emplois. 4. Quand on emploie ensemble ('together') deux pro- noms complements, de quelle personne est le complement direct? 5. Quelle est la place du complement indirect? 6. Quand le complement direct est me, te, nous, vous, ou se, comment est-ce qu'on exprime le complement indirect? 7. Quelle est la place dans la phrase des adverbes pronominaux, y et en? 8. Est-ce qu'on emploie la voix passive en francais autant qu'en anglais? 9. Qu'est-ce qui la remplace? 10. Comment est-ce qu'on traduit 1 'by' apres le passif? READING EXERCISE {EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Bonjour, Mademoiselle. Comment allez-vous? — Je vais 2 tres bien, merci, Monsieur, et vous? — Parfaitement, Made- 2 moiselle, je vous remercie. Comment se trouve Madame votre mere aujourd'hui? Un peu mieux, j'espere? 3 — Elle se 4 porte beaucoup mieux, Monsieur. Elle s'est retablie pres- que completement depuis son arfivee a Paris. — J'en suis 6 bien aise. Ou etes-vous descendue, Mademoiselle? — Nous sommes chez M me d'Harmenon. C'est une pension de famille 8 ou Ton entend d'excellent francais. — Est-ce que M me d'Har- menon est francaise? — On ne saurait 4 l'etre davantage. Elle 10 est Parisienne de naissance. C'est une dame charmante, aimee de tout le monde. — Ou est-ce que sa pension se trouve? 12 — 85, rue de la Boetie. C'est tout pres des Champs-Elysees. — Voudriez 5 -vous me permettre d'aller un de ces jours pre- 14 senter mes hommages a Madame votre mere? — Je suis sure que ma mere serait enchantee de vous voir. Ma sceur ainee 16 vient 6 d'arriver d'Angleterre, et j'aurai aussi le plaisir de vous presenter a elle. — Je serai charme de faire sa connaissance. iS Vous dites 7 qu'elle vient d'Angleterre? — Oui, elle en vient. Elle y a passe l'hiver avec sa famille. — Est-ce que votre 20 beau-frere est a Paris en ce moment? — Non, il a ete oblige 1 Pres. ind. of traduire. 2 Pres. ind. of aller, which verb often means 'to be' (mth regard to health). » Notice the accent. Cf. § 238. 4 Cond. of savoir. Translate: 'could not.' For the omission of pas, cf. § 246, 1. 6 Cond. of vouloir. Translate: 'would.' 6 Venir de ='to have just.' 7 Pres. ind. of dire. EXERCISES 111 de rester en Angleterre. Ma soeur etait accompagnee par ses 22 deux enfants. — J'espere que vous me les presenterez aussi, car j'aime beaucoup les enfants. — Je ne manquerai pas de 24 vous les presenter. Au revoir, Monsieur. — A bientot, Mademoiselle. ' 26 CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) Preparez une dizaine de questions a, poser au professeur. COMPOSITION {THEME) Good-day, my friend. I am delighted to (de) see you 1 again. When did you arrive? Where are you stopping? 2 — 2 Our boat arrived last Thursday, and we are stopping 2 at the Waldorf Hotel. — I have been told that you were ill. — I 4 have been a little, but I have recovered my health completely . now. — Is your brother well? — Oh yes, he is perfectly well. 6 He was here a moment ago. There he is now. — Introduce me to him (a lui), for I have not the pleasure of knowing him. 8 — You have never been introduced to him? George, 3 come (viens) here. I want (voudrais) [to] introduce you 1 to my 10 old friend, Mr. . — Delighted, sir. — Are you the younger brother? — Yes, sir, I am. — Why did you never in- 1 2 troduce him to me before, John? — I would have introduced him to you, but he has always been at school when we have 14 been together. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Is she [very] much changed? Yes, she is. 2. lam sure of it. 3. What is the price of it? 4. Which is your younger sister? — She is. 5. I give it to you; it to him; them to them. 6. He gives them to me; it to us; them to her. 7. Give it to me; them to us; it to them. 8. Don't give it to me. 9. Introduce me to her. 10. Are you going there? 11. I am thinking of 4 it. 12. He is speaking of it. 13. There are some in my room. 14. Give us some; me some. 15. Don't give him any. 16. He was pre- sented to me by a friend. 17. He is loved by all his friends. 18. French is spoken here. 19. That is found in lesson 20. 20. One says so, if one desires. 1 Use the vous forms between the friends and the tu forms between the brothers. 2 Use past indef. a Usually written Georges. 4 Penser takes a. 112 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 226-227 LESSON XXIII {LEQON XXIII) VOCABULARY agreable [agreabl], adj., agree- able, pleasant. apres-demain [apre dme], adv., day after to-morrow. l'apres-midi [apre midi], m., the afternoon. attraper [atrape], to catch. avant-hier [ava(t) je:r], adv.. day before yesterday. chercher [$er$e], to seek, search, look for; get. decider [deside], to decide; se — (a), to decide, make up one's mind (to). demain [dame], adv., to-morrow. desagreable [desagreabl], adj., disagreeable. detester [de teste], to detest. done [d5:(k)], conj., pray; then; therefore. excepte [eksepte], prep., except, save, l'exemple [egzdrpl], m., example; par — , for instance. fache [fa$e] (adj., pp. of facher [fa§e], 'to vex'), sorry. (VOCABULAIRE) feliciter [felisite], to congratu- late. fort [fa:r], adj., strong; hard, se- vere. jouir [3wi:r] (de), to enjoy. la journee [3urne], the day. la nature [natyir], the nature, peut-etre [p(a)t extr(a)j, adv., perhaps. le phenomene [fenomein], the phe- nomenon. possible [posibl], adj., possible. la promenade [promnad], the walk, promenade; ride; faire une — , to take a walk (ride). puisque [pqisk(a)], conj., since, seeing that. le rhume [rym], the cold; — de cerveau, cold in the head, soigner [swajie], to take care of, nurse. la soiree [sware], the evening; eve- ning party. souvent [suva], adv., often, fre- quently, vrai [vie], adj., true, real, veri- table. PERSONAL PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS PERSON- NELS [SUITE]) 226. Disjunctive Forms (Formes Toniques) Plur. nous [nu], we, us vous [vu], you m. eux [0], V they, /. elles [el], / them l re pers. moi [mwa], I, me 2 e pers. toi [twa], thou, thee Sing. \ m. lui [lqi], he, him 3 e pers. < f. elle [el], she, her [ refl. soi [swa], oneself Note. — Soi is rarely used, except in the singular with indefinite ante- cedent (on, chacun, etc.). Cf. §§ 304-305. Chacun pense a soi Everyone thinks of himself 227. These forms are commonly employed whenever the per- sonal pronoun is stressed, as, for example, when used: 1. Absolutely (or without a verb). Qui est la? — Moi Who is there? — I §228 IMPERSONAL VERBS 113 Note. — This includes comparisons, ne . . . que, etc. II est plus grand que moi He is taller than I comme lui like him Je n'ai vu qu'elle I have seen only her 2. Separated from the verb by any words save ne and the conjunctive object pronouns. Toi seul es venu You alone came 3. In apposition, for emphasis. Moi, je le pense / think so Note. — Disjunctives of the third person are often used without a con- junctive in apposition. Lui n'a rien fait He did nothing 4. In a compound subject or object. An appropriate con- junctive form is usually employed to sum up the whole. Lui et moi (nous) sommes amis He and I are friends Je vous vois toi et Pierre I see you and Peter 5. After c'est or ce sont. 1 The latter is used only with eux and elles, but is not obligatory. C'est moi, It is I C'est nous, It is we But: Ce sont (or c'est) eux, It is they 6. After prepositions. avec moi, with me pour elle, for her Note. — After certain verbs, especially those of motion, a with a dis- junctive is used instead of a conjunctive dative. Je pense a lui, I think of him II courut a elle, He ran to her 7. To form compound intensives with meme [meim], 'self.' moi-meme, myself; nous-memes, ourselves; soi-meme, oneself IMPERSONAL VERBS (VERBES IMPERSONNELS) 228. Impersonal verbs are conjugated only in the third per- son singular, with il, 2 'it,' as subject: e.g., tonner [tone], 'to thunder.' Indicative Pres. il tonne, it thunders Impf. il tonnait, it was thundering Past Indef. il a tonne, it thundered etc. 1 This form may be used also before plural nouns. Ce sont (or c'est) mes enfants qui l'ont It is my children who broke it casse 2 II is sometimes omitted. N'importe, It does not matter Reste a savoir, It remains to be seen. 114 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§229-230 229. Natural phenomena are often expressed by impersonal verbs, such as: {Learn) geler [39le], to freeze pleuvoir [plcevwair], to rain degeler [de3le], to thaw neiger [ne3e], to snow greler [grele], to hail eclairer [eklere], to lighten II tombe de la pluie (de la neige) It is rainy (snowy) 230. Many verbs not impersonal by nature may be used impersonally. The subject il is often translated 'there/ or is not translated at all. II n'en reste que deux There remain but two (or but two remain) 1. Faire is very commonly so used to express states of weather: {Learn) Quel temps fait-il? What kind of weather is it? II fait beau (temps) It is pleasant II fait un temps couvert It is cloudy II fait clair It is clear II faisait chaud (froid) It was warm (cold) II a fait du vent (du soleil) It was windy (sunny) GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quelles sont les formes toniques des pronoms personnels? 2. Quand est-ce qu'on les emploie? 3. Comment est-ce qu'un verbe impersonnel se conjugue? 4. Donnez-moi six verbes qui expriment certains phenomenes de la nature. 5. Est-il possible d'employer impersonellement un verbe qui n'est pas impersonnel par nature? 6. Donnez-m'en un exemple. 7. Quel verbe est-ce qu'on emploie le plus souvent pour indiquer le temps? 8. Quel temps est-ce qu'il fait aujourd'hui? READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) {Onfrappe a la porte.) Qui est la? — Moi. Peut-on entrer? — Oh! c'est vous? Mais certainement. Entrez done. — II 2 fait si beau (temps) cet apres-midi que je me suis decide a venir vous chercher. Ne voulez-vous pas faire une petite prome- 4 nade avec moi? — Merci beaucoup. Je pense que je pourrai 1 vous accompagner, puisqu'il ne fait pas froid. Avant-hier, 6 comme vous savez, 2 il faisait un temps tres desagreable. II neigeait et il faisait beaucoup de vent, et j'ai attrape un rhume 8 1 Fut. of pouvoir. - Pres. ind. of savoir. EXERCISES 115 assez fort, qui m'a rendu presque malade. — J'en suis tres fache. — C'est vrai que je me trouve beaucoup mieux au- 10 jourd'hui, mais il faut que je me soigne encore un peu. — On dit que ce beau temps va continuer et que demain peut-etre il 12 va faire encore plus chaud. — J'en suis bien aise, car j'ai un rendezvous pour la soiree, et apres-demain mon frere et moi 14 (nous) comptons partir pour l'ltalie ou nous allons 1 passer le mois de mars. — Je vous felicite. Moi, il me faut rester a 16 Paris, et Paris n'est pas toujours tres agreable en cette saison. S'il ne tombe pas de neige, il tombe souvent beaucoup de 18 pluie, et je deteste le mauvais temps. Mais nous perdons notre apres-midi a parler du temps, et il faut jouir d'une si 20 belle journee. — Vous avez raison. Sortons. 2 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Monsieur , prenez le role du jeune homme qui est chez lui. 2. Monsieur , prenez le role du visiteur ('visitor'). 3. Main tenant repetez plus ou moins exactement leur conver- sation. COMPOSITION (THEME) Don't you wish [to] take a walk? It is such pleasant weather to-day! When I got up this morning it was very 2 windy, and I thought that it would rain (pleuvrait). It was even (meme) thundering a little, but now it is quite clear. — 4 You are right. What a beautiful day! Let us take (faisons) a walk into the country. I love to (a) walk in the country 6 when it is clear and dry. — You are like me. I too love the country when it' is pleasant weather, but I like the city much 8 better when it is bad weather. There are so many things to (a) do in the city, and in the country one must remain in the 10 house when it is rainy. But you and I are wasting our time in talking of the weather when we might enjoy it more (pour- 12 rions en jouir davantage), if we went out (sortions). — That is true. Let us go out at once. 14 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. My cousin is taller than I. 2. You are like him. 3. He too is coming. 4. / don't think so. 5. She does all the work; 1 Pres. ind. of aller. 2 Imp. of sortir. J 116 FRENCH GRAMMAR §231 he does very little. 6. You and I are friends, are we not? 7. I see him and her. 8. It is I; it is she; it is we; it is they. 9. Who is with her? 10. He and she are at my house. 11. This is for them (m.). 12. Say it yourself. 13. I am thinking of (a) you. 14. He is coming to me. 15. It thundered last night. 16. It will snow to-morrow. 17. It was hailing yesterday. 18. I am afraid when it lightens. 19. It was windy. 20. It is too cold to thaw. 21. It is disagreeable weather. 22. He is glad of it, but I am sorry for it (en). 23. Let us all be comfortable. 24. There presented himself at the door a poor man. LESSON XXIV (LE^ON XXIV) VOCABULARY ( VOCABULAIRE) arreter [arete], to stop, hold marquer [marke], to mark, back; s' — , to stop. la montre [m5:tr], the watch- aussitot [osito], adv., immediate- la nuit [nip], the night. ly, at once. pendant [pada], prep., during, l'autobus[otobys],m., the autobus. for; — que, conj., whilst, avancer [avase], to advance; (of while. timepieces) to be fast, gain la pendule [padyl], the clock, time. chimney-clock, conserver [koserve], to preserve, regarder [ragarde], to regard, keep. consider; look at. constater [kostate], to ascertain. rentrer [ratre], to reenter, return, deja [de3a], adv., already. le retard [ratair], the delay; en — , dormir [darmiir], irr. v., to sleep. late; etre en — , to be late, l'ecriteau [ekrito], m., the signj slow {of timepieces). sign-board. le reveille-matin [revej mate], the ennuyer [anqije], to weary, bore; alarm-clock. s' — , to be wearied, bored. la rue [ry], the street. expliquer [eksplike], to explain. le son [so], the sound. la gare [ga:r], the station. sonner [sane], to sound, ring; l'horloge [arla:3],/., the clock (es- (of clocks) strike. peci ally of a tower). la station [stasja], the station; l'indicateur [edikatoe:r], m., the stand. guide, time-table. le train [tre], the train. le lieu [ljo], the place; avoir — , to take place. de nouveau [da nuvo], adv., again. mettre a l'heure [metr a lce:r], to set (of timepieces). DEPUIS 231. With depuis, 'since,' the present is used, instead of the perfect, to express an action or state that began in the past and is still continuing. §§232-236 ETRE AND AVOIR USED IMPERSONALLY 117 J'etudie le francais depuis un mois I have been studying French for a month 232. With depuis the imperfect is used, instead of the plu- perfect to express an action or state that began in the past and was still continuing when something else happened. J'etudiais depuis une heure, quand I had been studying for an hour il est entre when he came in Note. — To express 'how long' in corresponding questions, use depuis quand, instead of combien de temps, the usual expression. Depuis quand { Itrez^iTs^cf? How long { had" } yOU been here? ETRE AND AVOIR USED IMPERSONALLY (ETRE ET AVOIR EMPLOYEES IMPERSONNELLEMENT) 233. fhre is used impersonally to express the time of day. The hour (heure [cesr],/.) is mentioned, but the minutes (minutes [minyt], /. pi.) are generally omitted. 'Twelve o'clock' is ex- pressed by either midi [midi], tn., 'noon,' or minuit [minqi], m., 'midnight,' e.g.: (Learn) Quelle heure est-il? What time is it? II est deux heures et demie 1 It is half past two o'clock II est trois heures et quart It is quarter past three II est cinq heures moins (le or un) It is quarter to five quart II est midi dix It is ten minutes past twelve (noon) II est minuit moins cinq It is five minutes to twelve (at night) 234. 'There is' and 'ago' are commonly expressed by y avoir. II y avait un roi, There was a king il y a longtemps, long ago VERBS (VERBES) Orthographical Changes (Chang ements Orthographiques) 235. Verbs in -cer, to preserve the soft c of the infinitive throughout their conjugation, add a cedilla whenever c pre- cedes a or o. placer [plase], 'to place' — placant; nous placons; je placais; je placai; je placasse; etc. 236. Verbs in -ger, to preserve the soft g of the infinitive, in- sert an e after g before a or o. I manger [ma3e], 'to eat' — mangeant; nous mangeons; je mangeais; etc. 1 When used before the noun the form is demi. Cf. § 324, note. une demi-heure a half-hour 118 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§237-238 237. Verbs in -yer change y to i before mute e. employer [aplwaje], 'to use' — j'emploie; j'emploierai; etc. Note. — Verbs in -ayer and -eyer may retain the y. payer [peje], ' to pay' je ( paie; je { P aierai / etc. f j u' j j> f j j ^ paye; J [ payerai; 238. Verbs whose stem vowel is e or e change to e before a syllable containing a mute e; but in the future and conditional those in e retain the acute accent. mener [mane], 'to lead,' 'take' — je mene, tu menes, il mene (nous menons, vous menez) ; ils menent; je menerai; etc. ceder [sede], 'to yield' — je cede; je cederai; etc. Note. — Verbs like creer, 'to create,' are regular: je cree, etc. 1. Most verbs in -eler, -eter, however, double 1 or t before a syllable containing a mute e. appeler 1 [aple], 'to call' — j'appelle; j'appellerai; etc. jeter [3ate], 'to throw' — je jette; je jetterai; etc. Note. — Acheter, 'to buy,' is like mener. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Expliquez l'emploi du verbe apres la preposition depuis. 2. Dites-moi en francais 'How long have you been here?' 3. Regardez votre montre, Monsieur , et dites-moi l'heure. 4. Quelle heure est-il a votre montre, Monsieur ? 5. A quelle heure commence la classe de francais? 6. Comment dit- on 'ago' en francais? 7. Que fait-on pour conserver au c et au g le son doux qu'ils ont dans placer, manger? 8. Quels change- ments ont lieu dans les verbes en -yer? 9. Dans les verbes comme mener? comme ceder? 10. Est-ce que ces changements ont lieu dans le verbe creer? 11. Quels changements ont lieu dans les verbes en -eler et -eter? 12. Donnez-moi un verbe en -eter qui est une exception a, la regie. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) La nuit derniere je me suis couche tres tard, et ce matin a. neuf heures et demie je dormais 2 encore quand mon reveille- 2 matin a sonne. Je me suis leve tout de suite. Ma montre avancait de cinq minutes, et je l'ai mise a l'heure. Puis je me 4 suis vite habille, et je me suis fait servir mon petit dejeuner 1 The reflexive s'appeler ='to be called,' 'named.' 2 Impf. ind. of dormir. EXERCISES 119 dans ma chambre. Pendant que je mangeais, j'ai regarde 6 l'indicateur des chemins de fer, et j'ai constate que ma sceur, qui etait en Angleterre depuis un mois, arriverait a la gare St- 8 Lazare par le train de onze heures vingt-deux. Alors, je suis descendu dans la rue, et je me suis rendu a io une station d'autobus. Presque aussitot un autobus portant un ecriteau avec les mots ((gare St-Lazare)) s'est arrete, et je 12 suis monte tout de suite. On ne paie pas cher sa place dans les autobus de Paris, et on ne s'y ennuie pas, car il y a tou- 14 jours tant de choses a voir. Quand l'autobus s'est arrete devant la gare St-Lazare, la 16 grosse horloge de la gare marquait deja onze heures et quart. Le train devait 1 arriver dans sept minutes, mais on m'a dit 18 qu'il etait plus d'une demi-heure en retard. C'etait vrai, en effet, et il etait bien midi dix quand ma sceur et moi avons 20 quitte la gare, et quand nous sommes rentres chez nous, la pendule de la cheminee sonnait une heure. 22 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. A quelle heure est-ce que je me suis reveille ce matin? 2. Qu'est-ce qui m'a reveille? 3. De combien est-ce que ma montre avancait? 4. Qu'est-ce que j'ai fait apres l'avoir mise a, l'heure? 5. Qu'est-ce que j'ai regarde pendant que je man- geais? 6. Qu'est-ce que j'ai constate? 7. Alors qu'est-ce que j'ai fait? 8. Que portait l'autobus qui s'est arrete? 9. Est-ce qu'on s'ennuie dans les autobus de Paris? 10. Pourquoi? 11. Quand nous sommes arrives a la gare St-Lazare, quelle heure etait-il deja? 12. Est-ce que le train etait en retard? 13. A quelle heure ma sceur et moi sommes-nous rentres chez nous? COMPOSITION (THEME) Yesterday I rose too late, for my alarm-clock did not ring. I dressed very quickly, and ate a very small breakfast, but it 2 was already half-past seven when I left the house. For that reason I missed my train, which left at twenty minutes to 4 eight, and I did not have the pleasure of spending the day 1 Impf. ind. of devoir, 'to owe,' 'ought.' Translate: 'was to.' 120 FRENCH GRAMMAR with my friends in the country, as I had hoped. Instead of 6 that, I wearied myself in the city, looking [for] something to (a) do. I took my lunch at a very early (matinal) hour, and 8 before noon I was again in the streets. In (de) this way I passed the whole day, and went to bed at nine o'clock. I io tell you that, as true as my name is John, I shall throw that old alarm-clock out of (par) the window, and I shall buy my- 1 2 self another this very day (aujourd'hui meme). ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. I have kept your letter for a month. 2. Stop a moment. 3. My watch stopped again an hour ago. 4. How long have you been in Paris? 5. I have been here two weeks. 6. I had been there a few days when my brother arrived. 7. What time is it? 8. It is eight o'clock; ten minutes to eight; half past four; quarter to five. 9. The clock is striking six. 10. The alarm- clock has just rung. 11. I place; was placing; placed; we place; that he might place. 12. We eat; they eat; they were eating; I ate; we ate. 13. I use; I shall use; they use; you were using. 14. I lead; we lead; they will lead; let them lead. 15. I yield; I would yield; let him yield; you were yielding. 16. My name is John: your name is Mary; his name is John. 17. I throw; you will throw; they were throwing; throw. LESSON XXV {LEQON XXV) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) l'Atlantique [atlatik], m., the At- la destination [destinasjo], the des- lantic (Ocean). tination; a — de, for, to. le billet [bije], the ticket; note. 1' emotion [emosjo], /., the emo- causer [koze], tr., to cause; intr., tion. to chat, talk, converse. l'equipage [ekipa:3], m., the crew commode [komad], adj., con- (of a ship). venient, comfortable. le guichet [gi$e], the ticket-win-' la compagnie [kopajii], the com- dow; small window. pany, society. l'impression [epresjo], /., the im- le compartiment [kopartimu], the pression. compartment. 1'officier [ofisje], m., the officer, la cote [ko:t], the coast; rib. omettre [ometr], irr. v., to omit. debarquer [debarke], to land le paquebot [pakbo], the packet, (tr. and intr.). steamer, liner. §§ 239-243 ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION AND NEGATION 121 parfait [parfe], adj., perfect. tout [tu], adv., wholly, quite, all. ^plut6t[plyto],aJz;., rather, sooner. le trajet [tra3e], the passage, jour- promettre [prometr], irr. v., to ney, trip. . promise. la traversee [traverse], the pas- le retour [rotu:r], the return; (d') sage, voyage, crossing. aller et — , round-trip. le voyageur [vwaja3ce:r], the trav- sembler [sable], to seem, appear. eler, passenger. le service [servis], the service. la vue [vy], the sight, view. seul [seel], adj., alone, single, le wagon [vago], the (railway) car, sole, only. coach. simple [se:pl], adj., simple; single. ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION AND NEGATION (ADVERBES D' AFFIRMATION ET DE NEGATION) 239. The principal affirmative adverbs are oui and gi. Si contradicts a previous negation. Vous viendrez? — Oui You will come? — Yes Vous ne venez pas? — Si You are not coming? — Yes, I am 240. The principal negative adverb used without a verb is non, 'no,' 'not.' Vous viendrez? — Non You will come? — No Coupable ou non, je l'aime Guilty or not, I love him Note. — Non plus =' nor . . . (either).' Moi non plus Nor I (either) 241. Both affirmative and negative adverbs are sometimes preceded by a pleonastic que. Je dis que oui (non) I say yes (no) Peut-etre que oui (non) Perhaps so (not) 242. The principal negatives used with verbs are: (Learn) ne [no] . . . pas [pa], not ne . . . rien [rje], nothing personne [person], nobody que [ko], only aucun [okoe], not any nul [nyl], not any ne . . . point [pwe], not at all ne ne . . . jamais [3ame], never ne ne . . . plus [ply], no more, no longer ne ne . . . guere [ge:r], scarcely^ yne ne . . . ni [ni] . . . ni [ni], neither . . . nor Note. — The second members of these groups were mostly affirmative in origin: pas = ' step'; point = ' point'; rien = ' thing,' etc., and they may have an affirmative force now, if the context implies negation. Avez-vous rien a me dire? Have you anything to say to me? 243. Their general position is immediately before and after the verb in simple tenses and immediately after the auxiliary in compound tenses, allowing only the conjunctive object pro- 122 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 244^246 nouns to intervene. In the interrogative form, the subject pro- nouns come between the verb and the second negative word. Je ne vous le donne pas I do not give it to you Je ne l'ai jamais trouve I have never found it Ne donnez-vous rien? Do you give nothing? N'ont-ils rien vu? Have they seen nothing? Exceptions. — In compound tenses both auxiliary and past participle regularly intervene between ne . . . personne, between ne . . . que, and between ne . . . ni . . . ni. Je n'ai entendu personne I have heard nobody Tu n'as parle qu'a ton frere You spoke only to your brother Nous n'avons vu ni l'un ni l'autre We have seen neither the one nor the other 244. Sometimes these negatives precede the verb in in- verted order. Rien n'est venu Nothing came Personne n'a parle Nobody spoke Ni Jean ni son frere ne sont 1 Neither John nor his brother is ici here 245. When a verb is understood, ne is omitted and the com- plementary negative used alone to express the negation. Pas must be supported by some other word in this case. Voulez-vous du sucre? — Pas de Do you wish some sugar? — Xo sucre sugar Vous ne l'avez jamais vu? — Jamais You never saw him? — Never Avez-vous aucune objection? — Have you any objection? — None Aucune * Qui est la? — Personne Who is there? — Nobody 246. Ne is sometimes used without pas or point: 1. With certain verbs, especially with cesser ('to cease'), oser ('to dare'), pouvoir, and savoir. Je n'ose le faire I don't dare to do it 2. After que meaning 'why.' Que ne le dites-vous? Why don't you say so? 3. Before compound tenses after depuis que, il y a . . . que. II y a longtemps que je ne I haven't seen you for a long time vous ai vu But: II y a longtemps qu'ils ne se They haven't spoken for a long parlent pas time 1 Notice that the verb is plural in this case. EXERCISES 123 GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quels sont les deux principaux adverbes d'affirmation? 2. Lequel est employe pour repondre a, une interrogation nega- tive? 3. Quel est le principal adverbe de negation employe sans verbe? 4. Dites-moi en francais 'I think so.' 5. Quels sont les principaux adverbes de negation employes avec des verbes? 6. Ou est-ce que les deux parties de la negation se placent dans les temps simples? dans les temps composes? 7. Terminez de trois f aeons differentes la phrase: je n'ai vu . . . 8. Donnez- moi une phrase dans laquelle les mots negatifs precedent le verbe. 9. Quand le verbe n'est pas exprime, quelle partie de la negation faut-il omettre? 10. Est-ce que le mot pas peut s'employer tout seul? 11. Que veut dire rien, employe affirma- tivement? pas? point? READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Je n'oublierai jamais mon premier voyage en Europe. Nous avions pris la ((France,)) paquebot de la Compagnie Generate Transatlantique, qui fait la traversee de New York au Havre en cinq jours et demi. La ligne francaise n'a pas de meilleur bateau, et il n'y en a guere de meilleur sur l'Atlantique. La cuisine est excellente et le service parfait. Rien n'y manque. On n'a point l'impression d'etre sur un bateau: on se dirait plutot dans un grand hotel ou dans un grand club. Je ne puis (pas) vous dire la premiere emotion que m'a causee la vue de la France, pays que j'avais aime sans le connaitre et que de- puis si longtemps deja je me promettais 1 de voir. Quelques heures apres avoir vu 2 la cote francaise, nous avons debarque au Havre. Ici les voyageurs qui avaient oublie d'acheter des billets a 14 destination de Paris etaient obliges de se presenter au guichet, et on entendait des phrases comme celles-ci ('these'): ((Une 16 premiere 3 pour Paris, s'il vous plait.)) — ((Aller et retour?)) — ((Aller seulement.)) 18 Enfrn tout le monde est monte dans le train, et nous sommes partis. C'etait la premiere fois que je voyais 4 des wagons a 20 10 12 1 Impf. ind. of promettre. 2 Cf. § 337 note. 3 Feminine referring to classe. 4 Impr. ind. of voir. 124 FRENCH GRAMMAR compartiments, mais je les ai trouves si commodes et le voyage si interessant que le trajet du Havre a Paris m'a semble tres 22 court. CONVERSATION (CON VERSA TION) 1. Dans quel bateau est-ce que j'ai fait mon premier voyage en Europe? 2. Quelle est la ligne de paquebots qui possede la ((France))? 3. En combien de jours est-ce qu'elle fait la traversee de l'Atlantique? 4. Quelle sorte de bateau est-ce? 5. Est-ce que la vue de la France m'a cause de l'emotion? 6. Pourquoi? 7. Qu'est-ce que nous avons fait quelques heures apres avoir vu 1 la cote francaise? 8. Est-ce que tous les voyageurs avaient achete des billets a, destination de Paris? 9. Pourquoi est-ce qu'on se presente au guichet? 10. Qu'est-ce qu'on dit pour avoir un billet de premiere classe pour Paris? 11. Est-ce que les wagons des trains francais sont comme les wagons americains? 12. En quoi sont-ils differents? COMPOSITION (THEME) If you have never been to France, you must 2 try to (de) make the journey soon. There are so many transatlantic lines 2 that one has a great choice of steamers. If you wish to speak French only during the voyage, take one of the boats of the 4 General Transatlantic Company. Everything is French on these steamers, the officers, the crew, and most of the passen- 6 gers. One has the impression of being in a great French hotel, and there are many opportunities to (pour) converse in 8 French. When you arrive at Havre, if you have not already bought your ticket to Paris, go to the ticket-window and ask 10 [for] a first-class ticket (billet de premiere). You will rind the Paris train quite near the harbor. 12 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. You do not find French grammar difficult, do you? — Yes, I find it quite difficult. 2. Do you like it? — Yes, I like it very much. 3. Let us chat a little. — No, I haven't time now. 4. Are you going to take that boat or not? 5. The trains of this railway are not convenient. 6. Perhaps not, but I have always 1 Cf. § 337 note. : Use il faut with subjunctive. 125 r§ 247 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS thought so. 7. They have landed no one. 8. No one lands. 9. That causes me no emotion. 10. I bought nothing, for they had nothing to (a) sell. 11. The crossing was scarcely long enough. 12. Never did the sight of France cause me so much emotion. 13. My first impression was not at all good. 14. I have only one round- trip ticket. 15. Neither my brother nor my sister has arrived. 16. Who has arrived? — Nobody. 17. I alone do not dare [to] promise it. 18. I have not heard your voice for a long time. LESSON XXVI {LEQON XXVI) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) attendre [ata:dr], to expect, wait for, await. les bagages [baga:3], the baggage, luggage (usually used in plural) ; salle des — , baggage room. enregistrer [ar^istre], (of baggage) to check. eprouver [epruve], to prove, try; feel, experience. examiner [egzamine], to exam- ine. ca [sa], adv., here; — et la, here and there, up and down, to and fro. charger [§ar3e], to load, charge. le colis [koli], the package, case; pi., hand-baggage. le conducteur [k5dyktce:r], the conductor, conduire [kodqiir], irr. v., to conduct; drive, take. courir [kuriir], irr. v., to run. le cri [kri], the cry, call, shout. le debarcadere [debarkadeir], the platform, landing. declarer [deklare], to declare, la douane [dwan], the custom- house; duty. - douanier [dwanje], the custom- house officer. En voiture! [a vwatysr] En wagon! [a vago] le fiacre [fjakr], the cab, hack. la joie [3wa], the joy, delight. la malle [mal], the trunk. l'ordre [ordr], m., the order. le possesseur [posesce:r], the pos- sessor. la possession [posesjo], the posses- sion. le pourboire [purbwair], the tip. retenir [ratnirr], irr. v., to retain; engage. stationner [stasjone], (of cabs) to stand, be stationed. le taxi [taksi], (brief for taxi-auto) the taxi, taxi-cab. la visite [vizit], the visit; inspec- tion, voyager [vwaja3e], to travel, journey. All aboard! 247. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS POSSESSIFS) M. l re pers. le mien [mje] 2 e pers. le tien [tje] 3 e pers. le sien [sje] Singular (Singulier) F. la mienne [mjen] la tienne [tjen] la sienne [sjen] 'thine' 'his,' 'hers,' 'its/ 'one's own' 126 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 248-252 la notre [no:tr] la votre [vo:tr] la leur [lce:r] 'ours' 'yours' 'theirs' Plural (Plnriel) F. les miennes [mjen] les tiennes [tjen] les siennes [sjen] 'mine' 'thine' 'his,' 'hers,' les notres [no:tr] les votres [vo:tr] les leurs [loe:r] 'one's own' ' ours ' ' yours ' 'theirs' 'its,' l ie pers. le ndtre 1 [noitr] 2 e pers. le votre 1 [vo:tr] 3 e pers. le leur [loeir], M. l re pers. les miens [mje] 2 e pers. les tiens [tje] 3 e pers. les siens [sje] l re pers. les notres [no:tr] 2 e pers. les votres [voitr] 3 e pers. les leurs [lce:r] Note. — Le and les contract with de and a, e.g., du mien, aux siennes, etc. 248. The possessive pronouns agree in gender and number with the noun indicating the thing possessed, and in person with the possessor, and are used in general as in English. J'ai ma plume et les votres I have my pen and yours 1. When the possessor is indefinite, the forms le sien, la sienne, are used. Chacun a le sien (or la sienne) Each one has his 249. After etre, possession is regularly expressed by a + a disjunctive pronoun. Only when a distinction of ownership is implied, may the possessive pronoun be used after etre. Ce chapeau est a moi This hat is mine Ce chapeau est le mien This hat is (the one that is) mine 250. The English idiom l a friend of mine,' etc., may be trans- lated by un de mes amis, un ami a moi, or, more rarely and less seriously, un mien ami. IRREGULAR VERBS (VERBES IRREGULIERS) 251. There are only two irregular verbs in -er, aller and envoyer. 252. aller [ale], 'to go' (aux. etre). Parties principaJcs aller, allant, alle, vais, allai Indicate? Present vais [ve], vas, va, allons, allez, vont Imparfait all ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini allai, as, a, ames, ates, erent Fulur irai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel irais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient * Note the circumflex accent, which is not in the possessive adjective forms. § 253 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -ER 127 SUBJONCTIF Present aille,ailles, aille, allions, alliez, aillent Imparfait allasse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent Imperatif va, allons, allez Like aller: s'en aller, 'to go away.' Note. — The present and imperfect of aller + an infinitive convey an idea of immediate futurity. Je vais partir I am going to leave 253. envoyer [avwaje], 'to send' (aux. avoir). Parties principalis envoyer, envoyant, envoye, envoie, envoyai Indicatif Present envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyons, envoyez, envoient Imparfait envoy ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini envoy ai, as, a, ames, ates, erent Futur enverrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel enverrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyions, envoyiez, en- voient Imparfait envoy asse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent Imperatif envoie, envoyons, envoyez Like envoyer: renvoyer, 'to send away.' GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Mettez les pronoms possessifs au tableau, Monsieur 2. En quoi est-ce que les pronoms possessifs s'accordent avec la chose possedee? 3. En quoi est-ce qu'ils s'accordent avec le possesseur? 4. Quand le possesseur est indefini, quelles formes est-ce qu'on emploie? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime en general la possession apres le verbe etre? 6. Dites-moi en fran- cais 'our people'; 'a cousin of mine.' 7. Conjuguez le verbe irregulier aller au present de l'indicatif; au passe defini; au pre- sent du subjonctif. 8. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe aller; du verbe envoyer. 9. Quel est le futur du verbe aller? du verbe envoyer? 10. Conjuguez le present de l'indica- tif et du subjonctif du verbe envoyer. 11. Ecrivezau tableau la conjugaison du present et du passe indefini de l'indicatif du verbe s'en aller. 128 FRENCH GRAMMAR READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE BE LECTURE) J'avais eprouve au Havre un vrai plaisir en entendant le cri du conducteur, ((Les voyageurs pour Paris en voiture,)) et 2 ma joie etait encore plus grande quand, apres trois heures de voyage, j'ai entendu les mots, ((Paris, tout le monde descend.)) 4 Je me suis trouve presque aussitot sur le debarcadere de la gare St-Lazare, la plus grande de toutes les gares de Paris. 6 Des facteurs couraient 1 ca et la, portant aux nacres ou aux taxis, qui stationnaient sur la place devant la gare, les bagages 8 des voyageurs. J'ai dit a un des facteurs de prendre les miens et de me retenir un taxi. Alors nous sommes alles a la salle 10 des bagages attendre la visite des douaniers. La plupart des voyageurs desEtats-Unis font 2 enregistrer leurs malles a desti- 1 2 nation de Paris, mais plusieurs de mes amis, qui avaient ou- blie de le faire, ont ete obliges d'ouvrir les leurs a la douane du 14 Havre, ou les colis de tout le monde sont toujours examines. Apres avoir attendu assez longtemps mon tour dans la salle 16 des bagages, un des douaniers est venu 3 et m'a demande si j'avais quelque chose a declarer. Je lui ai dit que non, en ou- 18 vrant 4 mes malles, et puis il les a marquees avec un morceau de craie. La visite passee, on a charge mes malles sur le taxi. 20 Apres avoir donne au facteur un petit pourboire, j'ai de- mande au chauffeur de me conduire a l'Hotel Bellevue. 22 CONVERSATION {CONVERSATION) 1. Que dit le conducteur pour faire entrer les voyageurs dans le train? pour les faire descendre? 2. Apres avoir entendu ces derniers mots, ou est-ce que je me suis trouve? 3. Qu'est-ce que j'ai vu? 4. Ou est-ce que ces facteurs allaient? 5. Qu'est- ce que j'ai dit a un des facteurs? 6. Ou sommes-nous alles apres cela? 7. A quelle destination est-ce que la plupart des voya- geurs des Etats-Unis font enregistrer leurs malles? 8. Ou est-ce que plusieurs de mes amis ont ete obliges d'ouvrir les leurs? 1 Impf. ind. of courir. 2 Pres. ind. of faire. For this use of faire followed by an infinitive, cf. p. footnote 7, or § 358. 3 Past part, of venir. 4 Pres. part, of ouvrir. EXERCISES 129 9. Qu'est-ce qu'on est toujours oblige d'ouvrir a la douane du Havre? 10. Qui est venu 1 a, moi 2 apres quelque temps? 11. Qu'est-ce qu'il m'a dit? 12. Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait alors? 13. La visite passee, qu'a fait le facteur? 14. Et moi, qu'est-ce que j'ai fait? 15. Quel ordre ai-je donne au chauffeur? COMPOSITION {THEME) Will you please wait [for] me here? I am going [to] buy our tickets. Where is the window? Oh! yes, there it is. .. . Two 2 first-class tickets for Paris, if you please. — Round trip? — No, just one way. . . . Well! I have the tickets. Here is yours. 4 Now let's go to the baggage-room and have our trunks checked. There is mine, but yours is not there. — Yes, it is 6 (si fait), there behind yours. — Oh! yes, I see (vois) it now. Have you any hand-baggage {pi.)} — Yes, the porter has it 8 {pi.) on the platform. — I left mine {pi.) in the cab. I will send for (envoyer chercher) it {pi.) now. . . . Porter, put my 10 baggage and hers, too, in this compartment. Here is a tip. . . . We must hurry, for I hear the conductor's call, "Travelers 12 for Paris, all aboard!" ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. Where is your baggage {pi.)? Mine is here. 2. His is in the baggage room, and theirs is on the platform. 3. Have you your ticket? Here is mine. 4. This package is mine {two ways). 5. Have you trunks to (a) be (faire) examined? 6. Yes, there are two. 7. Have you anything to (a) declare? — No, nothing at all. 8. Did you ask the (au) chauffeur to (de) drive us to the Hotel Bellevue? — Yes, and I gave a tip to the porter. 9. I am glad that you did not forget that. 10. Have you ever traveled in France? — Never. 11. Everybody loves his own [people]. 12. Let us go; we went; they would go; go; let me go; I shall go; etc. 13. Go away; don't go away; he goes away; they went away; etc. 14. Send us something; they send; they sent; he will send; we are sending; we were sending; that he might send away; etc. 1 Past part, of venir. ■ Cf. § 227, 6 note. 130 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 254-255 LESSON XXVII {LEQON XXVII) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) l'entree [atre], /., the entrance, l'adresse [adres],/., the address, F antecedent [ateceda].. m., the antecedent. l'appartement [apartoma], m., the apartment, flat. le bain [be], the bath; la salle de — s [sal da be], bath-room. la bibliotheque [bibliotek], the li- brary. le boulevard [bulvair], the boule- vard. la chambre a coucher [$a:br a ku$e], the bedroom, sleeping- room. choisir [§wazi:r], to choose. le (or la) concierge [k5sjer3], the janitor; janitress; door-keep- er; porter, convenir [k5vni:rj, irr. v., to suit, become. la cour [ku:r], the court, court- yard, yard. le cours [ku:r], the course. determiner [determine], to de- termine; adj., pp. determine, determined; definite. ensuite [astiit], adv., after, after- wards, then. donnez-vous la peine de entry. l'escalier [eskalje], m., the stair- case, stairs, flight of stairs. Petage [eta:3], m., the story, floor (of a house). la garde [gard], the guard; care. latin [late], adj., Latin, la loge [10:3], the lodge, box; room. loin [lwe], adv., far, far off. louer [lwe], to rent, let. le milieu [miljo], the middle, cen- ter; au — de. in the midst of; au beau — , in the very mid- dle. la piece [pjes], the piece; room; play. le quartier [kartje], the quarter, ward, district. le rez-de-chaussee [re t $ose], the ground-floor, la rive [ri:v], the shore, bank, side. ie salon [salo], the drawing-room. salon, parlor. le sejour [se5u:r], the sojourn, stay. visiter [vizite], to visit; exam- ine, inspect. ., kindly . . ., please . . . Va- riable celui [salqi] celle [sel] ] ' celui-ci celle-ci > ' 254. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS DEMONSTRATES) Sing. Plur. M. F. M. F. this (one),' ceux [so] celles [sel] ] < , , that (one),' ceux-c* celles-ci [■ t , *, celui-la celle-la J 'he,' etc. ceux-la celles-la J 1 ce.{sa, s], 'this (these),' 'that (those),' 'it (he, she, they)' riahle tcela [sola, slap that' Note. — Ce is apostrophized before a vowel, c' becoming c' before a. C'a ete bien It was well 255. The variable forms agree in gender and number with the noun for which they stand. Mes livres et ceux de mon frere My books and my brother's J'aime cette plume-ci, mais je I like this pen, but I don't like that n'aime pas celle-la one §§ 256-262 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 131 256. The variable forms without -ci or -la are used only before a relative or prepositional clause. Celui de mon frere est plus petit que My brother's is smaller than the celui qui est sur la table one (that is) on the table 257. The variable forms with -ci or -la may be used in any other construction. Ci and la serve to distinguish the nearer from the more remote. Celui-ci, etc. ='the latter,' celui-la, etc. = ' the former.' J'aime mieux celles-ci I prefer these Henri IV et Louis XIII — celui-ci Henry IV and Louis XIII — the etait fils de celui-la latter was the son of the former 258. Of the invariable forms, ce may be used before a rela- tive clause or as subject of etre (sometimes modified by devoir, pouyoir, or sembler). Ce que vous dites est ce qui "What (that which) you say is what m'amuse amuses me C'est vrai. Ce doit etre lui That is true. It must be he 259. Ceci and cela may be used in all constructions, usually without reference to a definite antecedent. Ceci me plait, mais je n'aime This pleases me, but I don't like that pas cela 260. Cela is often contracted to ca. It is so used in many colloquial expressions, and may be applied contemptuously to persons. Comment ca va? How goes it? Qui ca? Who? £a parle trop He talks too much IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR 1 (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 261. There are a few irregular verbs in -oir, which form in some grammars a third conjugation, of which recevoir serves as the model, verbs in -re thus forming a fourth conjugation. 262. recevoir [rasavwair], 'to receive' (aux. avoir). Parties principalcs recevoir, recevant, recu, recois, recus Indicatif Present recois, recois, recoit, recevons, recevez, recoivent Imparfait recevais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini recus, us, ut, times, utes, urent Futur recevrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel recevrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 1 These verbs are given here before the irregular verbs of the second conjugation because of their frequent use. 132 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 263 SUBJOXCTIF Present recoive, regoives, recoive, recevions, receviez, regoivent Imparfait recusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imterattf recois, recevons, recevez 263. devoir [davwair], 'to owe,' 'ought,' 'should,' 'must' (aux. avoir). Parties principales devoir, devant, du (/. due), dois, dus Indicatif Present dois, dois, doit, devons, devez, doivent Imparfait devais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini dus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent Futur devrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel devrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjoxctef Present doive, doives, doive, devions, deviez, doivent Imparfait dusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatef dois, devons, devez Note. — Translate 'is to,' 'was to,' by dois, devais, etc.; 'ought to' by devrais, etc.; 'ought to have' by aurais du, etc. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIOXXAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quels sont les pronoms demonstratifs variables en fran- cais? 2. Donnez-moi ceux qui sont in variables. 3. Quand est- ce qu'on emploie les formes variables sans -ci ni -la et celles avec -ci ou -la? 4. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime en francais 'the former'? 'the latter'? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on emploie le pronom ce? 6. Quels sont les pronoms demonstratifs qui s'em- ploient sans rapport ('reference') a un antecedent determine? 7. Donnez-moi les parties principales de recevoir. 8. Continuez la conjugaison de je recois mes amis, tu recois tes amis, etc.; je n'ai pas recu la lettre, etc.; je ne les recevrai pas, etc.; je ne devrais pas le faire, etc. 9. Dites-moi en francais k I was to see him,' 'I ought to have received him,' 'let them receive us,' etc. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Apres avoir 1 passe quelques jours a l'hotel, nous avons de- cide que nous devrions louer un appartement, puisque pour un 2 i Cf. § 337 note. EXERCISES • 133 long sejour a Paris ce serait a la fois moins cher et plus com- mode. Ayant recu de nos amis les adresses de plusieurs ap- 4 partements, nous avons commence par visiter ceux qui se trouvaient sur la rive droite. Ensuite nous avons visite ceux 6 de la rive gauche. Parmi ceux-ci nous avons choisi un tres bel appartement sur le boulevard St-Germain, au beau milieu 8 du quartier latin, et pas tres loin de la Sorbonne. Cela me convient, 1 car je vais y suivre des cours cet hiver. L'apparte- 10 ment que nous avons choisi est au premier 2 (etage). Nous n'avons done qu'un escalier a monter. L'appartement se 12 compose de huit pieces: un salon, une bibliotheque, une salle a manger, une cuisine, une salle de bains, et trois chambres a 14 coucher. La mienne donne 3 sur le boulevard et celle de ma mere, sur la cour. La concierge, qui a la garde de l'entree de 16 la maison, a sa loge au rez de chaussee. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Apres avoir passe quelques jours a l'hotel, qu'est-ce que nous nous sommes decides a faire? 2. Pourquoi? 3. De qui avons-nous recu des adresses d'appartements? 4. Alors qu'est- ce que nous avons commence a. faire? 5. Apres cela, qu'est-ce que nous avons fait? 6. Ou se trouve l'appartement que nous avons choisi? 7. Qu'est-ce que e'est que la Sorbonne? 8. Dans quel quartier de Paris est-ce qu'elle se trouve? 9. A quel etage est notre appartement? 10. Quelles sont les pieces qui le com- posent? 11. Sur quoi est-ce que ma chambre donne? celle de ma mere? 12. Ou est-ce que la concierge a sa loge? COMPOSITION (THEME) I have received the addresses of several flats, and I think that I ought [to] inspect them this morning. Will you ac- 2 company me? — Gladly. — Well then! let us visit first the one that is on the Boulevard St-Germain. — Here we are. 4 This is the number, isn't it? — Yes, that's it. Ah! there is the 1 Pres. ind. of convenir. 2 In France the premier is what we call the 'second story,' the deuxieme, 'the third,' and so on. Our 'first' is called rez de chaussee. 3 'Looks out upon.' * 134 FRENCH GRAMMAR janitress in her lodge. Good day, Madam. I have been told 6 (use on) that you have a flat to rent. May one see it? — Why certainly, sirs. Kindly follow me. The apartment is on the 8 (au) second [floor], and you have only one flight of stairs to (a) climb. This is (voici) the salon. The room to the right is the io library, the one to the left is the dining-room, and behind that is the kitchen. There are four sleeping-rooms. Those that 12 open on the court are smaller than those that look out upon the boulevard. Here is also an excellent bath-room, a thing 14 that one does not always find in the flats of this district. — Thank you very much, Madam. I am delighted with this 16 apartment, and I shall seek no further. ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. My apartment is in the midst of the Latin quarter; my brother's is on the right bank of the Seine. 2. These (rooms) are larger than those. 3. That makes (rend) them more comfort- able. 4. These apartments are more expensive than those of the Latin quarter. 5. Why are the latter less dear? 6. The one that we inspected this morning is on the third floor. 7. It has five rooms; these open upon the court, and those open upon the street. 8. Did you like that book? — It has been very in- teresting. 9. This one is more interesting than that one. 10. What he says is true. 11. Who [is] that? 12. How goes it? 13. You ought not [to] do that. 14. I received this this morn- ing. 15. I shall receive; he received; we were receiving; let them receive; etc. 16. I am [to] leave; he was [to] leave; I shall be obliged [to] leave; you ought [to] leave; etc. LESSON XXVIII (LEQOX XXVIII) VOCABULARY I 'OC. 1 B VIA IRE) Pacajou [aka3u], m., the mahog- le buffet [byfe], the sideboard, any. le canape [kanape], the sofa, di-_ ainsi [esi], adv., thus, so, in this van. manner; — que, conj., as, la chaise a bascule [$e:z a baskyl], like, as well as. the rocking-chair. Parmoire [armwa:r],/., the closet, le chene [$e:n], the oak. clothes-press, wardrobe. la commode [komod], the com- le bronze [bro:z], the bronze. mode, bureau. ■S 264-265 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 135 confortable [k5fortabl], adj., comfortable, elegant [elega], adj., elegant, stylish. le gueridon [gerido], the round table, stand. ie lavabo [lavabo], the wash-stand. le lit [li], the bed, bedstead. le lustre [lystr], the chandelier. le marbre [marbr], the marble. ie meuble [mcebi], the piece of fur- niture. le rniroir [mirwair], the mirror, looking-glass. le mobilier [mobilje], the furni- ture. ordinaire [ordinesr], adj., ordi- nary, usual; a 1' — , ordinarily, pendre [pa:dr], to hang. le piano [pjano], the piano. le plafond [plafo], the ceiling. le plancher [pla$e], the floor. ie rideau [rido], (pi. -x), the cur- tain, sculpter [skylte], to carve. le sofa [sofa], the sofa. le store [stoir], the shade, window- shade. le tapis [tapi], the carpet, rug. la tapisserie [tapisri], the tapestry, upholstery. la valeur [valceir], the value. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS DE- MONSTRATES [SUITE]) 264. Ce regularly replaces il(s) or elle(s) before etre followed by a noun, a pronoun, or a superlative. £tre is regularly pluralized 1 before a plural noun or pronoun (except nous and vous) . C'est ma soeur, She is my sister C'est la meilleure, She is the best Ce sont mes freres, They are Ce sont les miens, They are mine (or it is) my brothers But: C'est nous, It is we Note 1. — Ce is often used redundantly to repeat the subject. L'Etat, c'est moi I am the State Note 2. — A redundant que may be employed to introduce the logical subject when it follows the phrase. C'est une belle chose que la vertu Virtue is a fine thing Note 3. — Ce is sometimes emphasized by the adverb la following etre. Ce sont la des idees etranges Those are strange ideas Note 4. — ' This is ' and ' that is ' are usually best expressed by voici and voila. Voici votre roi, peuple, et voila This is your king, people, and that votre reine is your queen 1. If a noun following etre is used adjectively, the subject pronoun of the third person is il(s) or elle(s). Elle est couturiere \ She is a lis sont cousins 1 They are But: C'est une couturiere J dressmaker But : Ce sont des cousins / cousins 265. Colloquially ce may replace il or elle before etre fol- lowed by an adjective when referring to a thing (not a person). 1 The singular form is, however, always allowable. 136 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 266-267 In that case, the adjective is always masculine, even when re- ferring to a feminine object. lis or elles is required in the plural, however, instead of ce. En parlant de la maison, on peut dire, \ elle est grande, ou In speaking of the house, one may say, / c'est grand. But: lis sont riches They are rich 266. 'It,' as impersonal subject of etre, may be expressed by either il or ce, but ce regularly replaces il when the phrase is closed by an adjective, an adverb, an infinitive preceded by a (whether governed by a preceding adjective or not), or by a prepositional or adverbial clause. C'est vrai, It is true C'est a desirer, It is to be desired C'est bien, It is well C'est pour vous, It is for you Ce doit etre facile a faire, It Ce sera comme vous voudrez, It must be easy to do shall be as you like Exception. — The parenthetical il est vrai. Note. — When the thought continues beyond the adjective or infinitive, il is the proper subject of etre, though in colloquial style ce is often so used. U (or c')est facile de faire cela, It is easy to do that IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR {VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 267. asseoir [aswair], 'to seat' (anx. avoir). Parties principalis asseoir, < ' } assis, < . ' > assis *■ ** r t » ^ assoyant, J ' [ assois, J Indicate? p , . ( assieds, assieds, assied, asseyons, asseyez, asseyent res l \ assois, assois, assoit, assoyons, assoyez, assoient Imparfait < eyai i • a - [ ons - iez a i en t r J { assoyais J Passe Defini assis, is, it, imes, ites, irent f assierai Futur -j asseyerai > as, a, ons, ez, ont I assoirai J | assier ais Conditionnel \ asseyerais \ ais, ait, ions, iez, aient [ assoir ais J Subjoxctif p . ( asseye, asseyes, asseye, asseyions. asseyiez, asseyent rese i vous avez vu I don't know I whom [• you have seen [ ce que J [ what J Je ne savais pas que penser I did not know what to think IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 276. pleuvoir [plcevwair], 'to rain' (impers. — aux. avoir). Parties principales pleuvoir, pleuvant, plu, il pleut, il plut Indicatif Present il pleut Imparfait il pleuvait Passe Defini il plut Futur il pleuvra Conditionnel il pleuvrait Subjonctif Present qu'il pleuve Imparfait qu'il plut 1 Note the order of the phrase. 2 Note the omission of the negative pas. Cf. § 246, 2. 142 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 277 277. pouvoir [puvwair], 'to be able/ 'can' (aux. avoir). Parties principales pouvoir, pouvant, pu, < ' pus Indicattf Present < *| ' peux, peut, pouvons, pouvez, peuvent Imparfait pouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini pus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent Futur pourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel pourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjoxctif Present puisse, puisses, puisse, puissions, puissiez, puissent Imparfait pusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Note. — Translate 'could' {in the sense of 'would be able') by pourrais, etc.; 'could have,' by aurais pu, etc. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Mettez au tableau, Monsieur, les adjectifs interrogatifs; les pronoms interrogatifs. 2. En quoi est-ce que les adjectifs interrogatifs s'accordent avec les noms qu'ils qualifient? 3. Dites-moi en francais ' What a man! ' 4. Donnez-moi une phrase avec le pronom 'which?' 'who?' 'whom?' 'whose?' 'what?' (comme sujet); 'what?' (comme objet); 'what?' (apres une pre- position). 5. Comment dit-on en francais 'What is grammar?' 6. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime 'how! ' dans une exclamation? 7. Ecrivez au tableau la synopsis du verbe impersonnel pleuvoir. 8. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe pouvoir. 9. Con- juguez le present de l'indicatif ; le present du subjonctif ; le passe defini; le futur; etc. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Quel bel apres-midi pour ma premiere promenade a Paris! Heureusement il ne pleut pas et nous pourrons sortir. — 2 Bon! Partons. 1 Nous prendrons le ((metro)) 2 a la place St- Michel. 3 — Quelle partie de Paris est-ce que vous allez me 4 montrer aujourd'hui? — Les principaux monuments de la rive droite . . . Nous voici deja a la place de l'Opera. Sortons. 4 Que 6 1 Imp. of partir 2 For metropolitain, one of the two great subways of Paris. 3 For most of the proper names, consult hereafter the general vocabulary. 4 Imp. of sortir. EXERCISES 143 le trajet a ete court, n'est-ce pas? — Tres court. Est-ce que nous allons continuer notre promenade a pied? — Non, pre- 8 nons 1 ce taxi en face de l'Opera. — Quel splendide monument! — C'est le plus beau theatre du monde. Nous allons suivre 10 l'avenue de l'Opera jusqu'a la Comedie-Francaise. — Qu'est- ce que c'est que la Comedie-Francaise? — C'est le principal 12 theatre classique de Paris. Maintenant nous arrivons a la place du Palais-Royal. Au nord de la place se trouve le palais. 14 — Qui est-ce qui a fait construire 2 le Palais-Royal? — Riche- lieu. Nous suivons 3 a present la rue de Rivoli. A gauche vous 16 voyez 4 les Grands Magasins du Louvre, et a droite, le celebre palais du Louvre. — Que contient le palais du Louvre? — Un 18 grand musee de peinture et de sculpture, que vous visiterez plus tard en detail. Maintenant nous faisons le tour du 20 Louvre et nous suivons 3 les quais du Louvre et des Tuileries jusqu'a la place de la Concorde. D'ici vous pouvez voir tout 22 ce qu'il y a de plus beau a Paris; d'un cote, les grands jardins des Tuileries, du cote oppose, la magnifique avenue des 24 Champs-Ely sees avec l'Arc de triomphe dans le lointain, et a. l'autre bout de la rue Royale, la superbe facade de la Made- 26 leine. Maintenant nous allons regagner votre appartement en traversant la Seine en face de la Chambre des deputes et 28 en prenant 5 le boulevard St-Germain. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Est-ce que vous etes bien installe ('installed') maintenant a Paris? 2. Ou se trouve votre appartement? 3. Est-ce un ap- partement meuble ('furnished') ou non meuble? 4. Quelle sorte d'apres-midi avez-vous eu pour votre premiere promenade a Paris? 5. Comment etes- vous alle a la place de l'Opera? 6. Est- ce que le trajet vous a semble long? 7. Que pensez-vous de l'Opera? 8. Comment avez-vous continue votre promenade? 9. Quelle avenue vous a-t-il fallu suivre pour aller de l'Opera a la Comedie-Francaise? 10. Qu'est-ce que vous savez 6 de la Comedie-Francaise? 11. A quelle place pres de la Comedie- 1 Imp. of prendre. 4 Pres. ind. of voir. 2 Cf. p. 77, footnote 7, and § 358. B Pres. part, of prendre. 3 Pres. ind. of suivre. 6 Pres. ind. of savoir. 144 FRENCH GRAMMAR Franchise etes-vous arrive ensuite? 12. Quels grands edifices est- ce qu'on voit 1 de la place du Palais-Royal? 13. Que contient le palais du Louvre? 14. A quelle place etes-vous alle ensuite? 15. Qu'est-ce qu'on voit 1 de la place de la Concorde? 16. Que pensez-vous de votre premiere promenade? COMPOSITION (THEME) Paris, June 20, 19— Dear Friend: 2 How beautiful Paris is! What splendid avenues! What magnificent monuments! How many interesting things! 4 Although we have been here for (nous soyons ici depuis) so short a time, we have seen many beautiful buildings. I should 6 like [to] describe them all to you, but what can I say to (pour) give you an idea of them? Who could describe the magnifi- 8 cent palace of the Louvre, the elegant facade of the Opera- house, or the classic church of the Madeleine? Which of these 10 buildings is the most beautiful or what has impressed (im- pressione) me most in Paris I do not know (sais). Why can 12 you not pass the summer with us here? What good times we would have (lit., 'how we would amuse ourselves')! I hope 2 14 that you will be able to come. Your devoted 16 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. What is the lesson for to-day? 2. What time is it? 3. What a sentence! 4. Here are several rooms. Which one do you pre- fer? 5. Which of these boys is your brother? 6. Of which (m.) are you speaking? 7. Of which (m.) are you thinking? 3 8. Who is going [to] show you the monuments of Paris? 9. With whom are you going [to] walk? 10. Whom have you scolded? 1 1 . Whose book is this? 12. Whose daughter is she? 13. What is in the Louvre? 14. What does the Louvre contain? 15. Of what are you thinking? 3 16. What is a museum? 17. How magnificent this palace is! 18. He does not know what [to] say. 19. It was 1 Pres. ind. of voir. 2 Esperer takes the indicative. Cf. § 346, 3, not s Penser takes a. Cf. § 363. §§ 278-279 RELATIVE PRONOUNS 145 raining yesterday, it is raining to-day, and it will rain to-morrow. 20. Well, let it rain. 21. I can; he could; they will be able; that we might be able; may I be able; etc. LESSON XXX (LEQON XXX) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) afin de [afe da], prep., to, in or- der to. l'ambiguite [abigqite],/., the am- biguity. l'antiquite [atikite], /., the an- tiquity. l'automobile [otomobil], m., the automobile. le batiment [batima], the building, edifice. cacher [ka$e], to hide, conceal. la cathedrale [katedral], the ca- thedral, le centre [sditr], the center. la chapelle [§apel], the chapel. le coup [ku], the blow, stroke, shot; — d'ceil, glance. dater [date], to date. la disposition fdisposisjo], the dis- position; disposal; service. eviter [evite], to avoid. fameux [famo] (/. fameuse [fa- mo:z]), adj., famous. c'est dommage [se l'hopital [opital], m., the hospital. Phdtel-Dieu [otel djoj, m., the hospital (the principal hospi- tal of a town). Pile pi],/., the island, irnposant [epoza], adj., imposing, stately. installer [estale], to install, set- tle. la justice [3ystis], the justice; pa- lais de — , court of justice, law-court. le mausolee [mozole], the mauso- leum. la nation [nets j 5], the nation. le pare [park], the park. le pont [p5], the bridge. le senat [sena], the senate. sieger [sJ83e],to sit; hold session. situer [sitqe], to situate, place, tourner [turne], to turn, vers [ve:r], prep., towards, in the direction of; about. doma:3], it is a pity. 278. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (PRONOMS RELATIFS) Sing. Plur. T/ . ,, / M. lequel 1 [lokel] lesquels 1 [lekel] \ 'which,' 'that,' 'who,' vanaoLe/., quelques- uns [kelkaz 6?]), indef. pron. m.. somebody, some one. rare [ra:r], adj.. rave, uncommon. la reine [re:n], the queen. le roi [rwa], the king. le tombeau [tobo], the tomb. RELATIVE PRONOUNS [CONTINUATION] (PRONOMS RELATIFS [SUITE]) 284. The adverb ou is often used instead of a relative pro- noun preceded by a preposition meaning 'to,' 'at,' or 'in.' la maison ou (or dans laquelle) je the house where I lived demeurais §§285-289 RELATIVE PRONOUNS 151 Note. — D'ou, 'from where,' 'whence,' is used similarly. It is some- times replaced by dont, especially when referring to source, lineage', and the like. la maison d'ou il sort the house out of which he comes la race dont il sort the race from which he comes 285. Quoi, 'what,' 'which,' whose antecedent is always indefinite, is used rarely, except after prepositions. Voila a quoi je pensais That is what I was thinking of II n'y a pas de quoi Don't mention it, or you are wel- come [to it] {lit., 'there is not of what') II a un je ne sais quoi de hautain He has something haughty about him 286. The compound relative 'what,' 'that which,' is made up with the aid of the demonstrative pronoun ce as follows: Nominative (Nomina tif) ce qui Genitive (Genitif) ce dont Dative (Daiif) ce a quoi L Accusative (Accusatij) ce que Dites-moi ce qui vous amene Tell me what brings you ' ce dont je parle that of which I am speaking ce a quoi je pense that of which I am thinking Dites-moi ce que vous avez Tell me what you have Note. — Sometimes there is an ellipsis of the antecedent ce. Voila qui vous plaira That is what will please you 287. Qui is sometimes used absolutely, without antecedent. Qui sert bien son pays n'a pas be- He who serves his country well needs soin d'aieux no ancestors Note. — A qui often expresses emulation. C'est a qui finira le premier Each tries to finish first 288. After verbs of perception, a relative clause often re- places an English gerund. Sometimes an infinitive is used. T . . f qui court T , . Je le vois < * . I see him running counr IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) 289. voir [vwair], 'to see' (aux. avoir). Parties principales voir, voyant, vu, vois, vis Indicatif Present vois, vois, voit, voyons, voyez, voient Imparfait voyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini vis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Fakir verrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel verrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 152 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 290 SUBJONCTIF Present voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient Imparfait visse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif vois, voyons, voyez 290. vouloir [vulwair], 'to wish,' 'will' (aux. avoir). Parties principales vouloir, voulant, voulu, veux, voulus Indicatif Present veux, veux, veut, voulons, voulez, veulent Imparfait voulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini voulus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent Futur voudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel voudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctef Present veuille, veuilles, veuille, voulions, vouliez, veuillent Imparfait voulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatif veux, voulons, voulez 1 (very rare) Note 1. — For 'I wish,' use in general je voudrais. Note 2. — Vouloir bien = 'to be willing' or 'to please.' GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment est-ce qu'on peut employer l'adverbe ou? 2. In- diquez par deux phrases la difference de signification qu'il y a entre les mots d'ou et dont. 3. Comment est-ce que quoi s'em- ploie comme pronom relatif? 4. Donnez-moi les differentes formes du pronom relatif compose. 5. Est-ce qu'on peut em- ployer qui absolument? 6. Donnez-moi une phrase pour ex- pliquer cet emploi. 7. Dites-moi en francais 'I hear him speak- ing.' 8. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du verbe voir; le passe defini; le conditionnel; Pimperatif ; le present du subjonctif. 9. Donnez-moi les parties principales du verbe vouloir ; la synop- sis. 10. Conjuguez le present et l'imparfait du subjonctif de vouloir. 11. Lequel est le plus rarement employe comme im- peratif — voulez ou veuillez? READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) A Paris il y a beaucoup de choses interessantes que vous n'avez pas encore vues, et que j'ai l'intention de vous montrer 2 1 Veuillez, 'have the kindness to,' is the general second pers. plural imperative. EXERCISES 153 quand nous en aurons le temps. II faudra que vous voyiez le tombeau de Napoleon I er (qui se trouve sous le dome de 4 l'hotel des Invalides), la tour Eiffel, le palais du Trocadero, la colonne Vendome, la Bibliotheque Nationale, la Bourse, 6 la colonne de Juillet (qui est situee sur l'emplacement de la Bastille), le cimetiere du Pere-Lachaise, et le bois de Bou- 8 logne, pour enumerer seulement quelques-unes des princi- pales curiosites qu'il vous reste a visiter. 10 Vous voudrez aussi faire, sans doute, quelques excursions, afin de connaitre les endroits historiques qui sont dans les 12 environs de Paris. Voila ce qui vous interessera beaucoup. Vous verrez, par exemple, l'ancienne eglise de St-Denis, ou se 14 trouvent les tombeaux de la plupart des rois et des reines de France, le beau pare ombrage de St-Cloud, et les superbes 16 chateaux de St-Germain, de Versailles, et de Fontainebleau. Je vous assure qu'il y aura de quoi vous occuper et vous diver- 18 tir, meme si votre sejour a Paris dure tres longtemps. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Qu'y a-t-il que vous n'avez pas encore vu a Paris? 2. Qu'est-ce que j'ai l'intention de faire? 3. Quand? 4. Que fau- dra- t-il que vous voyiez? 5. Ou se trouve le tombeau de Napo- leon? 6. Ou est situee la colonne de Juillet? 7. Qu'est-ce que vous voudrez faire encore dans les environs de Paris? 8. Est- ce que tout cela vous interessera? 9. Qu'est-ce que vous verrez dans ces excursions? 10. Qu'est-ce qui se trouve dans l'eglise de St-Denis? 11. Dites-moi quelque chose de la tour Eiffel; du bois de Boulogne; de Versailles. 12. Est-ce qu'il y aura de quoi vous divertir pendant votre sejour a Paris? COMPOSITION (THEME) Whoever (or he who) intends to (de) remain in Paris for a long time should not fail to (de) make a few excursions in the 2 vicinity. There are objects of interest in every direction (de tous cotes). Perhaps the most imposing of all of the castles 4 in the country round Paris is the chateau de Versailles. No one would wish to leave Paris without having seen it. Another 6 chateau that one should visit is that of Fontainebleau. It is 154 FRENCH GRAMMAR situated to the southeast of Paris, in the midst of a large 8 forest (foret, /.). The palace of St-Cloud, whose former site is to the west of Paris, was destroyed (detruit) by the Germans 10 in (en) 1871, but its park is still very beautiful and is worth seeing (lit., 'worth the trouble of being seen'). Then (puis) 12 there is the castle of St-Germain-en-Laie, whence one has a superb view of the Seine. One must certainly see that. It 14 (ga) goes without saying that everybody will desire [to] visit the church of St-Denis, which is situated to the north of 16 Paris, in order to see the old tombs of the kings and queens of France. 18 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. This is the church of the Sorbonne, where the tomb of Richelieu is. 2. There is the Eiffel tower, from which one has a superb view of the whole city of Paris. 3. That is what I was busying myself about (a). 4. Thank you very much for the interesting 1 automobile ride in the old quarter of Paris. 5. Don't mention it. 6. Tell me what will entertain him. 7. That is what you were speaking of. 8. Each tries to continue longest. 9. I heard her enumerating the things she wished to see. 10. I see him showing the castle to your uncle. 11. Is this* the tomb of a king or a queen? 12. Whoever (or he who) wishes to have a good time has only to go to Paris. 13. We wished you to see 2 some of the castles in the country round Paris. 14. The cem- etery that I saw has not even any historical interest. 15. I see; we shall see; he saw; that they may see; etc. 16. I wish; I wished; we wished; he will wish; let him wish; etc. LESSON XXXII (LEQON XXXII) VOCABULARY ( VOCA BULA IRE) l'affaire [afe:r], /., the affair; le but [by], the object, end, aim. thing; business; pi. business. champetre [$ape:tr], adj., rural, l'air [e:r], m., the air, appearance; rustic. avoir 1' — , to look. coquet [koke] (/. c oqu e tte t ko- l'art [a:r], m., the art. ket]),aont indiques par des etiquettes en couleurs, — rouges, vertes, 12 bleues, jaunes, noires. Les arbres fruitiers ont une place im- portante dans la collection, et leurs mille varietes de fruits 14 — oranges, pommes, poires, et autres — font venir l'eau a la bouche. 1 16 Du cote du jardin botanique se trouve la menagerie, ou- verte tous les jours depuis 11 heures jusqu'a 5 heures en ete, 18 et jusqu'a 4 heures en hiver. On y voit des centaines d'ani- maux de toute espece, — lions, tigres, ours, elephants, cha- 20 meaux, singes, etc. Le palais des singes et la fosse aux ours charment surtout les enfants, et la grande voliere (' aviary'), 22 oii il y a des oiseaux tres curieux, ne les interesse pas moins. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Donnez-moi une courte description du Jardin des Plantes de Paris. 2. Ou se trouve le Jardin des Plantes? 3. Combien d'hectares est-ce qu'il couvre? 4. Quand est-ce qu'il fut fonde et par qui? 5. Quand est-ce que Buffon en fut administrateur? Bernardin de St-Pierre? 6. Quand mourut Buffon? Bernardin de St-Pierre? 7. Lequel des deux est l'auteur de VHistoire na- turelle? de Paul et Virginie? 8. Comment les differents genres de plantes sont-ils indiques au jardin botanique? 9. Donnez- moi les noms de plusieurs couleurs. 10. Donnez-moi les noms de plusieurs fruits. 11. Qui fonda la menagerie du Jardin des Plantes? 12. Quand est-ce que la menagerie est ouverte en ete? 13. Nommez quelques animaux qui s'y trouvent. 14. Qu'est-ce qui charme surtout les enfants? COMPOSITION {THEME) Georges-Louis Leclerc, son of Benjamin Leclerc, was born (naquit) at Montbard, the 7th 2 [of] September, 1707. The 2 name of Buffon came (vint) to him from an estate (terre, /.) which his family possessed. He studied at Dijon and at 4 Angers. At the age of 26, in 1733, he was elected (elu) mem- ber of the Academie des Sciences. Named director of the 6 king's garden in 1739, Buffon conceived (congut) at once the great plan (dessein) of writing the history of nature. The 8 1 'Make the mouth water.' 2 Use cardinal. 170 FRENCH GRAMMAR 12 14 first 1 three volumes 2 appeared (parurent) in 1749 and caused a great impression on the public. Buff on was elected to the 10 French Academy, and [on] the 25th 3 [of] August, 1753, he pronounced before its members his immortal address (immor- tel discours) on style. 2 Everyone should read that famous address and also his beautiful descriptions of the Hon, king of animals, as he calls him, and of the horse. Buffon died at Paris, the 16th 3 [of] April, 1788. He was nearly 81 years old. 16 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. (Name in French the following numbers:) 20, 21, 22, 30, 39, 41, 53, 61, 71, 72, 81, 88, 91, 95, 100, 203, 506, 700,. 1001. 2. 5 times 1 are (font) 5, 5 times 2 are 10, 5 times 3 are 15, etc. 3. A hundred trees, a thousand varieties of plants, a million flowers. 4. In the menagerie there were a couple 4 of elephants, some ten camels, and some twenty wild (sauvages) animals, such as (que) lions, tigers, bears, monkeys, etc., and about a hundred curious birds. 5. How old are you? — I am fourteen. 6. What is your name? — My name is John. 7. How old is your little brother? — He is only six. 8. Here is a child four years old. 9. I have two oranges, three pears, and six apples. 10. Give in French the following dates: 1492, 1776, 1789, 1812, 1913. 11. I am dy- ing; he is dying; he will die; that they might die; they have died; etc. 12. Open; let us open; he opens; we shall open; we should open; let me open; etc. LESSON XXXV {LEQON XXXV) VOCABULARY {VOCABULAIRE) actuel [aktqel] (/. acr.eHe [ak- tqel]), adj., present. agrandir [agrddhr], to enlarge; s' — , to become enlarged, grow. l'amelioration [ameljorasj5], /., the amelioration, improve- ment. la bourgade [burgad], the small village. la capitale [kapital], the capital, chief city. cependant [sopadci, spada], adv.. however, nevertheless; in the meantime, meanwhile. le comte [k5:t], the count, contre [k5:tr], prep., against. eclater [eklate], to explode; break forth, break out. l'empereur [5prce:r], ;«., the em- peror. 1'epoque [epok], /., the epoch, period, era. fortifier [fortifje], to fortify. 1 Cf. § 322. 2 Same word; m. 3 Use cardinal. * See p. 167, footnote 1. §§ 321-323 ORDINAL NUMBERS 171 gouverner [guverne], to govern. l'habitant [abitd], m., the inhabi- tant, l'invasion [evazjo], /., the inva- sion. jouer [3 we], to play. le massacre [masakr], the mas- sacre. notable [notabl], adj., notable, pourtant [purtd], adv., neverthe- less, however, yet, still, le pouvoir [puvwa:r], the power; au — de, in the power of. preserver [prezerve], to pre- serve; protect. le protestant [pro testa], the Prot- estant. le ravage [rava:3], the ravage. la reponse [repois], the answer, re- ply, response, reprendre [rapm:dr], irr. v., to take back; retake, recapture; take up again. la revolution [revolysjo], the revo- lution. romain [rome], adj., Roman, la scene [se:n], the scene; stage. le siecle [sjekl], the century. le siege [sje:3], the seat; siege. terrible [teribl], adj., terrible. ORDINAL NUMBERS (NOMBRES ORDINAUX) 321. Ordinals are formed in general by adding -ieme to the cardinals. Final e is dropped, cinq adds a u, and neuf changes f to v before the ending -ieme. 1st 2d 3d 4th 5th 6th premier [pramje] ( second [sago] \ deuxieme [d0zjem] troisieme [trwazjem] quatrieme [katriem] cinquieme [sekjem] sixieme [sizjem] 7th septieme [setjem] 8th 'huitieme [qitjem] 9th neuvieme [noevjem] 10th dixieme [dlzjem] 11th onzieme [ozjem] 21st vingt et unieme [vet e ynjem] 22d vingt-deuxieme [vet dozjem] etc. Note 1. — Tiers [tje:r] (/. tierce [tjers]), 'third,' and quart [ka:r], 'fourth/ are found in certain expressions and in fractions (le tiers etat, the third estate, une flevre quarte, a quartan ague). Quint [ke], 'fifth,' occurs only in Charles- Quint, 'Charles V,' and Sixte- Quint, 'Sixtus V.' Note 2. — Deuxieme is used instead of second in a series of more than two and in all compounds. le second livre the second book (of two) le deuxieme livre the second book (of three or more) le vingt-deuxieme the twenty-second 322. Ordinals, which are like other adjectives in inflection and agreement, usually precede the noun. Cardinals precede ordinals. les cinq premieres lecons the first five lessons USE OF THE NUMERAL ADJECTIVES (EMPLOI DES ADJECTIFS NUMERAUX) 323. With the exception of premier, 'first,' cardinals are used to indicate days of the month and numerical titles in which 172 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 324^325 the number follows. Observe that the preposition 'of ' in dates and the definite article in titles are omitted. le premier (deux, trois, etc.) juin the first (second, third, etc.) of June Charles Premier Charles [the] First Louis Quatorze Louis [the] Fourteenth lecon trois lesson three Note. — One asks a date as follows: ~ , . , . f avons-nous ) Quel jour du mois I . ,,, . A_ < *• - 1 sommes-nous > aujourd'nui? or Quel quantieme . The answer is: Nous avons Nous sommes [ le dix, etc. C'est J FRACTIONS (FRACTIONS) 324. In fractions the numerator (numerateur) is regularly a cardinal and the denominator (denominateur) , an ordinal; but i fun(e) demi, h .. , i k = < v , , ' . A ., > \ = un tiers, and i =un quart. J I une (or la) moitie, / 6 * ^ ^, un cinquieme |, trois huitiemes i\, cinq seiziemes ^(/Vj ^i 1 centiemes, etc. Note. — Demi as noun is used almost exclusively in arithmetical cal- culations. As adjective, its form is demi- before a noun of either gender 1 ; after a noun, it is demi, m., or demie, /. (without article), according to the gender of the noun. deux demis, f une demi-heure, a half hour une heure et demie an hour and a half 1. The definite article precedes and de follows fractions in most constructions. la moitie de la pomme (the or a) half (of) the apple les trois quarts du temps three quarters of the time NUMERAL ADVERBS (ADVERBES NUMERAUX) 325. They are formed as other adverbs by the addition of -ment to the ordinals. premierement first, firstly secondement \ „ Q „^„ ji , . . . > secondly deuxiemement J ■* etc. 1 The form demie is, however, not considered incorrect in this position, and the hyphen may be omitted. 326-327 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR 173 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 326. tenir [taniir], 'to hold' (aux. avoir). Parties principales tenir, tenant, tenu, tiens, tins Indicate? Present tiens, tiens, tient, tenons, tenez, tiennent Imparfait tenais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini tins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent Futur tiendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel tiendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present tienne, tiennes, tienne, tenions, teniez, tiennent Imparfait tinsse, insses, int, inssions, inssiez, inssent Imperatif tiens, tenons, tenez Like tenir: contenir, soutenir, ' to sustain,' ' undergo,' and other compounds. 327. venir [vaniir], 'to come' {aux. etre). Parties principales venir, venant, venu, viens, vins Indicatif Present viens, viens, vient, venons, venez, viennent Imparfait venais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini vins, ins, int, inmes, intes, inrent Futur viendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel viendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present vienne, viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent Imparfait vinsse, insses, int, inssions, inssiez, inssent Imperatif viens, venons, venez Like venir: convenir, devenir, (se) souvenir, 'to remember,' survenir, 'to come on,' 'befall,' and other compounds. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Comment les nombres ordinaux se forment-ils? 2. Quels changements ont lieu devant la terminaison -ieme? 3. Quelle est la difference entre second et deuxieme? 4. Est-ce que les nombres ordinaux precedent ou suivent, en general, le substantif? 5. Si Ton emploie des nombres cardinaux avec des nombres ordi- naux, lesquels precedent? 6. Donnez-m'en un exemple. 7. Quel genre ('kind') de nombres faut-il employer pour indiquer le jour du mois ou un titre de roi? 8. Comment demande-t-on la date? 9. Quelle en est la reponse? 10. Comment forme-t-on les frac- 174 FRENCH GRAMMAR tions? 11. Dites-moi en francais 'a, half,' 'a third,' 'a fourth,' 'a fifth,' etc. 12. Ecrivez au tableau 'a half hour' et 'an hour and a half,' et expliquez la difference qu'il y a entre les deux mots 'half.' 13. Dites-moi en francais 'half the lesson.' 14. Com- ment est-ce qu'on forme les adverbes numeraux? 15. Mettez au tableau la synopsis du verbe tenir; du verbe venir. 16. Con- juguez le present de l'indicatif , le passe defini, et le passe indefini des deux verbes, etc. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Paris est tres vieux. Son nom vient de celui des Parisii, an- ciens habitants de Lutetia (Lutece) , une petite bourgade situee, 2 du temps de Cesar, sur Pile qu'on appelle aujourd'hui la Cite. Lutece s'agrandit peu a peu, 1 et devint entre les annees 292-306 4 la capitale de Pempereur romain, Constance Chlore. En 451 sainte Genevieve la preserva de Pinvasion des Huns. Clovis 6 en fit 2 sa capitale en 508. En 885 la ville sou tint contre les Normands un siege de 13 mois. Gouverne par des comtes sous 8 les Carolingiens (751-987), Paris redevint capitale de la France sous les Capetiens. Philippe Auguste, qui regna de 1180 a 10 1223, fit 2 de notables ameliorations dans la ville, et la fortifia. Entre 1420 et 1436 Paris fut au pouvoir des Anglais, et Jeanne 12 d'Arc ne put pas le reprendre. En 1572, sous Charles IX, Paris fut la scene du terrible massacre des protestants, la 14 Saint-Barthelemy . La ville devint ensuite le centre de la Ligue, mais elle ouvrit ses portes a Henri IV en 1594. En 16 1789 la Revolution francaise y eclata, et le 14 juillet de cette annee la Bastille fut prise. Paris joua le role principal dans 18 les revolutions de 1830 3 et 1848, 4 dut ceder aux Allemands en 1870, et, en 1871, souffrit de terribles ravages sous la Com- 20 mune. Pourtant, la capitale n'a jamais cesse de s'agrandir. Deja dans la premiere moitie du XVI e siecle Charles-Quint 22 disait 5 a Francois I er , ((Paris n'est pas une ville, c'est un monde,)) et cependant a cette epoque-la Paris n'avait guere 24 qu'un dixieme du nombre actuel de ses habitants. 1 'Little by little.' 2 Past def. of faire. 3 Which overthrew the elder branch of the Bourbons and gave the throne to the younger branch (Louis-Philippe). 4 Which proclaimed the Republic that was stifled by the coup d'etat of Dec. 2, 1851. 6 Impf. of dire. EXERCISES 175 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. D'ou vient le nom de Paris? 2. Quel etait l'ancien nom de la ville? 3. Quelle est la partie de la ville actuelle ou se trou- vait la premiere bourgade? 4. De quel empereur romain est-ce qu'elle devint la capitale? 5. Qui la preserva de l'invasion des Huns? 6. Qui en fit 1 sa capitale en 508? 7. Quand est-ce que la ville soutint un siege contre les Normands? 8. Par qui est-ce que Paris fut gouverne sous les Carolingiens? 9. Sous qui est-ce que Paris redevint la capitale de la France? 10. Quand regna Philippe Auguste, et que fit Ml pour la ville de Paris? 1 1 . Quand est-ce que Paris fut au pouvoir des Anglais? 12. Sous quel roi eut lieu le terrible massacre de la Saint-Barthelemy? 13. Quelle en etait la date? 14. Quand est-ce que Paris ouvrit ses portes. a, Henri IV? 15. Donnez-moi la date de la Revolution fran- caise. 16. Donnez-moi la date de la Commune. 17. Que di- sait 2 de Paris Charles-Quint a Francois I er ? COMPOSITION (THEME) Money (Monnaie [mone]/.) In France they generally count by francs 3 and centimes. 3 A franc is worth nearly 20 American cents, and a centime is 2 the 100th part of a franc, or j of an American cent. There- fore, to change French money into (en) American money, 4 one must divide (diviser) by 5, and to change American money into French money one must multiply (multiplier) by 5. The 6 coins (pieces de monnaie) that one sees most often are gold 4 pieces of 10 and 20 francs, silver pieces of 50 centimes, 1 franc, 8 2 francs, and 5 francs, nickel 3 pieces of 25 centimes, and bronze or copper 5 pieces of 5 centimes or of 10 centimes. The piece 10 of 5 centimes is sometimes called a ((sou,)) 3 and there are per- sons who always calculate by sous. A sou is grg- of a franc. 12 There is also paper money (papier-monnaie) that is called ((billets de banque.)) There are bank notes of 1000, 500, 200, 14 100, and 50 francs. 1 Past def. of faire. 3 Same word, m. 2 Impf. of dire. * D'or [da:r], m. 5 Cuivre [kqi:vr], m. 176 FRENCH GRAMMAR ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. (Give in American money the equivalents 1 of) 5 centimes, 10 centimes, 20 centimes, 25 centimes, 50 centimes, 75 centimes, 1 franc 25 (centimes 2 ), 1 fr. 3 60, 2 frs. 4 35, 3 frs., 5 frs. 25, lOfrs., 25 frs. 90, etc. 2. (Give in francs and centimes the equivalents 1 of) 5 cents, 25 cents, 50 cents, $1.50, $1.75, $4.00, $5.30, $6.85, etc. 3. (Give the following dates in French) March 15, 44 B.C. 5 ; De- cember 25, 800; July 15, 1099; April 25, 1215; October 25, 1415; August 24, 1572; May 14, 1610; September 1, 1715; July 14, 1789; December 2, 1804; etc. 4. (Say in French) 1st, 3d, 10th, 21st, 44th, 70th, 88th, 90th, 100th, 125th, etc.; the first three lessons; Charles I, Louis LX, Henry IV, Louis XIV; •§-, \, \, g, f, 2T> e t c -> firstly, secondly. 5. I hold; I shall hold; hold; let them hold; etc. 6. We come; he came; they will come; don't come; that you might come; etc. LESSON XXXVI (LEQON XXXVI) VOCABULARY (VOCABL'LAIRE) le baccalaureat [bakabrea], the l'externe [ekstern], m. or /., the baccalaureate; degree of bach- day-scholar, extern. elor. la faculte [fakylte], the faculty; le bachelier [ba$9lje], the bachelor professeur de — , university (a degree). professor. la branche [bra:$], the branch. gratuit [gratqi], adj., gratuitous, le candidat [kadida], the candi- free, without charge. date. l'instituteur [estitytce:r], ;;;. (/. la conference [k5fera:s], the lee- institutrice [estitytris]), the ture. teacher (in a primary school). le diplome [diploim], the diploma. l'instruction [estryksj5], /., the diviser [divize], to divide. instruction. le droit [drwa], the right; law. l'interne [etern], m. or /., the echouer [e$we], to be stranded; boarding-scholar, intern. fam., to fail. la maniere [manje:r], the manner, l'ecriture [ekrity:r], /., the writ- way. ing, handwriting. la medecine [metsin], the medi- l'etablissement [etablisma], m. } cine. the establishment, institution. municipal [mynisipal] (w. pi. Pexamen [egzame], ;«., the ex- municipaux [mynisipo]), adj., amination; inspection. municipal, town. 1 For information regarding these equivalents, see the preceding theme. 2 The word centimes is commonly omitted. 3 Abbreviation for franc. 4 Abbreviation for francs. 5 Avant Jesus-Christ [5ezy kri]. § 328 PREPOSITIONS 177 obligatoire [obligatwa:r], adj., selon [salo, slo], prep., according obligatory, compulsory. to. primaire [prime:r], adj., primary. superieur [syperjceir], adj., su- reussir [reysiir], to succeed. perior, higher, upper. la science [sjdis], the science; l'universite [yniversite], /., the knowledge. university. secondaire [s(a)g5de:r], adj., sec- ondary. PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSITIONS) 328. The following distinctions in the use of some of the common prepositions should be observed: 1. before* indicating (1) (time, order) =avant: avant cinq heures, before five o'clock. (2) (place) =devant: devant la classe, before the class. But: l'adjectif place avant (ou de- the adjective placed before the vant) le nom noun 2. 'By* indicating. ^ (1) (way, means) = par: par la poste, by mail. (2) (temporary agent) = par: appele par sa mere, called by his mother. (3) (customary agent) = de: aime de tout le monde, loved by everybody. (4) (measure of difference) = de: plus age de deux mois, older by two months. (5) (relative dimension) = sur: dix pieds sur douze, ten by twelve feet. 3. 'For* indicating (1) (purpose) = pour: pour vous, for you. (2) {future time) = pour: Nous serons ici pour quelques jours. We shall be here for a few days. (3) (past time, completed) = pendant (may be omitted) : J'etais la (pen- dant) une semaine entiere. I was there for a whole week. (4) (past time, uncompleted) = < epuis / . . wvr ' r / [ilya (voici, voila) . . . que: Je suis ici depuis une heure. II y a (voici \ T , , , r , nv „*jia^ „«1 1,~,„.~ „,.~ ,•» ,„;„ :„: ) I nave Deen ner e for an hour or voila) une neure que je suis ici J 4. 'From' indicating (1) (source) = de: II arrive de New York. He arrives from New York. f des: des (2) ifime)- \ depuis: depuis \ ce jour-la, from that day. [ a partir de: a partir de J (3) (cause) = par: par imprevoyance, from want of foresight. 5. 'In* indicating (1) ( ( inside of [place], generally followed by article, or possessive or demon- strative adj.) = dans: dans une boite, in a box. (2) ('in' before most names of countries, and in certain expressions) = en: en Espagne, in Spain; en general, in general. (3) ('in' before names of cities, and in certain expressions) - a: a Paris, in Paris; a la campagne, in the country. 178 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 329-330 (4) ('after' [time]) = dans: Je le verrai dans une heure. I shall see him in an hour. (5) ('during' [time]) = en: On y va en une heure. You (can) go there in an hour. (6) ('in' after superlative) = de: le meilleur du monde, the best in the world. 6. 'Of indicating (1) (possession, source, etc.) = de: le livre de mon frere, my brother's book. (2) (contents) = de: une tasse de cafe, a cup of coffee. [ = de: une baguette de fer, a rod of iron. 1 (3) (material) \ =en: Les meubles sont en 2 acajou. The furniture is of [ mahogany. 7. 'On' indicating (1) (position) = sur: sur la table, on the table. (2) (dates) — omitted: le premier avril, [on] the first of April. 8. 'With' indicating (1) (accompaniment) = avec: avec son ami, with his friend. {=avec: avec un couteau, with a knife; avec plaisir, with pleasure. =de: de tout mon coeur, with all my heart. (3) ('at the house of) = chez: II est chez nous. He is with us. (4) (characterization) = a -f article: l'homme aux cheveux blancs, the man with white hair. (5) (cause) = de: rouge de colere, red with rage. (6) (accompanying circumstance) — omitted : Elle pria les yeux f ermes. She prayed with closed eyes. IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 329. boire [bwair], 'to drink' (aux. avoir). Parties principalis boire, buvant, bu, bois, bus Indicate? Present bois, bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent Imparfait buvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini bus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent Futur boirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel boirais, ais, ait, ions, -iez, aient Subjonctif Present boive, boives, boive, buvions, buviez, boivent Imparfait busse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperattf bois, buvons, buvez 330. conclure [koklyir], 'to conclude' (aux. avoir). Parties principales conclure, concluant, conclu, conclus, conclus 1 Commonly expressed in English without preposition, thus: 'an iron rod.' 2 After etre, en is used rather than de. EXERCISES 179 Indicatif Present conclus, conclus, conclut, concluons, concluez, con- cluent Imparfait concluais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini conclus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent Fiitur conclurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel conclurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctlf Present conclue, conclues, conclue, conditions, concluiez, concluent Imparfait conclusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatif conclus, concluons, concluez Like conclure: exclure, 'to exclude,' and other compounds. GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Montrez par des exemples la difference qu'il y a entre avant et devant. 2. Montrez par des exemples cinq manieres differentes de traduire en francais la preposition anglaise, 'by.' 3. Comment dit-on en francais 'I was there for a week'? 'I have been here for a week'? 'I shall be there for a week'? 4. Dites-moi en francais de trois f aeons differentes 'from that day.' 5. Dites en francais ' in the book ' ; ' in France ' ; ' in Paris.' 6. Quelle est la difference de signification entre dans une heure et en une heure? 7. Comment est-ce qu'on exprime 'in' apres un superlatif? 8. Dites-moi de deux manieres differentes 'a gold watch.' 9. Comment dit-on 'on the first of October'? 'on Sunday'? 10. Quelle est la difference entre avec et chez? 11. Dites en francais ' the boy with black hair ' ; ' white with emo- tion'; 'she spoke with closed eyes.' 12. Conjuguez je bois de l'eau, tu bois, etc.; je ne boirai pas de vin, tu, etc.; bois lente- ment, etc. 13. Mettez au tableau les parties principales de boire; de conclure. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) En France les trois branches principales de l'instruction publique, l'enseignement primaire, l'enseignement secondaire, 2 et l'enseignement superieur, forment, depuis 1808, ce qu'on appelle l'Universite de France. 1 4 1 The 'University of France' is the name given to the organization of the whole educational system in France, as established by Napoleon I, in 1808. 180 FRENCH GRAMMAR L'enseignement primaire est gratuit et obligatoire pour tous les enfants, de l'age de 6 ans a l'age de 13 ans, et comprend, 6 comme aux Etats-Unis, la lecture, l'ecriture, l'arithmetique, etc. Ceux qui enseignent dans les ecoles primaires sont ap- 8 peles instituteurs ou institutrices. L'enseignement secondaire se donne dans les lycees, eta- io blissements de l'Etat, et dans les colleges, 1 etablissements en partie municipaux. L'instruction n'y est pas gratuite. Elle 12 est donnee par des professeurs. Les eleves des lycees et des colleges se divisent en deux classes, les internes et les externes. 14 L'examen pour lequel ils se preparent pendant 6 ou 7 ans est le baccalaureat. Les candidats, ages de 16 ans, au moins, sont 16 examines par des professeurs de lycee et de Faculte, et s'ils reussissent (ou n'echouent pas) dans leur examen, ils recoivent 18 le diplome de bachelier es 2 lettres, bachelier es 2 sciences, ou bachelier de l'enseignement moderne, selon les cours qu'ils 20 ont suivis. L'enseignement superieur se donne dans les differentes uni- 22 versites. II y a 15 universites en France qui ont chacune au moins deux facultes. L'Universite de Paris en a quatre: la 24 Faculte de droit, la Faculte de Medecine,la Faculte des lettres, et la Faculte des sciences. Les cours des Facultes des lettres 26 et des sciences ont lieu a la Sorbonne. Ils consistent pour la plupart en conferences. 28 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Qu'est-ce que c'est que l'Universite de France? 2. Quelles sont les trois branches principales de l'instruction publique? 3. Depuis quel age l'enseignement primaire, est-il obligatoire? 4. Qu'est-ce qu'il comprend? 5. Comment est-ce qu'on ap- pelle ceux qui enseignent dans les ecoles primaires? dans les ecoles secondares? 6. Dans quelles ecoles se donne l'enseigne- ment secondaire? 7. Quelle est la difference entre lycee et col- lege? 8. Est-ce que l'instruction y est gratuite? 9. Est-ce qu'on y recoit des internes ou des externes? 10. Expliquez-nous ce que c'est que le baccalaureat. 11. Quels sont les trois di- 1 These are more like our high schools thati colleges. 2 Pronounced [es] = en + les. EXERCISES 181 plomes qu'on donne? 12. Ou se donne l'enseignement superieur? 13. Combien d'universites qui ont au moins deux facultw y a-t-il en France? 14. Quelles sont les quatre facultes de l'Uni- versite de Paris? 15. Quelles sont celles qui sont installees a la Sorbonne? ORIGINAL COMPOSITION {COMPOSITION ORIGINALE) L'enseignement aux Etats-Unis (150 a 200 mots). ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. He will conclude his work for the bachelor's degree before you. 2. The examination for the baccalaureate takes place be- fore lycee and university professors. 3. He was admired by all his teachers, but he could not be examined by them. 4. My cousin is older than I by two years, but he has not yet his bachelor's degree. 5. I know him by his handwriting. 6. Our dormitory (dortoir) was (avait) twenty feet by forty. 7. In- struction in all courses will begin in a fortnight (lit., 'fifteen days'). 8. In four years you ought [to] be able [to] prepare yourself for the baccalaureate. 9. He worked for four years, but failed at the final examination. 10. He has been with us for a week already, and he will be here for another week. 11. He studied (a fait) his law in the University of Paris. 12. He was the best student in his class. 13. We shall have vacation on the first of April. 14. The course is given by lec- tures. 15. The four faculties of Paris are law, medicine, science, and letters. 16. He questioned (questionne) me with closed eyes. 17. I drink; let us drink; drink; he will drink; etc. 18. He concludes; they will conclude; let us conclude; etc. LESSON XXXVII (LEQON XXXVII) VOCABULARY (VOCAWULAIRE) Pacteur [aktoeir], m., the actor. l'actrice [aktris],/., the actress. le ballet [bale], the ballet. la comedie [komedi], the comedy. confondre [k5f5:dr], to con- found, confuse, deviner [da vine], to guess. drajmtique [dramatik], adj., (^■natic. le drame [dram], the drama. emouvant [emuva], adj., stir- ring, affecting. exiger [egzi3e], to require, de- mand. 182 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 331-333 la farce [fars], the farce. le representant [roprezata], the la Jfcrie [feri], the fairy-play. representative. le^Hire [3 that he is dead It appears J Is it sure ] ,, , , . It is not probable lead If it seems J Note. — Sembler when used in assertions with an indirect object takes the indicative. II me semble que j'ai raison It seems to me that I am right 346. The subjunctive is used in object clauses after verbs and verbal expressions of 1. Doubt (including denial, also thought and expression, when doubt 2 is implied by interrogation, negation, or condition). Je doute Je nie Croyez-vous Je ne dis pas Si vous pensez que ce soit vrai that it is true I doubt I deny Do you believe I don't say If you think Note. — Douter si, 'to doubt whether,' takes the indicative. Je doute s'il est arrive I doubt whether he has arrived Nous permettons Nous defendons him to come (lit., 'that he come') 2. Will (including desire, command, requirement, request, permission, approval, and the like, with their opposites. Je voudrais I wish Dites-lui Tell Elle exige ... . She requires ^ . y qu il vienne m, n On pne [ H They urge We permit We forbid Note. — Verbs denoting a formal order or decree may take the indicative. Us arreterent qu'on l'enverrait They decreed that it should be sent au roi to the king 1 'It is dangerous.' 2 When no doubt exists in the mind of the speaker (as in negative questions im- plying affirmation, etc.), the indicative is used. Ne pensez-vous pas qu'elle est belle? Do you not think that she is beautiful? 194 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 347-348 3. Emotion (including joy, sorrow, fear, anger, shame, re- gret, etc.) Elle etait heureuse que vous fussiez She was glad that you had come, venu Je serais fache que vous fussiez I should be sorry for you to be ill malade II eut peur qu'on ne le grondat He was afraid that he would be scolded Je regrette qu'il se conduise si mal I regret that he acts so badly Note 1. — The indicative may be used after an expression of emotion + de ce que. II est heureux de ce que je suis son He is happy that I am his friend ami Note 2. — Esperer, 'to hope,' in affirmations takes the indicative. J'espere qu'il viendra I hope (that) he will come IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 347. dire [di:r], 'to say,' 'tell' (aux. avoir). Parties principales dire, disant, dit, dis, dis Ixdicattf Present dis, dis, dit, disons, dites, disent Imparfait disais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini dis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futur dirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel dirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjoxctif Present dise, dises, dise, disions, disiez, disent Imparfait disse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif dis, disons, dites Like dire: predire, 'to predict,' and most compounds. 348. ecrire [ekriir], 'to write' (aux. avoir). Parties principales ecrire, ecrivant, ecrit, ecris, ecrivis Ixdicattf Present ecris, ecris, ecrit, ecrivons, ecrivez, ecrivent Imparfait ecrivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini ecrivis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futur ecrirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel ecrirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient SUBJOXCTIF Present ecrive, ecrives, ecrive, ecrivions, ecriviez, ecrivent Imparfait ecrivisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif ecris, ecrivons, ecrivez Like ecrire: decrire, and other compounds. EXERCISES 195 GRAMMATICAL DRILL (QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quel mode est-ce qu'on emploie dans une proposition de- pendante apres un verbe impersonnel qui exprime incertitude, obligation, ou emotion? 2. Donnez m'en quelques exemples. 3. Est-ce que les verbes impersonnels qui expriment un fait prennent 1 toujours l'indicatif? 4. Quel mode emploie- t-on dans une proposition dependante apres un verbe qui exprime doute, volonte, ou emotion? 5. Donnez m'en quelques exemples. 6. Quel mode faut-il employer apres douter si? apres esperer? 7. Mettez au tableau la conjugaison du verbe dire. 8. Ecrivez au tableau la synopsis du verbe ecrire. READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Le XVI e siecle en France est l'epoque de la Renaissance 2 et de la Reforme. 3 Un groupe de poetes, dont de chef est 2 Ronsard, prend 4 le nom de Pleiade. 5 Du Bellay redige le programme de la nouvelle ecole dans sa Defense et Illustra- 4 Hon de la Langue frangaise (1549). II veut qu'on enrichisse la langue et demande qu'on renonce aux vieilles formes de la 6 poesie francaise, et qu'on y substitue les genres en faveur chez les Grecs et les Latins. Un autre poete de la Pleiade, Jodelle, 8 suit les principes de l'ecole en donnant, en 1552, la premiere tragedie francaise, Cleopdtre. Dans la prose il est impossible 10 de citer de plus grands noms que ceux de Rabelais et de Mon- taigne. 12 Le XVIP siecle est la plus belle epoque de la litterature francaise. Le plus grand nom est celui de Moliere. II est 14 douteux que le monde ait jamais connu un meilleur auteur comique. Dans la tragedie il faut qu'on se rappelle le nom de 16 Corneille, dont le Cid, en 1636, est probablement la grande date litteraire du XVII s siecle, et celui de Racine; dans la 18 fable et dans la satire, ceux de La Fontaine et de Boileau; et 1 Pres. ind. of prendre. 2 The revival of letters and arts marking the transition from medieval to mod- ern history. 3 'Reformation.' The religious and political movement which broke the unity of the Catholic Church in the XVIth century, ending in the establishment of Protes- tantism. 4 Pres. ind. of prendre. 6 Named from the Pleiades, a group of seven stars. 196 FRENCH GRAMMAR dans la prose, ceux des grands philosophes et moralistes Des- 20 cartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld, et La Bruyere, sans oublier celui du celebre predicateur, Bossuet. II serait dommage 22 aussi qu'on omette 1 les noms de certaines femmes qui, au XVII e siecle, ont brille dans la litterature de leur pays, comme, 24 par exemple, M me de Rambouillet, M lle de Scudery, et M me de Sevigne. 26 CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Quel est le siecle de la Renaissance et de la Reforme en France? 2. Qu'est-ce que c'est que la Pleiade? 3. Qui etait le chef de l'ecole? 4. Qui en a redige le programme et quand? 5. Que voulait-il? 6. Qui a ecrit la premiere tragedie francaise, et quand? 7. Quels sont les principaux ecrivains en prose du XVI e siecle? 8. Quel siecle est considere comme la plus belle epoque de la litterature francaise? 9. Quel est le plus grand nom du XVII e siecle? 10. Qu'est-ce que Moliere a ecrit? 11. Savez-vous quelque chose de sa vie? 12. Dites-moi les noms de deux auteurs de tragedie du XVII e siecle. 13. Qu'est- ce que c'est que le Cid? 14. Quelle en est la date? 15. Qui etait La Fontaine? 16. Qui etait Boileau? 17. Donnez-moi les noms de quatre philosophes et moralistes du XVII e siecle. 18. Qui etait Bossuet? 19. Quelles etaient les femmes les plus celebres de la litterature francaise du XVII e siecle? COMPOSITION (THEME) The Renaissance, which began in Italy in the XlVth cen- tury, did not develop 2 in France until the (qu'au) XVI th cen- 2 tury. The first to (a) cultivate the literature of the Greeks and Latins were certain young poets who called themselves 4 the Pleiade. Their chief was Ronsard. Du Bellay, who in 1549 drew up their program, wished them to substitute the 6 literary genres of the ancients for the old forms of French poetry, and asked them to enrich the French language by 8 words taken from other languages. Another member of the Pleiade, Jodelle, wrote, in 1552, the first French tragedy, 10 Cleopdtre. It goes without saying that in speaking of the 1 Pres. subj. of omettre. 2 Use reflexive. EXERCISES 197 Lenaissance in France, one must not omit the names of Rabe- 12 lais and of Montaigne. The XVIIth century was a still more brilliant epoch in 14 French literature. It is impossible for one to forget the three great authors of comedy and of tragedy, Moliere, Corneille, 16 and Racine. Their works will live forever. Many other au- thors of the same epoch are scarcely less famous, and we 18 regret that we should be obliged to omit their names here, but one must not forget them. 20 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. How do you spell that word (lit., 'how does that word write itself' 1 )? 2. It may be that he will finish his work. 3. It is better for the leader to express his desire. 4. Is it sure that she is dead? 5. It seemed to me that her eyes were shining, 6. It is not probable that they will come. 7. I doubt that those principles are true. 8. Do you think that his life is happy? 9. I did not say that it was impossible. 10. Do you think that she will write to me?' 11. I do not think that she said so. 12. I wish that he would cease cultivating satire. 13. He begged me to cite several writers' names. 14. She requires him to do (fasse) her that favor. 15. Tell them to come. 16. He de- manded that they should enrich their language. 17. I am sorry that you were ill. 18. I am very glad that you have come. 19. We have often regretted that we had that obligation. 20. I hope that we shall have no more uncertainty. 21. I say; I shall say; let us say; they said; etc. 22. He was writing; we should write; write; let them write; etc. LESSON XL {LEQON XL) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) l'aide [e:d], /., the aid, help, as- le decadent [dekada], the deca- sistance. dent. l'amour [amuir], m., the love. la direction [direksjo], the direc- analyser [analize], to analyze. tion, leadership. 1' avarice [avaris], /., the avarice, empecher [ape$e], to prevent, greed. hinder. 1 This is the regular idiom for this expression 198 FRENCH GRAMMAR §349 le financier [finasje], the financier. idealiste [idealist], adj., idealis- tic. imaginatif [ima3inatif] (/. ima- ginative [ima3inati:v]), adj., imaginative. inaugurer [inogyre], to inaugu- rate, l'institution [estitysj'5], /., the in- stitution. les mceurs [mcers],/. pi., the mor- als, manners. nier [nje], to deny. l'origine [ori3in], /., the origin, source; beginning. philosophique [fibzofik], adj., philosophical. le precurseur [prekyrsceir], the precursor, forerunner, herald. proclamer [proklame], to pro- claim. le prosateur [prozatce:r], the prose- writer. la psychologie [psikok>3i], the psy- chology, quant (a) [kat (a)], adv., with re- gard (to), as (to), as (for). le realiste [realist], the realist. le roman [roma], the novel; ro- mance, fiction. le romancier [romasje], the novelist. romantique [romatik], adj., ro- mantic. le romantisme [romatism], the ro- manticism. scientifique [sjatifik], adj., scien- tific. la societe [sosjete], the society, succeder [syksede], to succeed, follow. le symboliste [sebolist], the sym- bolist. The Subjunctive in Dependent Clauses [Continuation] (Le Subjonctif dans les Propositions Dependantes [Suite]) 349. A redundant ne is commonly used, though not neces- sarily, after: 1. Verbs of doubting and denying (in interrogations and negations). Doutez-vous qu'il (ne) vienne? Do you doubt that he will come? Je ne nie pas qu'il (ne) soit habile I do not deny that he is clever 2. Verbs of avoiding and hindering. Empechez qu'il (ne) sorte Keep him from going out 3. Verbs of fearing (in affirmations). Je crains qu'il (ne) le fasse I fear he will do it But: Je ne crains pas qu'il le fasse I do not fear he will do it 4. A moins que, 'unless,' de crainte (or peur) que, 'lest,' and (sometimes) avant que, 'before,' sans que, 'without,' and que, 'unless,' 'without.' a moins avant que vous (ne) parliez unless \ „ , before ) ^ s P eak 5. Comparatives or words of comparative value. II est plus grand que je (ne) pensais He is taller than I thought §§ 350-352 SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 199 Adjective Clauses 350. The subjunctive is used in adjective clauses (those in- troduced by a relative pronoun) : 1. When they denote purpose, result, or characterization. Je voudrais un chien qui garde la I would like a dog that will guard maison the house Je cherche un pays ou je puisse etre I am seeking a land where I may be libre free 2. After a superlative or its equivalent (as seul, unique, 1 premier, dernier). C'est le meilleur eleve que j'aie eu He is the best pupil that I have had Vous etes le seul qui me comprenne You are the only one that under- stands me 3. After a general negation (real or implied). II n'y a pas d'homme qui soit parfait There is no man that is perfect A quoi sert un ami qui ne sache pas Of what use is a friend who does not etre sincere? know how to be sincere? 4. In compound relatives and indefinite clauses. Quoi que vous disiez Whatever you (may) say Qui que vous soyez Whoever you are Quelque riche que l'on soit However rich one may be Tout auteur que je sois . . . Author though I am . . . 5. In the restrictive clause que je sache. Elle n'a pas parle que je sache She has not spoken as far as I know 351. The indicative is used in adjective clauses which merely state a fact without reserve or restriction, or which emphasize the actuality of an occurrence. Nous habitons un pays ou l'on est We dwell in a land where one is libre free C'est la premiere chose qu'elle a dite It is the first thing she said Ce n'est pas cela qui me fait agir That is not what causes me to act IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 352. faire [fe:r], 'to make,' 'do,' 'have,' etc. (aux. avoir). Parties principales faire, faisant [faza], fait, fais, fis Indicatif Present fais, fais, fait, faisons [fazo], faites, font Imparfait faisais [fgze], ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini fis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futur ferai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel ferais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient » 'Only.' 200 FRENCH GRAMMAR § 353 SlTBJONCTIF Present fasse, fasses, fasse, fassions, fassiez, fassent Imparfait fisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif fais, faisons ffazo], faites Like faire: satisfaire, and other compounds. Note 1. — A noun object follows an infinitive after faire, and a pronoun object goes with faire. Faites venir mon frere Have my brother come Faites-le venir Have him come Note 2. — A transitive infinitive after faire often has a passive sense. Cf. § 358. Je l'ai fait ecrire I have had it written 353. lire [liir], 'to read' (aux. avoir). Parties pHncipales lire, lisant, lu, lis, lus Ixdicattf Present lis, lis, lit, lisons, lisez, lisent Imparfait lisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini lus, us, ut, times, utes, urent Futur lirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel lirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjoxcttf Present Use, Uses, Use, Usions, Usiez, Usent Imparfait lusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatif Us, Usons, Usez GRAMMATICAL DRILL {QUESTIONNAIRE GRAMMATICAL) 1. Quand peut-on employer ne dans les propositions depen- dantes? 2. Dites-moi en francais 'I am looking for a person to do me that favor ' ; ' She is the only friend I have ' ; ' There is no man who is perfectly happy'; 'whoever you are'; 'whatever you do'; 'not that I know of.' 3. Quelles sont les parties prin- cipales du verbe faire? du verbe lire? 4. Mettez au tableau la synopsis du verbe faire; du verbe lire. 5. Conjuguez je lis ma lefon, tu, etc.; je ferai venir mon frere, tu, etc.; fais-le venir, etc.; il veut que je Use, il veut que tu Uses, etc. 6. Conjuguez le present de l'indicatif du verbe faire; le passe defini; l'impar- fait du subjonctif; etc. 7. Conjuguez le passe defini du verbe Ure; le conditionnel; le present du subjonctif; l'imperatif. EXERCISES 201 READING EXERCISE (EXERCICE DE LECTURE) Le XVIIP siecle en France est le siecle philosophique. On commence a etudier les institutions et la societe. Dans la 2 comedie, Marivaux analyse la psychologie de l'amour, Le Sage attaque l'avarice des financiers, et Beaumarchais pro- 4 clame les droits du peuple. Dans l'ceuvre drama tique de Diderot, on voit les origines d'un nouveau genre, le drame. 6 Quant a la tragedie, le seul nom qui vaille la peine d'etre cite est celui de Voltaire. Montesquieu, Buffon, Voltaire, Dide- 8 rot, et Jean- Jacques Rousseau sont les meilleurs prosateurs du XVIII 6 siecle, ce qui n'empeche pas que les romans de 10 Marivaux, de Le Sage, et de l'abbe Prevost ne tiennent une place importante dans la litterature de leur pays. Andre 12 Chenier brille dans la poesie lyrique. Quelque scientifique que soit l'esprit du XIX e siecle, il n'y 14 a pas d'epoque dans la litterature francaise qui soit a la fois plus imaginative et plus idealiste. Chateaubriand et M me 16 de Stael sont les precurseurs du romantisme, qui, sous la di- rection de Victor Hugo et avec l'aide des celebres ecrivains 18 Lamartine, Alfred de Musset, George Sand, Alfred de Vigny, Sainte-Beuve, Gautier, et d'autres, a joue un role si brillant 20 dans les lettres francaises. Aux poetes romantiques ont suc- cede les Parnassiens 1 Leconte de Lisle, SuUy-Prudhomme, 22 Coppee, et Heredia, et aux romanciers romantiques, les rea- listes Balzac, Stendhal, Merimee, Flaubert, Zola, Daudet, 24 et Maupassant. Le drame roman tique a ete suivi 2 d'abord par la comedie de Scribe et puis par la comedie de mceurs, 26 inauguree par Dumas Fils et Emile Augier, et continuee par Sardou, Pailleron, Meilhac et Halevy, et quelques-uns des 28 brillants auteurs d'aujourd'hui. Les dernieres annees du XIX e siecle ont produit les symbolistes et les decadents, dont 30 le chef est Paul Verlaine. CONVERSATION (CONVERSATION) 1. Quel est le caractere du XVIIP siecle? 2. Qu'a fait Mari- vaux dans la comedie? Le Sage? Beaumarchais? 3. Qu'a fait Diderot pour le theatre? 4. Quel est le seul auteur de trage- 1 'Parnassians,' see gen. vocab. 2 Past part, of suivre. 202 FRENCH GRAMMAR die qui vaille la peine d'etre nomme? 5. Quels sont les meil- leurs prosateurs du XVIIP siecle? 6. Nommez trois roman- ciers de cette epoque. 7. Qui brille dans la poesie lyrique? 8. Quel est le caractere de la litterature du XIX e siecle? 9. Quels sont les precurseurs du romantisme? 10. Qui est le chef de l'ecole? 11. Donnez-moi les noms de quelques autres auteurs romantiques. 12. Qui a succede aux poetes romantiques? 13. Qui a succede aux romanciers romantiques? 14. Qu'est-ce qui a suivi le drame romantique? 15. Qui a inaugure la come- die de mceurs? 16. Qui l'a continuee? 17. Qu'est-ce que les dernieres annes du XIX e siecle ont produit? COMPOSITION (THEME) The XVIIth century had studied the heart of man. The XVIIIth century studied man in that which surrounded him. 2 It was the first time that nature, foreign 1 literatures, sciences, institutions, society had had an interest for French writers. 4 The great classic genres of the XVIIth century were giving way 2 to the more modern forms of literature, the drama and 6 the novel, in which one might better analyze society. The French Revolution, which broke forth before the XEXth cen- 8 tury had begun, inaugurated vast changes in the institutions of France. After a short epoch of transition, 3 French litera- 10 ture came forth more brilliant than it had ever been. In fact, there was never an epoch that was so imaginative or so ideal- 12 istic as the XlXth century, however scientific its spirit may have been. 14 ORAL EXERCISE (EXERCICE ORAL) 1. I feared that he would do it. 2. I do not fear that he will do it. 3. Do you doubt that he will read it? 4. I do not doubt that you will read it. 5. Do you deny that it is useful? 6. I hindered him from reading the novel. 7. I shall do so, unless he comes. 8. I shall have read the letter before he comes. 9. You are taller than I thought. 10. I am looking for a maid who knows how to do the cooking. 11. You are the best friend that I have. 12. Whoever you are and whatever you do. I 1 Etranger, m., etrangere, /. 2 faisaient place. ? transition.;. • § 354 SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 203 shall be your friend. 13. I have no relative that is very poor. 14. That is the first book that I read. 15. He is a novelist who knows how to analyze the heart of man. 16. Have him come to see me. 17. Don't have the poet come. 18. I shall have the book read. 19. I do; we do; they did; they would do; do not do; etc. 20. He is reading; he was reading; we shall read; let us read; that they may read; etc. LESSON XLI {LEQON XLI) VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) l'acte [akt], m., the act. la mode [mod], the fashion, mode; amoureux [amuro] (/. amou- way, manner; a la — , fashion- reuse [amuroiz]), adj., loving, able. enamored, in love. la pantoufle [patufl], the slipper. arranger [ara.3e], to arrange. la parole [parol], the word; speech; le bonnet [bone], the cap; — de promise. nuit, nightcap. la philosophic [filozofi], the philos- completer [koplete], to com- ophy. plete, finish. pratiquer [pratike], to practice. la foi [fwa], the faith; par ma — , la qualite [kalite], the quality; upon my word. rank. fort [fo:r], adv., very, very much. la raison [rezo], the reason. galant [gald], adj., gallant, po- refuser [rofyze], to refuse, lite; graceful. souhaiter [swete], to wish, wish le gentilhomme [3» „ se 2 ? %><£Bourse "> ^KbUoth. , S'alioaale rPalais Royal to t^4 Si' nS <5> ^EepubliqueXX louvre f'e^^ a Louvre e ^-%^ V V iclmprim. wNationale 5 <£jjf^ Hotel ^c ; v Pref d Hot Po^ce Di?u ir nbourg v. Garedu d.DroiL* #?**■ Pantheon *5" iiclouis- Ecole ,? cJeGrand Polytectux ^ Ecole i •"*«- Halle auxvins -r^J 5 * 1 Gobelins Tlace d'ltalie P\ National COUJSCH M 1 01 1 HAM PC L N.X. PART II {SECONDE P ARTIE) THE VERB {LE VERBE) THE REGULAR VERBS (LES VERBES REGULIERS) 373. 374. 375. First Conjugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation {Premiere Conju- gaisori) (Deuxieme Conju- gaison) (Troisieme Conju- gaison) Infinitive Mode {Mode Infinitif) Present (Present) donner, 'to give' finir, 'to finish' vendre, 'to sell' Participles (Participes) Present Participle (Participe Present) donnant, 'giving' fin iss ant, 'finishing' vend ant, 'selling' Past Participle (Participe Passe) donne, 'given' fini, 'finished' vendu, 'sold' Indicative Mode {Mode Indicatif) Present (Present) 'I finish,' 'am finishing,' etc. je finis 'I give,' 'am. giving,' etc. je donne tu donnes il donne nous donnons vous donnez ils donnent 'I was giving,' 'used to give,' etc. je donnais tu donnais il donnait nous donnions vous donniez ils donnaient tu finis il finit nous fin iss ons vous fin iss ez ils fin iss ent Imperfect (Imparfait) 'I was finishing,' 'used to finish,' etc. je fin iss ais tu fin iss ais il fin iss ait nous fin iss ions vous fin iss iez ils fin iss aient 'I sell,' 'am selling,' etc. je vends tu vends il vend 1 nous vendons vous vendez ils vendent 'I was selling,' 'used to sell,' etc. je vend ais tu vend ais il vend ait nous vend ions vous vend iez ils vend aient 1 The t of this ending is missing, but the same is true of all verbs in -andre -endre, -ardre, -erdre, and -ordre. In fact there are so many of this class of verbs that vendre seems a better model for the third conjugation than does rompre, 'to break,' which is often given, because it has a t in this ending. 219 220 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 373-375 'I gave,' etc. je donnai tu donnas il donna nous donnames vous donnates ils donnerent 'I shall give,' etc. je donnerai tu donneras il donnera nous donnerons vous donnerez ils dormer ont 'I should give,' etc. je donnerais tu donnerais il donnerait v nous donnerions vous donneriez ils dormer aient Past Definite (Passe Defini) 'I finished,' etc. je finis tu finis il finit nous finimes vous finites ils finirent Future (Futur) 'I shall finish,' etc. je finirai tu finiras il finira nous finirons vous finirez ils finiront Conditional (Conditionnel) 'I should finish,' etc. je finirais tu finirais il finirait nous finirions vous finiriez ils finir aient 'I sold,' etc. je vend is tu vend is il vend it nous vendimes vous vendites ils vendirent 'I shall sell,' etc. je vendrai tu vendras il vendra nous vendrons vous vendrez ils vendront 'I should sell,' etc. je vendrais tu vendrais il vendrait nous vendrions vous vendriez ils vendr aient Subjunctive Mode {Mode Subjonctif) '(That) I (may) give,' etc. (que) je donn e (que) tu donnes (qu')il donne (que) nous donn ions (que) vous donniez (qu')ils donnent '(That) 'I (might) give,' etc. (que) je donnasse (que) tu donn asses (qu')il donn at (que) nous donnassions (que) vous donnassiez (qu')ils donn assent Present (Present) ' (That) I (may) finish,' etc. (que) je fin iss e (que) tu fin iss es (qu')il fin iss e (que) nous fin iss ions (que) vous fin iss iez (qu')ils finissent Imperfect (Imparfait) ' (That) I (might) finish,' etc. (que) je finisse (que) tu finisses (qu')il finit (que) nous finissions (que) vous finissiez (qu')ils finissent '(That) I (may) sell,' etc. (que) je vende (que) tu vendes (qu')il vende (que) nous vend ions (que) vous vend iez (qu')ils vendent ' (That) I (might) sell,' etc. (que) je vendisse (que) tu vendisses' (qu')il vend it (que) nous vendissions (que) vous vendissiez (qu')ils vendissent §§ 376-377 AUXILIARY VERBS Imperative Mode {Mode Imperatif) Present (Present) 'Give,' etc. 'Finish,' etc. 'Sell,' etc. donn e l fin is vends donn ons fin iss ons vend ons donn ez finzssez vend ez 221 AUXILIARY VERBS (VERBES AUXILIAIRES) 376. Avoir {aux. avoir). 377. Etre (aux. avoir). Infinitive (Infinitif) Present (Present) avoir, ' to have ' etre, 'to be' Participles (Participes) Present Participle (Participe Present) ayant, 'having' etant, 'being' Past Participle (Participe Passe) eu, 'had' ete, 'been' Indicative (Indicatif) Present (Present) 'I have,' 'am having,' etc. 'I am,' 'am being,' etc. j ai nous avons je sms nous sommes tu as vous avez tu es vous etes il a ils ont il est ils sont j avais nous avions j etais tu avais vous aviez tu etais il avait ils avaient il etait Imperfect (Imparfait) 'I had,' 'was having,' etc. • 'I was,' 'was being,' etc. nous etions vous etiez ils etaient Past Definite (Passe Defini) 'I had,' etc. 'I was,' etc. j'eus nous eumes je fus nous fumes tu eus vous eutes tu fus vous futes il eut ils eurent il fut ils furent i This form becomes 'donn es' when followed by -y or -en. 222 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§378-380 Future (Futur) 'I shall have,' etc. 'I shall be,' etc. j aurai nous aurons je serai nous serons tu auras vous aurez tu seras vous serez il aura ils auront ils sera ils seront Conditional (Conditionnel) 'I should have,' etc. 'I should be,' etc. j'aurais nous aurions je serais nous serions tu aurais vous auriez tu serais vous seriez il aurait ils auraient il serait ils seraient Subjunctive (Subjonctif) Present (Present) ' (That) I (may) have,' etc. ' (That) I (may) be,' etc. (que) j'aie (que) nous ayons (que) je sois (que) nous soyons (que) tu aies (que) vous ayez (que) tu sois (que) vous soyez (qu')il ait (qu')ils aient (qu')il soit (qu')ils soient Imperfect (Imparfait) ' (That) I (might) have,' etc. ' (That) I (might) be,' etc. (que) j'eusse (que) nous eussions (que) je fusse (que) nous fussions (que) tu eusses (que) vous eussiez (que) tu fusses (que) nous fussiez (qu')il eut (qu')ils eussent (qu')il fut (qu')ils fussent Imperative (Imperatif) 'Have,' etc. 'Be,' etc. ayons soyons aie ayez sois soyez COMPOUND TENSES (TEMPS COMPOSES) 378. The compound tenses are formed from the past participle of a given verb and an auxiliary verb (usually avoir, sometimes Stre), cf. §§ 200-201. 379. Avoir (donne). 380. Etre (arrive). 1 Infinitive (Infinity) Perfect (Par fait) 'To have given' 'To have arrived' avoir donne etre arrive (e)[s] 1 Any active verb may be made passive in this way, the past indefinite would then become the present; the pluperfect, the imperfect; etc. Cf. § 202. §§ 379-380 COMPOUND TENSES 223 Participle (Participe) Perfect (Parfait) 'Having given' ayant donne 'Having arrived' etant arrive (e)[s] Indicative (Indicatif) Past Indefinite (Passe Indefini) 'I have given' etc. 'I have arrived,' etc. j'ai donne je suis arrive (e) tu es arrive (e) tu as donne etc. etc. Pluperfect (Plus-que-Parfait) 'I had given,' etc. 'I had arrived,' etc. j'avais donne j'etais arrive(e) etc. etc. Past Anterior (Passe Anterieur) 'I had given,' etc. 'I had arrived,' etc. j'eus donne je fus arrive (e) etc. etc. Future Anterior (Futur Anterieur) 'I shall have given,' etc. 'I shall have arrived,' etc. j'aurai donne je serai arrive (e) etc. etc. Conditional Anterior (Conditionnel Anterieur) 'I should have given,' etc. 'I should have arrived,' etc. j'aurais donne je serais arrive(e) etc. etc. Subjunctive (Subjonctif) Perfect (Parfait) '(That) I (may) have given,' etc. '(That) I (may) have arrived,' etc. (que) j'aie donne (que) je sois arrive (e) etc. etc. Pluperfect (Plus-que-Parfait) '(That) I (might) have given,' etc. '(That) I (might) have arrived,' etc. (que) j'eusse donne (que) je fusse arrive (e) etc. etc. 224 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 381-384 ORTHOGRAPHICAL CHANGES (CHANGEMENTS ORTHOGRA- PHIQUES) 381. Verbs in -cer. (Cf. § 235.) Placer, ' to place ' 'res. Part. Pres. Ind. Impf. Ind. Past. Def. Impf. Subj. placant place placais placai placasse places placais placas placasses place placait placa placat placons placions placames placassions placez placiez placates placassiez placent placaient placement placassent 382. Verbs in -ger. (Cf. § 236.) Manger, ' to eat ' Pres. Part. Pres. Ind. Impf. hid. Past. Def. Impf. Subj. mangeant mange mangeais mangeai mangeasse manges mangeais mangeas mangeasses mange mangeait mangea mangeat mangeons mangions mangeames mangeassions mangez mangiez mangeates mangeassiez mangent mangeaient mangerent mangeassent 383. Verbs in -yer. (Cf. § 237.) Employer, ' to use,' payer, ' to pay ' Fut. Cond. emploierai, etc. emploierais, etc. P a r er ^' ) etc. Payerais, j etc> paie, J " paierai, J paierais, J 384. Verbs with Stem-vowel e or e. 1. Mener, 'to lead,' ceder, 'to yield.' (Cf. § 238.) Pres. hid. Fut. Cond. Pres. Ind. emploie, etc P aye 'Utc. Pres. Subj. emploie, etc. P aye ' \ etc. paie, J Pres. Subj. mene menerai menerais mene menes meneras menerais menes mene menera menerait mene menons menerons menerions menions menez menerez meneriez meniez menent meneront meneraient menent Ceder with the stem- vowel e : cede, etc. cederai [sedare], etc. cederais [sedare], etc. cede, etc. Obs.: In mene-je? [mane: 5], e of the ending not being mute, the stem- vowel e is unchanged. Note. — For verbs like creer, 'to create/ cf. § 238, note. 2. Verbs in -eler, -eter (cf. § 238, 1). §§ 385-387 IRREGULAR VERBS 225 Appeler, 'to call' Pres. Ind. Fut. Cond. Pres. Subj. appelle appellerai appellerais appelle appelles appelleras appellerais appelles appelle appellera appellerait appelle appelons appellerons appellerions appelions appelez appellerez appelleriez appeliez appellent appelleront appelleraient appellent Jeter, 'to throw' jette, etc. jetterai, etc. jetterais, etc. jette, etc. Note. — A few verbs in -eler, -eter take the grave accent like mener, e.g., acheter, 'to buy': achete, etc. acheterai, etc. acheterais, etc. achete, etc. Exceptions like acheter: etiqueter, 'to label.' geler, 'to freeze.' harceler, 'to harass.' marteler, 'to hammer.' becqueter, 'to peck.' bourreler, 'to goad.' demanteler, 'to dismantle.' ecarteler, 'to quarter.' modeler, 'to model.' peler, 'to peel.' rapieceter, 'to piece.' trompeter, 'to trumpet.' IRREGULAR VERBS IN -ER (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -ER) 385. Aller, 'to go.' (Cf. §252.) Like aller: s'en aller, 'to go away.' 386. Envoyer, 'to send.' (Cf. § 253.) Like envoyer: renvoyer, 'to send away,' 'dismiss.' IRREGULAR VERBS IN -IR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -IR) 387. Acquerir, 'to acquire' (aux. avoir). Parties principales acquerir, acquerant, acquis, acquiers, acquis Ixdicatif Present acquiers, acquiers, acquiert, acquerons, acquerez, acquierent Imparfalt acquerais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini acquis, is, it, imes. ites, irent Futur acquerrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel acquerrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present acquiere, acquieres, acquiere, acquerions, acqueriez, acquierent Imparfait acquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent IilPERATIF acquiers, acquerons, acquerez Like acquerir: conquerir, 'to conquer.' s'enquerir, 'to inquire.' querir or querhv 'to seek.' reconquerir, 'to reconquer.' 1 Has only the infinitive. requerir, 'to re- quire,' 'claim.' 226 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 388-392 388. Benir, 'to bless' (aux. avoir). Is regular, but has also an irregular past participle benit, used only as adjective : de l'eau benite; du pain benit holy water; consecrated bread 389. Courir, 'to run.' (Cf. § 300.) Like courir are its compounds: accourir, 'to run up,' 'hasten.' discourir, 'to discourse.' recourir, 'to apply/ concourir, 'to cooperate,' encourir, 'to incur.' secourir, 'to help.' 'compete.' parcourir, ' to run over.' 390. Cueillir, 'to gather,' 'pick.' (Cf. § 301.) Like cuellir: accueillir, 'to welcome.' assaillir,* 'to assail.' tressaillir, 'to start.' recueillir, 'to gather.' saillir, 2 'to jut out.' 391. Dormir, 'to sleep.' (Cf. § 309.) Like dormir: endormir, 'to put to sleep.' se departir, 'to desist.' s'endormir, 'to fall asleep.' repartir, 'to set out again,' 'reply.' redormir, 'to sleep again.' se repentir, 'to repent.' rendormir, 'to put to sleep again.' sentir, 'to feel.' se rendormir, 'to go to sleep again.' consentir, 'to consent.' bouillir, 'to boil.' pressentir, 'to forebode.' ebouillir, 'to boil away.' ressentir, 'to resent.' rebouillir, 'to boil again.' servir, 'to serve.' mentir, 'to he.' se servir, 'to make use.' dementir, 'to contradict,' 'belie.' desservir, 'to clear the table.' partir, 'to set out.' sortir, 'to go out.' departir, 'to distribute.' ressortir, 'to go out again.' Note. — Asservir, 'to enslave,' assortir, ' to sort,' 'match,' ressortir, 'to depend (on, a),' repartir, 'to distribute,' are like finir. 392. Faillir, 'to fail' (aux. avoir). Parties princi pales faillir, faillant, failli, faux, faillis Indicate* Present faux, faux, faut. faillons. faillez. faillent Imparfait faillais, ais, ait,, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini faillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Fuiur faudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel faudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient SUBJONCTTF Present faille, failles, faille, faillions, failliez, faillent Imparfait faillisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 1 Regular in future and conditional: assaillirai. etc. 2 Saillir, 'to gush out,' 'rush forth,' is regular, like finir. §§ 393-397 IRREGULAR VERBS 227 Imperatif Like faillir: defaillir,i 'to faint,' 'fail.' Note. — Faillir, 'to fail in business,' is usually like finir. 393. Ferir, 'to strike.' Used only in sans coup ferir, 'without striking a blow,' and in the past part, feru, 'wounded' (a veterinary term). 394. Fleurir, ' to flourish ' (aux. avoir). Pres. Part, florissant; impf. ind. florissais, etc., when used of persons, or fieurissais, etc., when used of things; otherwise like finir. Note. — Fleurir, 'to blossom,' 'bloom' (in a literal sense), is like finir. 395. Fuir, 'to flee,' 'fly.' (Cf. § 310.) Like fuir: s'enfuir, 'to flee,' 'escape.' 396. Gesir, 'to lie,' 'lie buried.' Parties principales gesir, gisant, , -, Indicatif Present , , git, gisons, gisez, gisent Imparfait gisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient (All other forms are lacking) Note. — Most frequently used in epitaphs: Ci-git, 'Here lies,' Ci- gisent, 'Here lie.' 397. Hair, 'to hate' (aux. avoir). Parties principales hair, haissant, hai', hais, hais Indicatif Present hais, hais, hait, haissons, haissez, haissent Imparfait haissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini hais, hais, hait, haimes, haites, hairent Futur hairai, as, a, Ons, ez, ont Conditionnel hair ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present haisse, haisses, haisse, haissions, haissiez, haissent Imparfait haisse, haisses, hait, haissions, haissiez, haissent Imperatif hais, haissons, haissez Obs. : Hair loses its dieresis in the present indicative and imperative singular, and takes no circumflex accent; otherwise like finir. 1 Pres. ind. usually defaus, defaus, defaut. 228 FRENCH GRAMMAR }§ 398-404 398. Issir, 'to spring (from, de),' etc. Used only in the past part, issu; past indef. je suis issu, etc. 399. Mourir, 'to die.' (Cf. § 319.) Like mourir: se mourir, 'to be dying' (used only in inf., pres. ind., impf. ind.). 400. Ou'ir, 'to hear' (aux. avoir). Little used except in the infinitive and past participle: j'ai oui dire 'I have heard said,' etc. 401. Ouvrir, 'to open.' (Cf. § 320.) Like ouvrir: entr'ouvrir, 'to open slightly.' decouvrir, 'to discover.' offrir, 'to offer.' rouvrir, 'to open again.' recouvrir, 'to cover again.' souffrir, 'to suffer.' couvrir, 'to cover.' 402. Tenir, 'to hold.' (Cf. § 326.) Like tenir are its compounds: s'abstenir, 'to abstain.' detenir, 'to detain.' appartenir, 'to belong.' entretenir, 'to entertain.' contenir, 'to contain.' maintenir, 'to maintain.' obtenir, 'to obtain.' retenir, 'to retain.' soutenir, 'to sustain.' 403. Venir, 'to come.' (Cf. § 327.) Obs.: Venir is like tenir in its irregularities. Like venir are its compounds: avenir, 'to happen.' advenir, 'to happen.' convenir, 'to agree,' 'suit.' contrevenir, 'to violate.' circon venir, 'to circum- vent.' de venir, 'to become.' discon venir, ' to be dis cordant.' revenir, 'to come back.' redevenir, 'to become again.' intervenir, 'to intervene.' se souvenir, 'to recollect.' parvenir, 'to attain.' subvenir, 'to aid.' prevenir, 'to prevent.' survenir, 'to occur.' provenir, ' to proceed se ressouvenir, ' to recollect.' (from, de).' 404. Vetir, 'to clothe' (aux. avoir). Parties prhicipales vetir, vetant, vetu, vets, vetis IXDICATIF Present vets, vets, vet, vetons, vetez, vetent Imparjait vetais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini vetis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futur vetirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditiomiel vetirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctef Present vete, vetes, vete, vetions, vetiez, vetent Imparjait vetisse, isses, it, issions, issiez. issent §§ 405-^08 IRREGULAR VERBS Imperatif vets, vetons, vetez Like vetir: devetir, 'to divest.' revetir, 'to clothe,' se devetir, ' to take off clothing.' 'invest.' 229 se revetir, 'to put on clothing.' IRREGULAR VERBS IN -RE (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -RE) 405. Battre, 'to beat' (aux. avoir). Loses one t in the present indicative singular: bats, bats, bat: otherwise like rompre. (Cf. p. 219, footnote 1.) Like battre: abattre, 'to fell.' debattre, 'to debate.' rabattre, 'to bring down combattre, 'to fight.' se debattre, 'to struggle.' the price.' 406. Boire, 'to drink.' (Cf. § 329.) Like boire: emboire, 'to coat' (in painting). imboire, 'to imbibe,' 'imbue.' s'emboire, 1 'to become dull.' reboire, 'to drink again.' 407. Bruire, 'to murmur,' 'rustle' (aux. avoir). Parties principales bruire, bruyant, bruit, bruis, Indicattf Present bruis, bruis, bruit, , , Imparfait bruyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini , , , , , Futur bruirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel bruirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient {All other forms are lacking) Note 1. — The pres. part, bruyant, 'noisy,' is used as adjective only. Note 2. — The forms bruissant, bruissais, etc., bruisse, etc., are also to be found. 408. Clore, 'to close,' 'enclose' (aux. avoir). Parties principales clore, , clos, clos, Indicattf Present clos, clos, clot, , , Imparfait , , , , , Passe Defini , , , , , Futur clorai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel clorais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present close, closes, close, closions, closiez, closent Imparfait , , , , , 1 Used in third person. 230 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 409-412 Imperatif Like clore: declore, 'to throw open.' enclore, 2 'to enclose.' eclore, 1 'to hatch,' 'open' (of flowers). forclore, 3 'to foreclose,' 'debar.' 409. Conclure, 'to conclude.' (Cf. § 330.) Like conclure: exclure, 'to exclude.' inclure, 4 'to inclose.' reclure, 5 'to shut up.' 410. Conduire, 'to conduct.' (Cf. § 338.) Like conduire: se conduire, 'to conduct introduire, 'to introduce.' instruire, 'to instruct.' oneself.' produire, 'to produce.' reconstruire, 'to recon- econduire, 'to show out,' reduire, 'to reduce.' struct.' 'dismiss.' reproduire, 'to reproduce.' detruire, ' to destroy.' reconduire, 'to lead back.' seduire, 'to seduce.' cuire, 'to cook.' deduire, 'to deduct.' traduire, 'to translate.' recuire, 'to cook again.' enduire, 'to coat (with construire, 'to construct.' luire, 6 'to shine.' plaster).' deconstruire, 'to take reluire, 6 'to glisten.' induire, 'to induce.' apart.' nuire, 7 'to injure.' 411. fitre, 'to be.' (Cf. §377.) 412. Confire, ' to presence ' (aux. avoir). Parties principales confire, conusant, confit, confis, confis IXDICATTF Present confis, confis, confit, confisons. confisez, confisent Imparfait confis ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini confis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futur confirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel confirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjoxcttt Present confise, confises, confise, confisions, confisiez, con- fisent Imparfait conf isse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif confis, confisons, confisez Like confire: deconfire, 'to discomfit.' circoncire {pp. -cis), 'to circumcise.' suffire {p.p. suffi), 'to suffice.' 1 Has also pres. plur. eclosons, etc.; impf. ind. eclosais. etc. 2 Has also pres. plur. enclosons, etc.; pres. part, enclosant; impf. ind. enclosais, etc. 3 Little used except in the infinitive, past participle, and compound tenses. 4 Past part., inclus. 5 Used only in inf., past part., and comp. tenses. Past part, reclus. 6 Past part, lui and relui respectively. No past def. or impf. subj. 7 Past part. nui. §§ 413-416 IRREGULAR VERBS 231 413. Connaitre, 'to know.' (Cf. § 339.) Obs. : Stem- vowel i has circumflex (i) everywhere before t. Like connaitre: meconnaitre, 'not to comparaitre, 'to appear' paitre, 1 'to graze.' know.' reconnaitre, ' to recognize, paraitre, 'to appear.' apparaitre, ' to appear.' (law term). disparaitre, ' to disap- pear.' reparaitre, 'to reappear.' repaitre, 'to feed,' 'feast.' se repaitre, 'to feed,' 'feast.' 414. Coudre, 'to sew' (aux. avoir). Parties principales coudre, cousant, cousu, couds, cousis Indicattf Present couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, cousent Imparfait cousais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini cousis, is, it, imes, ites, irent Futnr coudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel coudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present couse, couses, couse, cousions, cousiez, cousent Imparfait cousisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent Imperatif couds, cousons, cousez Like coudre: decoudre, 'to rip.' recoudre, 'to sew again.' 415. Craindre, 'to fear.' (Cf. § 343.) Like craindre: in -aindre : contraindre, 'to constrain.' plaindre, 'to pity.' se plaindre, 'to complain.' in -eindre : astreindre, 'to abstract.' atteindre, 'to attain.' ceindre, 'to enclose,' 'gird on (a sword, etc.).' depeindre, 'to depict.' empreindre, ' to imprint.' enceindre, 'to gird.' enfreindre, ' to infringe.' epreindre, ' to squeeze out.' eteindre, 'to extinguish.' etreindre, 'to draw tight.' f eindre, 'to feign.' geindre, 'to groan.' peindre, 'to paint.' ratteindre, 'to overtake.' repeindre, ' to paint again.' restreindre, 'to restrain.' teindre, ' to dye.' deteindre, 'to fade.' reteindre, 'to dye again.' in -oindre: joindre, ' to join.' adjoindre, 'to adjoin.' con joindre, 'to conjoin.' dejoindre, 'to disjoin.' disjoindre, 'to disjoin.' enjoindre, 'to enjoin.' rejoindre, 'to rejoin.' oindre, ' to anoint.' poindre, 2 ' to dawn.' 416. Croire, 'to believe.' (Cf. § 344.) Like croire: accroire, 3 'to believe (an untruth).' decroire, 4 'to disbelieve.' 1 Lacks the past part., past def., and impf. subj. 2 Little used beyond the infinitive and future. 3 Found only in faire accroire, 'to cause to believe (an untruth): 4 Used only in 'je ne crois ni ne decrois,' 'I neither believe nor disbelieve.' 232 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§417^21 417. Croitre, 'to grow' (aux. avoir). Parties principalis croitre, croissant, cru (/., crue), crois, criis Indicattf Present crois, crois, croit, croissons. croissez, croissent Imparfait croissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini criis, criis, criit, criimes, crutes, criirent Futur croitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel croitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctxf Present croisse, croisses, croisse, croissions, croissiez, croissent Imparfait crusse, criisses, criit, crussions, crussiez, criissent Imperatlf crois, croissons, croissez Obs.: The circumflex accent distinguishes forms otherwise alike of croitre and croire, but is optional in the imperfect subjunctive (except the third singular). Like croitre: accroitre, 1 'to increase.' recroitre, 1 'to grow surcroitre, 1 'to overgrow.' decroitre, 'to decrease.' again.' 418. Dire, 'to say,' 'tell.' (Cf. § 347.) Like dire: contredire, 2 'to contradict.' interdire, 2 'to interdict.' predire, 2 'to predict.' dedire, 2 'to retract,' 'deny.' medire 2 (de), 'to slander.' redire, 'to say again.' Note. — Maudire is like dire only in the infinitive, past participle (mau- dit), future and conditional; otherwise like finir. 419. Ecrire, 'to write.' (Cf. § 348.) Like ecrire are all verbs in -(s)crire: circonscrire, 'to circumscribe.' prescrire, 'to prescribe.' souscrire, 'to subscribe.' decrire, 'to describe.' proscrire, 'to proscribe.' transcrire, 'to transcribe.' inscrire, 'to inscribe.' recrire, 'to rewrite.' 420. Faire, 'to do,' 'make.' (Cf. § 352.) Like faire: contrefaire, 'to imitate.' mefaire, 'to harm.' refaire, 'to do again.' defaire, 'to undo.' parfaire, 'to complete.' satisfaire, 'to satisfy.' forfaire, 'to forfeit.' redefaire, 'to undo again.' surf aire, 'to overcharge.' malfaire, 3 'to do ill.' 421. Frire, 'to fry' (intr. aux. avoir). Parties principalis frire, , frit, fris, Indicate? Present fris, fris, frit, , , Imparfait , , , , , Passe Defini , , , , — — , Futur frirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel frirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 1 No circumflex in past participle, past definite, third singular, and third plural. 2 The second plural imperative is respectively: contredisez, dedisez, interdisez. etc. 3 Used in infinitive only. §§ 422-426 IRREGULAR VERBS SUBJONCTIF 233 Present Imparfait Imperatif fris, , — 422. Lire, 'to read.' (Cf. § 353.) Like lire: elire, 'to elect.' reelire 'to reelect.' relire, 'to read again.' 423. Mettre, 'to place,' 'put.' (Cf. § 355.) Like mettre: se mettre, 'to begin.' emettre, 'to emit.' admettre, 'to admit.' s'entremettre, 'to in- commettre, 'to commit.' terpose.' compromettre, 'to com- omettre, 'to omit.' promise.' permettre, 'to permit.' remettre, 'to put back,' 'hand to.' repromettre, 'to promise again.' soumettre, 'to submit.' demettre, 'to dismiss.' promettre, 'to promise.' transmettre, 'to transmit.' 424. Moudre, 'to grind' (aux. avoir). Parties princi pales moudre, moulant, moulu, mouds, moulus Indicatif Present mouds, mouds, moud, moulons, moulez, moulent Imparfait moulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini moulus, us, ut, times, utes, urent Futur moudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel moudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Stjbjonctif Present moule, moules, moule, moulions, mouliez, moulent Imparfait moulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatif mouds, moulons, moulez Like moudre: emoudre, ' to whet.' remoudre, ' to grind again.' remoudre, ' to sharpen.' 425. Naitre, 'to be born.' (Cf. § 356.) Obs.: Stem-vowel i has the circumflex (i) everywhere before t. Like naitre: renaitre, 'to revive.' 426. Plaire, 'to please.' (Cf. § 364.) Like plaire: complaire, 'to humor.' deplaire, 'to displease.' taire, 1 'to say nothing about.' 1 II tait has no circumflex. 234 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 427-433 427. Prendre, 'to take.' (Cf. § 365.) Like prendre are its compounds: apprendre, 'to learn.' entreprendre, 'to under- rapprendre, 'to learn deprendre, 'to part.' take.' again.' desapprendre, 'toun- s'eprendre, 'to be taken reprendre, 'to take back.' learn.' (with).' surprendre, ' to surprise.' comprendre, ' to under- se meprendre, ' to be mis- stand.' taken.' 428. Resoudre, 'to resolve.' (Cf. § 368.) Like resoudre: absoudre, 1 'to absolve.' dissoudre, 1 'to dissolve.' 429. Rire, 'to laugh.' (Cf. § 369.) Like rire: se rire, 'to make fun (of, de).' sourire, 'to smile.' 430. Sourdre, 'to rise.' Parties principalis sourdre, sourdant, Indicattf Present , , sourd, , Itnparfait , , sourdait, — Passe Defini , , sourdit, Futur , , sourdra, Cotiditionnel , , sourdrait, — (il) sourdit -, sourdent Present Itnparfait Subjoxctif — , sourde, — — , sourdit, - LUPERATTF Note. — Little used beyond the inf. and third sing. pres. ind. 431. Suivre, 'to follow.' (Cf. § 370.) Like suivre: s'ensuivre [impers.], 'to follow.' poursuivre, 'to pursue.' 432. Tistre, 'to weave.' Used only in the past part., tissu, and compound tenses. 433. Traire, 'to milk' (aux. avoir). Parties principalis traire, trayant, trait, trais, 1 Past part, absous (/. absoute), dissous (/. dissoute), respectively. They lack the past definite and imperfect subjunctive. §§ 434-438 IRREGULAR VERBS 235 Indicatif Present trais, trais, trait, trayons, trayez, traient Itnparfait trayais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Dejlni i ) > ? j Futur trairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel trairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient SUBJONCTIF Present traie, traies, traie, trayions, trayiez, traient Itnparfait ) ) j j ) Imperatif trais, trayons, trayez Like traire: abstraire, 'to abstract.' extraire, 'to extract.' soustraire, 'to subtract.' attraire, 'to attract.' rentraire, 'to darn.' braire, 1 'to bray.' distraire, 'to distract.' retraire, 'to redeem' (legal). 434. Vaincre, 'to conquer.' (Cf. § 371.) Like vaincre: con vaincre, 'to convince.' 435. Vivre, 'to live.' (Cf. § 372.) Like vivre: revivre, 'to revive.' survivre, 'to survive.' IRREGULAR VERBS IN -OIR (VERBES IRREGULIERS EN -OIR) Note. — In some grammars the verbs in -oir, which are all irregular, form a separate conjugation, the third, verbs in -re forming the fourth. 436. Avoir, 'to have.' (Cf. § 376.) Like avoir: ravoir, 2 'to have again.' 437. Recevoir, 'to receive.' (Cf. § 262.) Like recevoir: apercevoir, 'to perceive.' decevoir, 'to deceive.' percevoir, 'to collect taxes.' concevoir, ' to conceive.' 438. Devoir, 'to owe.' (Cf. § 263.) Note. — Devoir is conjugated like recevoir. Like devoir: redevoir, 'to still owe.' 1 Little used except in the inf. and the third pers. pres. ind., fut., and cond. 2 Used only in the infinitive. 236 FRENCH GRAMMAR §§ 439-441 439. Asseoir, 'to seat.' (Cf. § 267.) Like asseoir: s'asseoir, 'to sit se rasseoir, 'to sit down messeoir, 1 'to fit badly.' down.' again.' surseoir, 2 'to suspend,' ' re- rasseoir, 'to reseat,' seoir, 1 'to be becoming.' prieve.' 'calm.' 440. Dechoir, 'to decline' (aux. avoir). Parlies principalis dechoir, , dechu, dechois, dechus Ixdicatif Present dechois, dechois, dechoit, dechoyons, dechoyez, dechoient Imparfait _ , , , , , Passe Defini dechus, us, ut, times, utes, urent Futur decherrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Condilionnel decherrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctif Present dechoie, dechoies, dechoie, dechoyions, dechoyiez, dechoient Imparfait dechusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent IMPERATIF dechois, dechoyons, dechoyez Like dechoir: choir, 3 'to fall.' rechoir, 3 'to fall again.' 441. Echoir, 'to fall due' {aux. etre). Parties principalis echoir, echeant, echu, Indicahf Present Imparfait Passe Defini Futur Condilionnel Present Imparfait -, echoit (or echet), -, echoyait, -, echut, — -, echerra, (or echoira) -, echerrait, (or echoirait) Subjonctif — , echoie, , — , echut, , - IilPERATIF -, (il) echut -, echoient (or echeent) -, echurent 1 Used in third person of the following: pres. ind. sied. sieent (messied. mes- sieent) ; impf. hid. seyait, seyaient (messeyait, messeyaient) ; pres. subj. siee. sieent (messiee, messieent); Jut. siera. sieront (messiera, messieront); cond. sierait, sie- raient (messierait, messieraient). 2 Like the forms in -oi (oy) of asseoir, but/«/. and cond. surseoirai(s). 3 Little used beyond the inf. and comp. tenses. §§ 442-450 IRREGULAR VERBS 237 442. Falloir, 'must,' etc. [impers.]. (Cf. § 268.) 443. Mouvoir, 'to move' (aux. avoir). Parties principales mouvoir, mouvant, mu (/. mue), meus, mus Indicatif Present meus, meus, meut, mouvons, mouvez, meuvent Imparfait mouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Passe Defini mus, us, ut, times, utes, urent Futur mouvrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont Conditionnel mouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient Subjonctef Present meuve, meuves, meuve, mouvions, mouviez, meuvent Imparfait musse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent Imperatif meus, mouvons, mouvez Like mouvoir: emouvoir, 1 'to arouse.' promouvoir, 1 'to promote.' 444. Pleuvoir, 'to rain' [impers.]. (Cf. § 276.) 445. Pouvoir, 'to be able.' (Cf. § 277.) 446. Savoir, 'to know.' (Cf. § 282.) 447. Valoir, 'to be worth.' (Cf. § 283.) Like valoir: Squivaloir, ' to be equivalent.' prevaloir, 2 ' to prevail.' chaloir. 3 revaloir, ' to pay back.' 448. Voir, 'to see.' (Cf. § 289.) Like voir: entrevoir, 'to catch sight of.' pourvoir, 4 'to provide.' prevoir,* 'to foresee.' revoir, 'to see again.' depourvoir, 4 'to strip,' 'leave destitute.' 449. Vouloir, 'to will.' (Cf. § 290.) 450. REFERENCE LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS Note. — Each verb in the list is referred to the section in which its irregularity is explained. For verbs in -cer, cf. § 235, for verbs in -ger, cf . § 236, for verbs in -yer, cf . § 237, for verbs with stem- vowel e or e, cf . § 238. A abstraire 433 accueillir 390 abattre 405 accourir 389 acquerir 387 absoudre 428 accroire 416 adjoindre 415 abstenir 402 accroitre 417 admettre 423 1 Past participle has no circumflex accent. 2 Pres. subj. prevale, etc. 3 Little used except in il ne me chaut de, 'I care not for.' 4 Past def. -vus, etc.; impf. subj. -vusse, etc.; j ut. and cond. -voirai(s), regular. 6 Fut. and con d. -voirai(s), etc., regular. 238 FRENCH GRAMMAR §450 advenir 403 aller 385 apercevoir 437 apparaitre 413 appartenir 402 apprendre 427 assaillir 390 asseoir 439 astreindre 415 atteindre 415 attraire 433 avenir 403 avoir 376 B battre 405 benir 388 boire 406 bouillir 391 braire 433 bruire 407 C ceindre 415 chaloir 447 choir 440 circoncire 412 circonscrire 419 circonvenir 403 clore 408 combattre 405 commettre 423 comparaitre 413 complaire 426 comprendre 427 compromettre . . . 423 concevoir 437 conclure 409 concourir 389 conduire 410 confire 412 conjoindre 415 connaitre 413 conquerir 387 consentir 391 construire 410 contenir 402 contraindre 415 contredire 418 contref aire 420 contrevenir 403 con vainer e 434 convenir 403 coudre 414 courir 389 couvrir 401 craindre 415 croire 416 croitre 417 cueillir 390 cuire 410 D debattre 405 decevoir 437 dechoir 440 declore 408 deconfire 412 deconstruire 410 decoudre 414 decouvrir 401 decrire 419 decroire 416 decroitre 417 dedire 418 deduire 410 defaillir 392 def aire 420 dejoindre 415 dementir 391 demettre 423 departir 391 depeindre 415 deplaire 426 depourvoir 448 deprendre 427 desapprendre . ... 427 desservir 391 deteindre 415 detenir 402 detruire 410 devenir 403 devetir 404 devoir 438 dire 418 disconvenir 403 discourir 389 disjoindre 415 disparaitre 413 dissoudre 428 distraire 433 dormir 391 E ebouillir 391 echoir 441 eclore 408 econduire 410 ecrire 419 elire 422 emboire 406 emettre 423 emoudre 424 emouvoir 443 empreindre 415 enceindre 415 enclore 408 encourir 389 endormir 391 enduire 410 enfreindre 415 enf uir 395 enjoindre 415 enquerir 387 ensuivre 43 1 entremettre 423 entreprendre .... 427 entretenir 402 entrevoir 448 entr'ouvrir 401 envoyer 386 epreindre 415 eprendre 427 equivaloir 447 eteindre 415 etre 377 etreindre 415 exclure 409 extraire 433 F faillir 392 faire 420 falloir 442 feindre 415 ferir 393 fleurir 394 forclore 408 forfaire 420 frire 421 fuir 395 §450 IRREGULAR VERBS 239 G geindre 415 gesir 396 H hair 397 I imboire 406 inclure 409 induire 410 inscrire 419 instruire 410 interdire 418 intervenir 403 introduire 410 issir 398 J joindre 415 L lire 422 luire \. 410 M maintenir 402 malf aire 420 maudire 418 meconnaitre 413 medire 418 mefaire 420 mentir 391 meprendre 427 messeoir 439 mettre 423 moudre 424 mourir 399 mouvoir 443 N naitre 425 nuire 410 O obtenir 402 offrir 401 oindre 415 omettre 423 ouir 400 ouvrir 401 P paitre 413 paraitre 413 parcourir 389 parf aire 420 partir 391 parvenir 403 peindre 415 percevoir 437 permettre 423 plaindre 415 plaire 426 pleuvoir 444 poindre 415 poursuivre 431 pourvoir 448 pouvoir 445 predire 418 prendre 427 prescrire 419 pressentir 391 prevaloir 447 prevenir 403 prevoir 448 produire 410 promettre 423 promouvoir 443 proscrire 419 provenir 403 Q W*™] 387 querir J R rabattre 405 rapprendre 427 rasseoir 439 ratteindre 415 ravoir 436 reboire 406 rebouillir 391 recevoir 437 rechoir 440 reclure 409 reconduire 410 reconnaitre 413 reconquerir 387 reconstruire 410 recoudre 414 recourir 389 recouvrir 401 recrire 419 recroitre 417 recueillir 390 recuire 410 redefaire 420 redevenir. 403 redevoir 438 redire 418 redormir 391 reduire 410 reelire 422 ref aire 420 rejoindre 415 relire 422 reluire 410 remettre 423 remoudre 424 remoudre 424 renaitre 425 rendormir 391 rentraire 433 renvoyer 386 repaitre 413 reparaitre 413 repartir 391 repeindre 415 repentir 391 reprendre 427 reproduire 410 repromettre 423 requerir 387 resoudre 428 ressentir 391 ressortir 391 ressouvenir 403 restreindre 415 reteindre 415 retenir 402 retraire 433 revaloir 447 revenir 403 revetir 404 revivre 435 revoir 448 rire 429 rouvrir 401 S saillir 390 satisf aire 420 savoir 446 secourir 389 240 FRENCH GRAMMAR §450 seduire 410 sentir 391 seoir 439 servir 391 sortir 391 souffrir 401 soumettre 423 sourdre 430 sourire 429 souscrire 419 soustraire 433 soutenir 402 souvenir 403 subvenir 403 sunire 412 suivre 431 surcroitre 417 surf aire 420 surprendre 427 surseoir 439 survenir 403 survivre 435 T taire 426 teindre 415 tenir 402 tistre 432 traduire 410 traire 433 transcrire 419 transmettre 423 tressaillir 390 V vaincre 434 valoir 447 venir 403 vetir 404 vivre 435 voir 448 vouloir 449 TEXTS IN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION 241 TEXTS IN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION (TEXTES EN DOUBLE TRANSCRIPTION [tekstz a dubla traiskripsjo]) TURENNE ET LE VALET [tyrein e 1 vale] Un jour d'ete, qu'il faisait fort chaud, le vicomte de Tu- de 3ur dete | kil faze for §o la viko:t da ty - renne, en petite veste blanche et en bonnet, etait a la fenetre, 2 rein | a ptit vesta bla:§ e a bone etet a la fne:tr | dans son antichambre. Un de ses gens survient et, trompe da son ati$a:br de d se 3a syrvje | e | trope par l'habillement, le prend pour un aide de cuisine avec le- 4 par labijma la pra pur den e:d da kqiziin | avek la- quel ce domestique etait familier. II s'approche doucement kel I sa domestik ete familje il sapro§ dusma par derriere, et d'une main qui n'etait pas legere, lui applique 6 par derjerr | e dyn me ki nete pa le3eir | lqi aplik un grand coup sur le bas du dos. L'homme frappe se re- de gra ku I syr la ba dy do lorn frape sa r - tourne a. l'instant. Le valet voit en fremissant le visage de 8 turn a lesta la vale vwat a fremisa | la viza:3 da son maitre. II se jette a ses genoux tout eperdu: so meitr il sa 3et a se 3nu tut eperdy | ((Monseigneur, j'ai cru que c'etait George!)) ... 10 mosejioeir 3e kry ka sete 3or3 ((Et quand meme c'aurait ete George,)) s'ecrie Turenne e k | a se mo, | la korbo | na sa sa pa | da 3wa; | 10 e pur moitre sa bel vwa, | il uivr tie lar3a bek, | leis toibe sa prwa. | 12 lo ranair sa sezi | e di: | «mo bo masj0, | aprane | ka tu flatoeir | 14 vit o depa | da salqi | ki lekut; | set laso I vo bjen tie fromai3, | sa dut.» | 16 la korbo, | ot0 | e kofy, | 3yra, | mez tie p0 tair, | ko na li praidre ply. | 18 la fotein, | faibl 244 FRENCH GRAMMAR anegdot frdseiz te mo ki ne pa frase 2 napoleo, ddz yn sirkostdis perij0:z, ave done cen ordr difi- sil a egzekyte. kom 5 lqi raprezdte ka la §o:z etet eposibl: 4 « eposibl!)) dit il avek vivasite, «sa mo ne pa frase !» piro prd so rd ce 3u:r ka piro ete §ez ce finasje, yn person distege d la kopajii laga3a a pase davd lqi puir s(a) rdidr da la sal a md3e. 2 le meitr d la mezo sapersova d loeir seremonjal, dit a lorn titre: <(e! msj0 1 koit, set cen otceir, no fet pwe d faso.)> pir5, 4 ki sate ko vule labese, met osito so $apo, mar$ fjerma 1 promje, a diza: ((pqisko le kalite so kony, 30 pra mo ra.» 6 rep5:s dee matlo kom ce matlo sabarke puir ce vwaja:5 do lo ku:r, ce d sez ami lin" di: ((30 meton ko vuz ozje vu metr d me:r, sa$a ko 2 votro pe:r a peri daz ce nofra:3, e ko votro gra pe:r e votro bizajcel ot epruve 1(a) meim so:r.)) «m5n ami,)) ropri 1 4 matlo, «u votra pe:r et il mo:r?» «da so li, da meim ka tu mez asestr.)) «e! komcit oze va do vu metr o li, pqiska 6 votra peir e voz aseitr i so mo:r?» la fo fe dekuvriir la vre la bo lafotein ave labityd da ma5e tu le mate yn pom kuit. ce 3u:r kil an ave miz yn a rafrwadi:r syr sa Jamine, 2 e kil ete pase pada s ta la dd sa bibliotek, ce d sez ami ditra dd sa $d:br, vwa lapomelamd:5. lafotein, d rdtrd, na\*^"ajd 4 ply sa pom, sa duta da s ki etet arive. aloir, il secri avek emosjo: «a! mo dj0! ki a md3e la pom ka save mi syr la 6 famine?)) «s ne pa mwa,» repo loitr. «td mjo, mon ami.)) «e, purkwa sla?» ((purkwa sla?)) raprd laf5te:n, «se pars 8 ka 3ave mi d(a) larsanik dadd puir dpwazone le ra.)) «a! mo dj0! da larsanik! 53 sijiz dpwazone!)) di loitr; «vit, 10 dy kStrapwazo!)) ((trdkilize vu, m5n ami,)) di lafotein, d rjd, ((set yn plezdtri ka 5e fet puir sa\^var ki a mdse ma pom.)) 12 VOCABULARY (VOCABULAIRE) FRENCH-ENGLISH (FRANQAIS-ANGLAIS) a [a], prep., to, at, on, in (before names of towns), with. abaisser [abese], to abase. abattre [abatrj: s' — , to burst, fall. abattu [abaty], adj., drooping. abbaye [abe:j], /., monastery, abbey. abces [apse], m., abscess. abord [aboir], m., access, approach; d' — , first, at first. abreuver [abrceve], to water, soak. absolu [apsoly], adj., absolute. absolunient [apsoly ma], adv., ab- solutely. Academie des Sciences [akademi de sjais],/., Academy of Sciences (founded in 1666 by Colbert — 65 members). Academie francaise [akademi fra- se:z],/., French Academy (foun- ded in 1635 by Richelieu — 40 members). acajou [aka3u], m., mahogany. accent [aksfi], m., accent. accepter [aksepte], to accept. accident [aksida], m., accident. accompagner [akopape], to ac- company, go with. accord [ako:r], m., agreement. accorder [akorde]: s' — (avec), to agree (with). accourir [akuriir], irr. v., to run, run up, come in haste. accumulation [akymylasjo], /., ac- cumulation. accusateur [akyzatceir] (/. accu- satrice [akyzatris]), adj., accus- ing. acheter [a$te], to buy. acier [asje], m., steel. acte [akt], m., act. acteur [aktceir], m., actor. actrice [aktris],/., actress. actuel [aktqel] (/. actuelle [ak- tqel]), adj., present, actual. adjectif [ad3ektif], m., adjective. administrateur [administrator], m., administrator, director. admirable [admirabl], adj., ad- mirable. admiration [admirasjo],/., admira- tion. admirer [admire], to admire. adorer [adore], to adore, worship. adresse [adres],/., address. adverbe [adverb], m., adverb. adverbial [adverbjal], adj., ad- verbial. affaire [afe:r], /., affair, thing, business; pi., business. affectation [afektasjo], /., affecta- tion. affirmatif [afirmatif] (/. affirmative [afirmati:v]), adj., affirmative. affirmation [afirmasjo], /., affirma- tion. affole [afole], adj., distracted, be- wildered. affreux [afro] (/. affreuse afroiz]), adj., frightful, terrible. afin de [afe do], prep., to, in order to. afin que [afe ko], conj., in order that, so that, that. age [0:3], m., age. age (de) [a3e (do)], adj., old. agir [a3i:r], to act, operate. agrandir [agradi:r], to enlarge; s' — , to become enlarged, grow, agreable [agreabl], adj., agreeable, pleasant. ah [a], inter j., ah! oh! aide [e:d],/., aid, help, assistance. 245 246 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY aider [ede], to aid, help. aiieul [ajcel], m., grandsire. aigu [egy] (/. aigue [egy]), adj., acute. aile [el],/., wing. ailleurs [ajceir], adv., elsewhere; d' — , besides, moreover. aimer [erne], to love, like, be fond of; — mieux, to prefer. aine [ene], adj., elder, eldest. ainsi [esi], adv., thus, so, in this manner; — que, conj., as, like, as well as. air [e:r], m., air, appearance; avoir 1' — , to look. aise [e:z], adj., glad, pleased. aise [e:z],/., ease; a ton — , as you please. aise [eze], adj., easy. ajouter [a3ute], to add; en ajou- tant, by adding. allecher [ale§e], to allure, attract. allegorie [alegori],/., allegory. Allemagne [alman],/., Germany. allemand [alma], adj., German. aller [ale], to go, be (with regard to health); s'en — , to go away. allumer [alyme], to light, kindle. alors [aloir], adv., then. alouette [alwet],/., lark. alphabet [alfabe], m., alphabet. alphabetique [alfabetik], adj., al- phabetic. amant [ama], m., lover. ambiguite [abigqite],/., ambiguity. ambre [5:br], m., amber. ame [a:m],/., soul. amelioration [ameljorasjo],/., ame- lioration, improvement. Amerique [amerik], /., America; — du Nord, North America; — du Sud, South America. amertume [amertym], /., bitter- ness. ami [ami], m., friend; mon — , my dear. amie [ami],/., friend; mon — , my dear. amour [amu:r], m., love. amoureux [amuro] (/. amoureuse [amuroiz]), adj., loving, en- amored, in love. amuser [amyze], to amuse; s' — , to amuse oneself, have a good time. an [a], m., year. analyser [analize], to analyze. ancetre [asetr], m., ancestor. ancien [asje] (/. ancienne [asjen]), adj., ancient, old, former. ane [a:n], m., ass, donkey. anecdote [anegdot],/., anecdote. ange [0:3], m., angel. Angers [a^e], /., Angers (city in the western part of France). anglais [agle], adj., English. Angleterre [agbteir], /., England. ^angoisse [agwas],/., anguish. animal [animal], m., animal. annee [ane], /., year. antecedent [ateseda], m., ante- cedent. anterieur [ctterjoeir], adj., anterior; conditionnel — , conditional an- terior; futur — , future anterior; passe — , past anterior. antichambre [ati$a:br], /., ante- room. antiquite [atikite], /., antiquity. anxiete [aksjete],/., anxiety. anxieux [aksjo] (/. anxieuse [aksjoiz]), adj., anxious. aout [u or au], m., August. apercevoir [apersovwarr], irr. v., to perceive; s' — (de), to per- ceive, see, notice. apostrophe [apostrof], /., apostro- phe. appareil [apareij], m., apparel, splendor. appartement [apartama], ;;?., apart- ment, flat. appeler [aple], to call, name; s' — . to be called, named. apporter [aporte], to bring. apposition [apozisjo],/., apposition. apprehender [apredde], to appre- hend. apprendre [apra:dr], irr. v., to learn, teach. approcher [aproje]: s' — (de), to approach. apres [apre], prep., after. apres, adv., afterwards. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 247 apres que, conj., after. apres-demain [apre dine], adv., day after to-morrow. apres-midi [apre midi], m., after- noon. aquilon [akilo], m., north wind, cold wind. arabesque [arabesk], /., ara- besque. arbre [arbr], m., tree. arc [ark], m., arch. Arc de Triomphe [ark da trioif], m., Arch of Triumph (a famous triumphal arch situated in the Place de VEloile, at the end of the Cham ps-Ely sees , Paris. It was begun by Napoleon I, 1806). ardent [arda], adj., ardent. argent [ar3&], m., silver, money. argenterie [ar3atri], /., silver- plate. arithmetique [aritmetik], /., arith- metic. armer [arme], to arm. armes [arm],/, pi., arms. armoire [armwair], /., closet, clothes-press; — a glace, cup- board with glass door. arracher [ara$e], to tear away; — a, to tear from. arranger [arci3e], to arrange. arreter [arete], to stop, hold back; s' — , to stop. arrivee [arive],/., arrival. arriver [arive], to arrive, happen; manage, come (to). arroser [aroze] , to water. arsenic [arsanik], m., arsenic. art [a:r], m., art. article [artikl], m., article, object. artiste [artist], m. or /., artist. artistique [artistik], adj., artistic. asseoir [aswair], to seat; s': — , to sit down. assez [ase], adv., enough, rather, quite. assiette [as jet],/., plate. assister [asiste], to assist, aid; — a, to be present at, attend. assoupir [asupiir], to make drowsy. assurer [asyre], to assure. astre [astr], m., star. astrologue [astrobg], m., astrologer. Atlantique [atlatik], m., Atlantic (Ocean). atone [atom], adj., unstressed. attache [ata$e], m., attache. attacher [ata$e], to attach, fasten, join, attaquer [atake], to attack. attendant [atada]: (en) — que, conj., until, attendre [ataidr], to expect, wait (for), await. attentif [atatif] (/. attentive [ata- ti:v]), adj., attentive. attention [atasjo], /., attention, notice. atterre [atere], adj., astounded. attirer [atire]: s' — , to bring on (or to) oneself. attrait [atre], m., attraction, allure- ment. attraper [atrape], to catch. aube [o:b],/., dawn. aubepine [obepin], /., hawthorn. aucun [oktie] (/. aucune [okyin]), adj. pron., no, not any, any. Augier [o3Je], m., Augier (Emile; French dramatic writer [1820- 1889]). aujourd'hui [o3urdqi], adv., to- day. aupres de [opre da], prep., near, next to, with. aurore [oroir], /., dawn, aussi [osi], adv., too, also, like- wise, as, so. aussitot [osito], adv., immediately, at once; — que, conj., as soon as. austere [osteir], adj., austere, stern. autant [ota], adv., as much, as many. auteur [otce:r], m., author. autobus [otobys], m., autobus, automne [oton], m., autumn, fall, automobile [otomobil], m., auto- mobile. autour (de) [otu:r (da)], prep., around. autre [o:tr], adj., other; l'un 1' — , one another, each other; l'un et 248 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 1* — , both; l'un a 1' — , to each other; les uns les — s, one an- other; l'un ou 1' — , either; ni l'un ni 1' — , neither. autrefois [otrafwa], adv., formerly, once; d' — , of former times, by- gone. autrui [otrqi], indef. pron., another, other people, others, one's neighbor (s). auxiliaire [oksiljeir], m., auxiliary. auxiliaire [oksiljeir], adj., auxiliary. avancer [avase], to advance; (of timepieces) to be fast, gain time; s' — , to advance. avant [ava], adv., before; en — , forward. avant (de) [ava], prep., before (in time); — que, conj., before. avant-hier [ava(t) je:r], adv., day before yesterday. avarice [avaris],/., avarice, greed. avec [avek], prep., with. avenir [avni:r], m., future. avenue [avny],/., avenue. avenue de l'Opera [avny da lopera], /., avenue de l'Opera (the avenue leading from the Opera to the Place du TMatre Franqais, at Paris). avenue des Champs-Elysees [avny de §az elize], m. pi., avenue des Champs-Elysees (translated means 'Avenue of the Elysian Fields. ' One of the finest avenues in the world, situ- ated on the north side of the Seine, Paris, lying between the Place de la ^ Concorde and the Place de VEtoile). aversion [aversjo], /., aversion. aveugle [avcegl], adj., blind. aviser [avize], to consider. avoir [avwa:r], to have; y — , to be; il y a [il j a], there is, there are (states a fact, but does not point out), ago; il y a . . . que . . ., for; — besoin (de) , to need ; — chaud, to be warm; — faim, to be hungry; — froid, to be cold; — honte (de), to be ashamed; — lieu, to take place; — peur (de), to be afraid; — raison, to be right; — soif, to be thirsty; — sommeil, to be sleepy; — tort, to be wrong. avril [avril], m., April. B Babylone [babibn], /., Babylon (capital of ancient Babylonia, situated upon the river Euphra- tes). baccalaureat [bakabrea], m., bac- calaureate, degree of bachelor. bachelier [ba$alje], m., bachelor (a degree); — es lettres, bache- lor of letters; — es sciences, bachelor of science. bagage [baga:3], m., baggage, luggage (usually used in plural) ; salle des — s, baggage-room. bain [be], m., bath; salle de — s, bathroom. bal [bal], m., ball (dance). balbutier [balbysje], to murmur, stammer, mumble. ballet [bale], m., ballet. Balzac [balzak], m., Balzac (Ho- nore de; French novelist [179$- 1850]). banc [ba], m., bench, seat. Barberine [barb9rin],/.,Barberine. bas [ba] (/. basse [ba:s]), adj., low, (of age) young, early. bas [ba], m., lower part, bottom; en — , below, down-stairs. basse-cour [bas ku:r],/., poultry- yard, barnyard. Bastille [bastiij], /., Bastille (the famous old prison destroyed by the French Revolution, July 14, 1789. France has chosen July 14 as the national Jwliday in con- sequence). bataillon [batajo], m., battalion. bateau [bato], m., boat. bateau-mouche [bato mu$], ■»., river steamboat. Mtiment [batima], ;«., building, edifice. batir [batiir], to build. battre [batr], to beat. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 249 beau [bo] (before vowels bel [bel], /. belle [bel]), adj., handsome, beautiful, fine. beaucoup [boku], adv., much, very much, a great deal, many. beau-fils [bo fis], m., son-in-law, step-son. beau-frere [bo fre:r], m., brother- in-law, step-brother. Beaumarchais [bomaree], tn., Beau- marchais (Pierre-Caron de; French dramatist [1732-1 7 gg]). beau-pere [bo pe:r], m., father-in- law, step-father. beaute [bote],/., beauty. bee [bek], m., beak. begayer [begeje], to stammer. Belgique [bel3ik], /., Belgium. belle-fille [bel fi:j], /., daughter- in-law, step-daughter. belle-mere [bel me:r],/., mother- in-law, step-mother. belle-soeur [bel sce:r], /., sister-in- law, step-sister. beni [beni] (/. benite [benit]), adj., blessed. benin [bene] (/. benigne [benip]), adj., benign. Benjamin [became], m., Benjamin. bercer [berse], to rock. Bernardin de St. -Pierre, see Saint- Pierre. besogne [bozop],/., task. besoin [bozwe], m., need; avoir — (de), to need. bete [be:t], adj., foolish, silly. betise [betiiz], /., folly. beurre [bceir], m., butter. bibliotheque [bibliotek],/., library. Bibliotheque Nationale [biblio- tek nasjonal], /., National Li- brary (perhaps the richest library in the world. Its principal en- trance is on the Rue de Richelieu) . bibelot [biblo], tn., nicknack. bien [bje], m., good, riches. bien [bje], adv., well, good, very, please, much, many, indeed, else; — que, conj., although, though; eh — ! well (then) ! bientot [bjeto], adv., soon, shortly; a — , I'll see you soon again. biere [bje:r],/., beer. bijou [bi3u], m., jewel. bijoutier [bi3utje], m., jeweler. billet [bije], m., ticket, note. bisaieul [bizajoel], m., great-grand- father. bise [bi:z],/., north wind, winter. blanc [bla] (/. blanche [bla:$]), adj., white. blesser [blese], to wound, injure. blessure [blesy:r], /., wound. bleu [bio], adj., blue. blouse [blu:z], /., shirt-waist, blouse. boeuf [beef] (pi. bceufs [bo]), m., ox. boheme [boeim], adj., bohemian. Boileau [bwalo], m., Boileau (-Des- preaux, Nicolas; French poet and critic [1636-17 1 1]). boire [bwa:r], irr. v., to drink. bois [bwa], m., wood, forest. bois de Boulogne [bwa d(a) bulop], m. pi., bois de Boulogne (a vast wooded park to the west of Paris). boite [bwa:t],/., box. bon [bo] (/. bonne [bon]), adj., good, kind. . bonheur [bonceir], m., happiness. bonhornme [bonom], m., old fellow (or codger); toy man; le — Noel, Santa Claus. bonjour [bo3u:r], m., good morning, good day. Bon Marche (le) [bo mar$e], tn., the Bon Marche (translated means ' The Good Bargain.' One of the largest Parisian de- partment stores, a rival of the Grands Magasins du Louvre. Situated on the u Rive Gauche"). bonne [bon], /., maid, servant; — (d' enfant), nurse (for children), nursemaid. bonnet [bone], m., cap; — de nuit, nightcap. bonte [bote], /., goodness, kind- ness. borgne [borp], adj., one-eyed. borgne [borp], m., one-eyed man. Bossuet [boswe], m., Bossuet (J acques-Benigne; French pulpit orator [1627-1704]). _ 250 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY botanique [botanik], adj., botani- cal. botaniste [botanist], m., botanist. bottine [botin], /., high shoe, lady's boot. bouche [bu$],/., mouth; faire ve- nir l'eau a la — , to make the mouth water. boucher [bu$e], m., butcher. bougie [bu3i], /., candle. boulevard [bulvair], m., boule- vard. boulevard St-Germain [bulvair se 38rme], boulevard St-Ger- main (one of the principal boule- vards of the Latin Quarter, Paris). boulevard St-Michel [bulvair se mi§el], m., boulevard St-Mi- chel {the principal boulevard of the Latin Quarter, Paris. In student slang called le BouV Mich'). Boulogne, see bois de Boulogne. bourgade [burgad], /., small vil- lage. bourgeois [bur3wa], adj., bour- geois, middle-class, common. bourgeois [bur3wa], m., burgher, common citizen, bourgeois. bourse [burs], /., purse, stock ex- change. Bourse [burs],/., Stock Exchange (a beautiful edifice in Paris, erected 1808-1826 in imitation of the Temple of Vespasian, at Rome). bout [bu], m., end, extremity. bouteille [buteij], /., bottle. branche [bra:§],/., branch. boutique [butik],/., shop. boutonner [butone], to button. bracelet [brasle], m., bracelet. bras [bra], m., arm. Breton [brato], m., Breton, of Brit- tany. brave [braiv], adj., brave, good, kind. brillant [brija], adj., brilliant, gay. briller [brije], to shine. briser [brize], to break. brodequin [brotke], m., boot. bronze [brSiz], m., bronze. brosse a cheveux [bros a §av0], /., hair-brush. brosse a dents [bras a da], /., tooth-brush. brosser [brose], to brush. bruit [brtri], m., noise. buffet [byfe], m., sideboard. Buff on [byfo], m., Buff on (cele- brated French writer and natu- ralist [1707-1788], author of VHistoire Naturelle). bureau [byro], m., desk, office- desk, writing-table, office. but [by], m., object, end, aim. buvard [byvair], m., blotter; pa- pier — , blotting paper. ca [sa] dem. pron., that. ca [sa], adv., here; — et la, here and there, up and down, to and fro. cabinet [kabine], m., study, pri- vate room, office. cacher [ka§e], to hide, conceal. cacheter [ka$te], to seal. cadeau [kado], m., present, gift. cadet [kade] (/. cadette [kadet]), adj., younger, junior (of two). cafe [kafe], m., coffee; cafe; — chantant, music-hall (where drinks are served). cahier [kaje], m., note-book, caillou [kaju], m., pebble. caleche [kale$],/., barouche, calme [kalm], adj.. calm. calorifere [kabrifeir], m., stove, camarade [kamarad], m. or /.. comrade, mate; — de classe. classmate, campagne [kapaji], /., country. field; a la — , in the country. Canada [kanada], m., Canada, canape [kanape]. m., sofa, divan. candidat [kadida], m., candidate. canif [kanif], ;;;., penknife. Capetiens [kapesje], m. pi., Ca- petians (third race of kings of France, beginning with Hugucs Capet [987-1328]). capitaine [kapiten], m., captain. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 251 capitale [kapital], /., capital, chief city. capitonner [kapitone], to stuff, pad. car [ka:r], conj., for, because. caractere [karakteir], m., charac- ter, type. carafe [karaf], /., carafe, water- bottle. cardinal [kardinal], adj., cardinal, principal; points cardinaux, car- dinal points ; nombres cardinaux, cardinal numbers. carnaval [karnaval], m., carnival. Carolingiens [karole3Je], m. pi., Carolingians, Carlovingians {the second race of kings of France, which takes its name from Charlemagne. It reigned from Pepin le Bref through Louis V [751-987]). carte [kart],/., map, card. carte-postale [kart postal], /., pos- tal-card. cas [ka], m., case; au (en) — que, conj., in case that. casserole [kasrol], /., saucepan, stewpan, pot. caste [kast],/., caste. cathedrale [katedral],/., cathedral. Catherine de Medicis [katrin da medisiis],/., Catharine de' Me- dici {queen of France, wife of Henry II). cause [ko:z],/., cause; a — de, be- cause of. causer [koze], to cause; intr. to chat, talk, converse. causerie [kozri],/., talk, chat. cave [ka:v],/., cellar, wine-cellar. ce [so] {before vowels cet [set], /. cette [set]), dem. adj., this, that. ce [sa], dem. pron., this, that, these, those, it, he, she, they; — que [sa ka, ska], rel. pron., that which, what; — qui [sa ki, ski], rel. pron., that which, what. ceci [sasi], dem. pron., this. ceder [sede], to yield. cedille [sediij],/., cedilla. cela [sala, sla], dem. pron., that. celebre [seleibr], adj., celebrated, • famous. celle [sel], dem. pron. /., she, her, this, that. celle-ci [sel si], dem. pron. f., this one, the latter. celle-la [sella], dem. pron. f., that one, the former. celles [sel], see celle. celles-ci [sel si], see celle-ci. celles-la [sel la], see celle-la. celui [salqi], dem. pron. m., he, him, this, that. celui-ci [salqi si], dem. pron. m., this one, the latter. celui-la [salqi la], dem. pron. m., that one, the former. cent [sa], adj., (a) hundred. centaine [saten] (de),/., hundred, about a hundred. centime [satim], m., centime {the 100th part of a franc, about one fifth of a cent) . centre [saitr], m., center. cependant [sapada, spada], adv., however, nevertheless; in the meantime, meanwhile. ceremonial [seremonjal], m., cere- mony, etiquette. certain [serte], adj., certain, par- ticular, sure, positive. certainement [sertenma], adv., cer- tainly. certes [sert], adv., most assuredly. cerveau [servo], m., brain; rhume de — , cold in the head. ces [se], dem. adj., see ce. Cesar [seza:r], m., Caesar {Julius; celebrated Roman general [100—44 B. C.]). cesse [se:s],/., ceasing, rest. cesser [sese], to cease. cet [set], dem. adj., see ce. cette [set], dem. adj., see ce. ceux [so], dem. pron., see celui. ceux-ci [so si], dem. pron., see ce- lui-ci. ceux-la [so la], dem. pron., see ce- lui-la. chacun [§akce] (/. chacune [§akyn]), indef. pron., each, each one, every one. chagrin [§agre], m., grief, sorrow; shagreen, chagrin. 252 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY chair [$e:r],/., flesh. chaise [Se:z], /., chair; — a bas- cule [baskyl],/., rocking-chair. chaleur [Saloeir], /., heat. chambre [S&:br],/., chamber, room; — a coucher, bedroom, sleep- ing-room. Chambre des deputes [$a:br de depyte], /., Chamber of Depu- ties, House of Representatives (a building to the south of the Seine. Its facade fronting the Place de la Concorde is in the form of a Greek peristyle). chameau [$amo], m., camel. champetre [$ape:tr], adj., rural, rustic. Champs-Elysees, see avenue des Champs-Elysees. Change, see pont au Change. changeant [Sa3 ful. egal [egal], adj., equal. egalite [egalite],/., equality. eglise [egliiz],/., church; a 1' — , at church. eglise de St-Denis [egliiz da se dani],/., church of St-Denis (a cathedral church in the town of St-Denis, which lies to the north of Paris. It contains tombs of most of the French monarchs). egorger [egor3e], to cut the throat of, slaughter. eh! [e], inter j., ah! well! — bien! well (then)! Eiffel, see tour Eiffel. elegance [eleg&is], /., elegance. elegant [elega], adj., elegant, styl- ish. elephant [elefa], m., elephant. eleve [ele:v], m. or /., pupil, stu- dent {particularly of a second- ary school). elever [elve], to raise. elision [elizja], /., elision. elle [el], pers. pron., she, her, it. elle-meme [el me:m], pers. pron. /., herself. elles [el], pers. pron. f. pi., they, them. elles-memes [el meim], pers. pron. f. pi., themselves. eloigne [el wane], adj., remote, far. eloigner [elwane]: s' — , to move off, withdraw. embarquer [abarke]: s' — , to em- bark. embrasser [abrase], to kiss. emerveiller [emerveje], to astonish, amaze. emotion [emosjo],/., emotion. emouvant [emuva], adj., stirring, affecting. empecher [ape$e], to prevent, hinder. empereur [aprceir], m., emperor. emplacement [aplasma], m., site. emploi [aplwa], m., use, usage. employe [aplwaje], m., employe. employer [aplwaje], to use, employ. empoisonner [cipwazone], to poison. emportement [aportama], m., ex- travagance, excess. emporter [aparte], to carry (away), take (away). emprunter [aprcete), to borrow. emprunteur [aprdetcerr], m., bor- rower. emu [emy], adj., pp. of emouvoir, moved. en [a], pron. adv., of (from, etc.) it {or them), some, any; from there, thence. en [a], prep., in, into, to, of; — bas, adv., below, down-stairs; — haut. adv., above, up-stairs; — effet, adv., in fact. enchanter [o^ate], to enchant, de- light. encombrer [ak5bre], to obstruct, encumber, block (up). encore [akoir], adv., yet, still, again, also; — que. conj., although, though. encre [ci:kr], /., ink. encrier [akrie], m., inkstand. endroit [Sdrwa], m., place, spot. enfant [afa], m. or /., child; pi. ;«., children. enfantin [afate], adj., childish. enfin [afe], adv., finally, in short, at last. enfuir [afqi:r]: s' — , to flee. engagement [aga5ma], in., engage- ment, pawning, mortgage. engager [agase], to invite, urge. enivrant [anivrci], adj., intoxicat- ing. enjouement [asuma], /;/.. liveliness, jollity, light-heartedness. ennemi [enmi], ;;;., enemy. ennuyer [anqije], to weary, bore, worry ; s' — , to be wearied, bored. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 261 enregistrer [arsistre], {of baggage) to check. enrichir [ari$i:r], to enrich, adorn. enseigner [asepe], to teach. ensemble [asaibl], adv., together, at the same time. ensuite [asqit], adv., after, after- wards, then, in the next place. entendre [ata:dr], to hear; intend; — parler (de), to hear (of) {in the sense of Ho hear spoken [of]'). enthousiasme [atuzjasm], m., en- thusiasm, rapture. entier [atje] (/. entiere [atjeir]), adj., entire; tout — , whole, en- tire, in full. entourer [ature], to surround. entre [a:tr(a)], prep., between, among. entree [atre],/., entrance, entry. entrer [atre], to enter, go (come) in (dans is required before a fol- lowing noun). enumerer [enymere], to enumer- ate. envahir [avaiir], to invade. enveloppe [avlop],/., envelope. envelopper [avbpe], to wrap, muffle. envers [ave:r], prep., towards, to. envier [avje], to envy. environs [aviro], m. pi., environs, vicinity, country round. envoler [avole]: s' — , to fly away, take wing, disappear, vanish. envoyer [avwaje], irr, v., to send. epargne [eparn],/., savings. epaule [epoil],/., shoulder. eperdu [eperdy], adj., distracted, dismayed. eperdument [eperdyma], adv., dis- tractedly, passionately. epicier [episje], m., grocer. epingle [epergl],/., pin. epopee [epope],/., epic poem. epoque [epok], /., epoch, period, era. epouse [epu:z],/., wife. epouser [epuze], to marry. epouvante [epuvate], adj., terri- ^ fied. epoux [epu], m., husband. eprouver [epruve], to prove, try, feel, experience. epuiser [epqize]: s' — , to exhaust oneself, be exhausted, be lost. equipage [ekipa:3], m., crew {of a ship) . equivalent [ekivala], m., equiva- lent. erreur [ercerr],/., error. es [es], prep., in (the), of; bachelier — lettres, bachelor of letters; bachelier — sciences, bachelor of science. escalier [eskalje], m., staircase, stairs, flight of stairs. esclave [esklaiv], m. or /., slave. Espagne [espaji],/., Spain. espagnol [espapol], adj., Spanish. espece [espes], /., species, kind, sort. esperance [esperais],/., hope. esperer [espere], to hope, hope for. espoir [espwair], m., hope. esprit [espri], m., spirit, wit, mind. essayer [eseje], to try, test, try on. essuyer [esirije], to wipe (away). est [est], m., east. et [e], conj., and {the t of this word never makes the liaison). etablir [etabli:r], to establish, set- tle. etablissement [etablisma], m., es- tablishment, institution. etage [eta:3], m., story, floor {of a house). etat [eta], m., state; coup d' — , stroke of state; homme d' — , statesman. Etats-Unis [etaz yni], m. pi., Uni- ted States. ete [ete], m., summer. etendard [etadair], m., standard. eternel [eternel] ( /. eternelle [eter- nel]), adj., eternal. etiquette [etiket], /., ticket, label; etiquette. etoffe [etof], /., stuff; pi., stuffs, goods. etonner [etone], to astonish; s* — , to be astonished. etrange [etra:3], adj., strange. etre [e:tr], to be. 262 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY etudiant [etydja], m., student (particularly of a college or university) . etudiante [etydjait], /., student (particularly of a college or uni- versity) . etudier [etydje], to study. Europe [cerop], /., Europe. eux [0], pers. pron., m. pi. they, them. eux-memes [0 me:m], pers. pron. m. pi., themselves. eveiller [eveje], to awake, awaken; s' — , to wake up, awake. eventail [evata:j], m., fan. eviter [evite], to avoid. exact [egzakt], adj., exact. exactement [egzaktama], adv., ex- actly. examen [egzame], m., examination, inspection. examiner [egzamine], to examine, inspect. excellent [eksela], adj., excellent. excepte [eksepte], prep., except, save. exception [eksepsjo], /., exception. exclamation [eksklamasj5], /., ex- clamation. exclure [ekskly:r], irr. v., to ex- clude, debar. excursion [ekskyrsjo], /., excur- sion. excuse [ekskyiz],/., excuse, apolo- gy- excuser [ekskyze], to excuse. executer [egzekyte], to execute, carry out. exemple [egzaipl], m., example; par — , for instance; the idea! bless me! exercise [egzersis], m., exercise; — de lecture, reading exercise. exiger [egzi3e], to require, demand. existence [egzista:s], /., existence, life. expirant [ekspira], adj., expiring, dying. expliquer [eksplike] to explain. expression [ekspresjo], /., expres- sion. exprimer [eksprime], to express. exquis [ekski], adj., exquisite. extase [ekstaiz],/., ecstasy. extasier [ekstazje], to enrapture; s' — , to be enraptured, go into ecstasy (raptures). externe [ekstern], m. or /., day- scholar, externe. extreme [ekstre:m], adj., extreme. extremement [ekstremma], adv., extremely. fable [faibl],/., fable. facade [fasad], /., facade, front. face [fas], /., face; en — (de), opposite, in the presence of, before. face-a-main [fas a me], m., lor- gnette. fache [fa$e], adj., pp. of facher, sorry. facher [fa§ej, to displease, vex. facile [fasil], adj., easy. facon [faso], /., manner, way; de cette — , in this way ; de la meme — , in the same way; de — que, so that. facteur [faktceir], m., postman, letter-carrier; (railway) porter. faculte [fakylte], /., faculty; pro- fesseur de — , university pro- fessor. faillir [faji:r], irr. v., to fail, barely miss, come near. faim [fe], /., hunger; avoir — , to be hungry. faire [fe:r], to make, do, play the part of, study; — clair, to be clear; (se) — mal, to hurt (one- self) ; — de la neige, to be snowy, snow; — de la pluie, to be rainy, rain; — une promenade, to take a walk (drive, etc.); — du soleil, to be sunny; — un temps couvert, to be cloudy; — du vent, to be windy; — le tour de, to go round; — la cuisine, to cook. faisan [feza], m., pheasant. fait [fe(t)], m. } fact, act, deed. falloir [falwair], irr. v., to be ne- FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 263 cessary; il faut, it is necessary, one must. fameux [famo] (/. fameuse [fa- m0:z]), adj., famous. familier [familje] (/. familiere [fa- milje:r] adj., familiar. familierement [familjerma], adv., familiarly. famille [famiij],/., family, famine [famin], /., famine. farce [fars], /., farce; comedie , /., farce-comedy. fatiguer [fatige], to weary, tire; se — , to tire oneself, fauteuil [fotce:j], m., armchair, faux [fo], m., false, falseness; imi- tation, forgery. faux [fo] (/. fausse [fo:s]), adj., false; — col, (detachable) collar. faveur [favoeir],/., favor, favori [favori] (/. favorite [favo- rit]), adj., favorite. f eerie [feri], /., fairy-play, fairy- land. feld-marechal [fel mare$al], m., field-marshal. feler [fele], to crack. feliciter [felisite], to congratulate. femelle [femel], adj., female. feminin [femine], adj., feminine. femme [fam],/., woman, wife. fendre [fa:dr], to break, split; se — , to break, split. fenetre [foneitr],/., window. fer [fe:r], m., iron; chemin de — , railroad, ferme [ferm], /., farm. ferme [ferme], adj., closed. fermer [ferme], to close, shut. fermeture [fermotyir],/., fastening. feroce [feros], adj., ferocious, savage. fete [fe:t]/., holiday, fete, festivity. feter [fete], to entertain, treat. feu [{&), m., fire; au coin du — , by the fireside. feuille [fceij],/., leaf, fevrier [fevrie], m., February. fiacre [fjakr], m., cab, hack. fidele [fidel], adj., faithful. fier [fje:r] (/. fiere [fjeir]), adj., remarkable, rare, fine. fierement [fjerma], adv., proudly, fievre [fjeivr], /., fever; — scarla- tine, scarlet fever. figure [figyir],/., face, figure. fille [fi:j], /., daughter, girl {in this sense some adjective such as jeune or petite should precede). fils [fis], m., son. fin [fe], adj., elegant, choice, sharp, keen. fin [fe], /., end; a la — , at last, in the end, in fact. finesse [fines],/., refinement. final [final], adj., final, last. financier [finasje], m., financier. finir [finiir], to finish. fixement [fiksama], adv., fixedly. flaneur [flance:r], m., loiterer, saunterer, stroller. flatteur [flatceir], m., flatterer. Flaubert [flobeir], m., Flaubert (Gustave; French realistic novelist [1821-1880]). fleche [fle$],/., arrow. fleur [flce:r], /., flower. fiotter [flote], to float. foi [fwa],/., faith; par ma — , upon my word. fois [fwa],/., time {recurrence); a la — , at once, at the same time; une — , once; deux — , twice. follement [folma], adv., madly, foolishly. fonce [fose], adj., dark {of colors). fond [fo], m., bottom. fonder [fode], to found, establish. fontaine [foten],/., fountain. Fontainebleau, see chateau de Fontainebleau. force [fors],/., strength. foret [fore],/., forest. formation [formasjo],/., formation. forme [form],/., form. former [forme], to form, make. fort [fo:r], adj., strong, hard, severe. fort [fo:r], adv., very, very much, fortifier [fortifje], to fortify. fortune [fortyn],/., fortune. fortune [fortyne], adj., fortunate, happy. fosse [fos], /., pit, grave; — aux ours, bear pit. 264 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY fou [fu] {before vowels fol;/. folle), adj., mad, crazy. fourchette [fur$et], /., fork. fourmi [furmi],/., ant. fournir [furni:r], to furnish. fourniture [furnity:r],/., furnishing, supply. fourrure [fury:r],/., fur. fraction [fraksjo],/., fraction. frais [fre] (/. fraiche [fre:$]), adj., fresh, cool. franc [fra] (/. franche [fra:$]), adj., frank. franc [fra], m., franc {coin worth about 20 cents). francais [f rase], adj., French. Francais, m., Frenchman. France [frais],/., France. France [fra:s] (la),/., the "France" {the largest steamer of the Trans- atlantic Co.). Francois I er [fraswa pramje], m., Francis First {king of France, b. 1494, d. 1547)- Francois Villon [fraswa vijo], m., see Villon. f rapper [frape], to strike, knock. Frederic [frederik], m., Frederick. frequenter [frekate], to frequent, resort to. frere [freir], m., brother. froid [frwa], m., cold; avoir — , to be cold {of persons); faire — , to be cold {of the weather). Froissart [frwasair], m., Froissart {Jean; French historian of the XIV th century, b. 1337, d. about 1410). froisse [frwase], adj., crushed, hurt. froisser [frwase], to crush, crumple; offend. fromage [froma:3], m., cheese. front [fro], m., forehead, brow, front. frotter [frote], to rub. fruit [friii], m., fruit. fruitier [frytje], adj., fruit, fruit- bearing. fruitier [frytje], m., fruiterer, green- grocer. fuir [fqi:r], irr. v., to flee, fly, es- cape. fuite [fqit],/., flight; mettre en — , to put to flight. fumer [fyme], to smoke. funeste [fynest], adj., fatal, dis- astrous. fusil [fyzi], m., gun. futur [fytyir], m., future (tense); — anterieur, future anterior. gagner [gajie], to gain, overtake, get the better of. gai [ge], adj., gay, lively, merry. gaiete [gete], /., gayety, merri- ment, mirth. galant [gala], adj., gallant, polite, graceful. galanterie [galcitri],/., gallantry. gant [ga], m., glove. garcon [gars5], m., boy. garde [gard],/., guard, care. gare [ga:r],/., station. Gare St-Lazare [ga:r se laza:r], /., St-Lazare Station {one of the largest stations of Paris, the place of arrival of all trains from Le Havre). gateau [gato], m., cake. gauche [go:§], adj., left, awkward; a. — , at (to) the left. Gautier [gotje], m., Gautier {Theo- phile; French poet [1811-1872]). geler [sale], to freeze. gelinotte [solinot],/., hazel-grouse. gener [3cne], to trouble, incon- venience. general [seneral], adj., general; en — , in general. generalement [seneralma], adv., generally, usually. genitif [senitif], m., genitive. genou [sanu], ;;;., knee. genre [5a:r], m., kind, sort, style, gender. gens [5a, 5&:s], m. pi. {may be f. pi. when variable adjective precedes), people, persons, men; jeunes — , m. pi., young men. gentil [5a'ti:j] (/. gentille [3ati:j], adj., nice, pretty, kind. gentilhomme [5atijom] {pi. gen- FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 265 tilshommes [3atizom]), m., gen- tleman, nobleman. George(s) [30^], m., George. gilet [3ile], m., waistcoat, vest. glace [glas],/., ice; mirror. glisser [glise], to slip, slide, glide. gloire [glwair], /., glory. glorieux [gbrjo] (/. glorieuse [gb- rjoiz]), adj., proud. gomme [gam],/., gum; — elastique [gom elastik],/., rubber, eraser. gorge [gor3],/., throat. gouffre [gufr], m., gulf, pit. gout [gu], m., taste, liking. goutte [gut],/., drop. gouverner [guverne], to govern. grace [grais],/., grace, charm. gracieux [grasjo] (/. gracieuse [grasjoiz]), adj., gracious. grain [gre], m., grain, seed. grammaire [grameir], /., gram- mar. grammatical [gramatikal], adj., grammatical. grand [gral, adj., great, large, tall. grandir [gradiir], to grow, increase. grand'mere [grameir], /., grand- mother. grand-parent (s) [gra para], m., grandparent(s). grand-pere [grapeir], m., grand- father. Grands Magasins du Louvre [gra magaze dy Luivr], m. pi., com- monly called "the Louvre" {one of the great department stores of Paris, on the " Rive Droite," near the Palais du Louvre). gras [gra] (/. grasse [grais]), adj., fat, greasy. gratitude [gratityd], /., gratitude. gratuit [gratiii], adj., gratuitous, free, without charge. grave [graiv], adj., grave. grec [grek] (/. grecque [grek]), adj., Greek. greler [grele], to hail. grelotter [grabte], to shiver. griser [grize], to intoxicate. gronder [grSde], to scold. gros [gro] (/. grosse [grois]), adj., big, large, great, coarse. groupe [grup], m., group, grouper [grupe], to group. guere [ge:r], adv., hardly, scarcely. gueridon [gerido], m., round table, stand. guerir [geri:r], to cure, heal, guerre [ge:r],/., war. guichet [gi$e], m., ticket- window, small window. Guignol [gijiol], m., Punch and Judy show. Guy de Labrosse, see Labrosse. habiller [abije], to clothe; s' — , to dress (oneself). habit [abi], m., coat, dress-coat; pi. clothes; — noir, dress-coat. habitant [abita], m., inhabitant. habitude [abityd],/., habit, haleine [alen],/., breath. Halevy [alevi], m., Halevy (Lu- dovic; French dramatist and nov- elist [18 34-1 908]). 'halle [al], /., market; — aux vins, wine market. 'hanche [a:$],/., hip. harmonie [armoni],/., harmony. 'hasard [azair], m., chance. 'hate [a:t], /., haste; a. la — , in a hurry, in haste. 'hater [ate], to hasten, hurry; se — , to make haste, hurry. 'haut [o], adj., high, tall, lofty, loud; (chapeau) — de forme, high (hat), silk (hat); en — , above, up-stairs. 'haut [o], m., top. 'hautement [otma], adv., aloud; resolutely, proudly. 'Havre [a:vr] (le), m., Havre (the principal port in the north of France). 'he [e], inter j., I say! ha! hectare [ektair], m., hectare (ten thousand square meters). 'hein [§], inter j., eh! helas [elais], inter j., alas! Henri [ari] (sometimes prevents liaison and elision), m., Henry. Henri H [ari do], m., Henry 266 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY Second (king of France, b. 151Q, d. 1559)' Henri III [ari trwa], m., Henry Third (king of France, b. 1551, d. 1589. Third son of Henry II and Catharine de' Medici, and the last of the Valois line). Henri IV [ari katr], m., Henry- Fourth (king of France, b. 1553, d. 1610). Heredia [eredja], m., Heredia (Jose Maria de; French poet [1 842-1 905]). Hermes [ermes], m., Hermes. heroiquement [eroikma], adv., he- roically. hesiter [ezite], to hesitate. heure [ce:r],/., hour, time, o'clock; de bonne — , early. heureusement [cerozma], adv., for- tunately, happily, luckily. heureux [cero] ( /. heureuse [oe- ro:z]), adj., happy, fortunate. 'hibou [ibu], m., owl. hier [je:r], adv., yesterday (preced- ing elision and liaison optional). 'hierarchie [jerar$i], /., hierarchy. bistoire [istwa:r],/., history, story. historien [istorje], m., historian. historique [istorik], adj., historical. hiver [iveir], m., winter. hommage [oma:3], m., homage, respect (usually used in the plural) . homme [om], m., man. homme-affiche [om afi$], m., sand- wich-man (for advertising) . honnetete [onette], /., kindness, civility. honneur [onoeir], m., honor; faire — a, to honor. 'honte [5:t], /., shame; avoir — (de), to be ashamed (of). 'honteux [oto] (/. { honteuse[5t0:z]), adj., ashamed. hopital [opital], m., hospital. horloge [orlo:3],/., clock (especially of a tower) . horrible [oribl], adj., horrible. 'hors [o:r], prep., out of, beyond. 'hors-d'oeuvre [or dceivr]. m., side- dish. note [o:t], m., host; guest; inhabi- tant, tenant. hotel [otel], m., hotel, mansion. hotel de Cluny [otel da klyni], m., hotel de Cluny (a beautiful late Gothic edifice in Paris, occupy- ing the site of an ancient Roman palace. Contains a valuable col- lection of antiquities). hotel des Invalides [otel dez eva- lid], m., Soldiers' Home (founded by Louis XIV and constructed 1 671-167 5). hotel du Ministere [otel dy mi- nister], m., Ministry, offices of the Ministry. hotel de Ville [otel do vil], m., City Hall (one of the finest edi- fices of Paris) . hotel-Dieu [otel djo], m., hospital (the principal hospital of a town). Hotel-Dieu [otel djo], m., Hospital (the most ancient hospital in Paris, and perhaps in Europe, founded in 660, under Clovis II. Reconstructed 1 868-1 878). Hugo [ygo], m., Hugo (Victor; celebrated French poet and novel- ist, chief of the romanticists [1802-188 5]). huile [iril], /., oil. 'huit [iiit], adj., eight. 'huitieme [qitjem], adj.. eighth. humain [yme], adj.. human. humble [ce:bl], adj., humble. humide [ymid], adj., humid, moist. humiliant [ymiljci] , adj. , humiliating. 'Huns [de] (les), m. pi., the Huns (a barbaric tribe that ravaged the Roman empire in the jth cen- tury and disappeared at tlie death of their chief, Attila, 453). ici [isi], adv., here; par — , adv.. here, this way; jusqu'ici, as far as here, until now, before. idealiste [idealist], adj., idealistic. idee [ide],/., idea. idiomatique [idjomatik], adj., idio- matic. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 267 ignorance [inora:s],/., ignorance. il [il], pers. pron. m., he, it. ile [il],/., island. ile de la Cite [il do la site] {or la Cite), /., lit. Island of the city {the most ancient part of Paris, the larger of the two islands in the Seine). illusion [ilyzjo],/., illusion. illustration [ilystrasjo], /., illustra- tion, elevation, aggrandizement. illustrer [ilystre], to illustrate, make illustrious. ils [il], pers. pron. m. pi., they. image [ima:3], /., picture; livre d' — s, picture-book. imaginatif [ima3inatif (/. imagi- native [ima3inati:v]), adj., ima- ginative. imaginer [ima3ine]: s' — , to ima- gine. imitation [imitasjo],/., imitation. immediat [imedja], adj., imme- diate. immodere [imodere], adj., im- moderate. immortel [imortel] (/. immortelle [imortel]), adj., immortal. imparfait [eparfe], m., imperfect (tense). impatience [epasjais], /., impa- tience. imperatif [eperatif], m., impera- tive (mode). impersonnel [epersonel] (/. im- personelle [epersonel]), adj., im- personal. impetuosite [epetqozite], /., im- petuosity, force. important [eporta], adj., important. importer [eporte], to be of impor- tance; n'importe, it doesn't matter. imposant [epoza], adj., imposing, stately. impossible [eposibl], adj., impos- sible. impression [epresjo],/., impression. impressioner [epresjone], to im- press. imprevoyance [eprevwajais], /., improvidence. imprimer [eprime], to print. impur [epy:r], adj., impure. inapercu [inapersy], adj., unper- ceived, unseen. inaugurer [inogyre], to inaugurate. incertitude [esertityd], /., uncer- tainty. inconstant [ekosta], adj., incon- stant, changeable. indefini [edefini], adj., indefinite; passe — , past indefinite (tense). indicateur [edikatceir], m., guide, time-table. indicatif [edikatif], m., indicative. indication [edikasjo],/., indication; a titre d' — , for reference. indigner [edijie], to make indig- nant. indiquer [edike], to indicate, show, point out. indirect [edirekt], adj., indirect; complement — , indirect object. inestimable [inestimabl], adj., in- estimable. inferieur [eferjce:r], adj., inferior, lower. inferiorite [eferjorite], /., inferior- mfini [efini], adj., infinite. infinitif [efini tif], m., infinitive. injurier [e3yrje], to abuse, insult. innocence [inosais],/., innocence. inquiet [ekje] (/. inquiete [ekjet]), adj., uneasy. installer [estale], to install, settle. instant [esta], m., instant. instinct [este], m., instinct. instituteur [estitytcerr], m., teacher {in a primary school) . institution [estitysjo],/., institution. institutrice [estitytris], /., teacher {in a primary school). instruction [estryksjo], /., instruc- tion. insurmontable [esyrmotabl], adj., insurmountable. intact [etakt], adj., intact, sound, undamaged. intelligent [eteli3 get up. liaison [ljezo],/., linking, liaison. liberte [liberte], /., liberty, free- dom. lie [lje], adj., pp. 0/lier, 'to unite,' intimate. lieu [IJ0], m., place; avoir — , to take place; au — de, prep., in- stead of. lieutenant [ljotna], m., lieutenant. ligne [lip],/., line. Ligue [lig] (la), /., the Ligue (a confederation of Catholics under the due de Guise, in 1576, to over- throw Henry III and prevent the accession of Henry IV by putting one of the Guises on the throne). lilas [lila], adj., lilac (-colored). linge [le:3], m., linen. lingerie [l§3ri], /., linen goods. lion [ljo], m., lion. lire [li:r], irr. v., to read. lit [li], m., bed, bedstead. litteraire [litere:r], adj., literary. litterature [literatyir], /., litera- ture. livre [livr],/., pound. livre [livr], m., book. livree [livre],/., livery. locution [bkysj5], /., locution, phrase. loge [b:3],/., lodge, box, room. logement [b3ma], m., lodging. loger [lose], to lodge. loin [lwe], adv., far, far off; — que, conj., far from. lointain [lwete], m., distance. Loire [lwa:r] (la), /., the Loire {river in France). Londres [loidr], m., London. long [15] (/. longue [lo:g]), adj., long. longtemps [lota], adv., long, a long while. longueur [I5gce:r],/., length. lorsque [brska, lorsk], conj., when. louer [lwe], to rent, let. louis [lwi], m., louis (an old French gold coin worth about $4.60). Louis [lwi], ;;?., Louis, Lewis. Louis IX [lwi ncef], m., Louis Ninth (called 'St- Louis,' king of France, b. 1215, d. 1270). Louis XHI [lwi tre:z], m., Louis Thirteenth (king of France, b. 1601, d. 1643). Louis XTV [lwi katorz], m., Louis Fourteenth (called l le Grand,' king of France, b. 1638, d. 17 15). Louis XVI [lwi se:z], m., Louis Six- teenth (king_ of France, b. 1754, guillotined in 17 Q3). Louis-Philippe [lwi filip], m., Louis Philippe (king of France, b. 1773, d. 1850). lourd [lu:r], adj., heavy, close. Louvre, see musee du Louvre, palais du Louvre, and quai du Louvre. lui [kri], pers. pron. m. or f. he, him, to him; her, to her; it, to it. lui-meme [lip me:m], pers. pron. m., himself. luisant [lqiza], adj., shining. lundi [lcedi], ;;/., Monday. lustre [lystr], m., chandelier. Lutece [lytes], /., Lutetia (now Paris). luxe [lyks], m., luxury. Luxembourg, sec jardin du Luxem- bourg, musee du Luxembourg, and palais du Luxembourg. lycee [lise] , m . , high-school, lyceum. lyrique [lirik], adj., lyric, lyrical. M m', see me. ma [ma], poss. adj. /., see mon. madame [madam], /., madam, Mrs. Madeleine [madlen] (la), /., the Madeleine (an imposing church of Roman style of architecture, fronting the RueRoyale, in Paris). mademoiselle [madmwazel], /., miss. magasin [magaze], m., store, shop; — de nouveautes, dry-goods store. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 271 magnifique [majiifik], adj., magnif- icent. mai [me], m., May. main [me],/., hand. maint [me], adj., many (a). maintenant [metna], adv., now. mais [me], conj., but, why. maison [mezo], /., house, home; a la — , at home. maitre [meitr], m., master, teacher. majeste [ma3este],/., majesty. majuscule [ma3yskyl], adj., {of letters) capital. majuscule [ma3yskyl], /., capital, capital letter. mal [mal], adv., badly, ill. mal [mal] {pi. maux [mo]), m., evil, harm, sickness, pain; — de mer, seasickness; avoir le — de mer, to be seasick. malade [malad], adj., sick, ill. malade [malad], m., sick man. male [mail], adj., male. malgre [malgre], prep., in spite of, notwithstanding; — que, conj., in spite of the fact that, not- withstanding that. malheur [malce:r], m., misfor- tune. malheureux [malcere] (/. mal- heureuse [malcerarz]), adj., un- fortunate, unlucky, unhappy. malin [male] (/. maligne [maliri]), adj., sly. malle [mal],/., trunk. manchette [ma$et],/., cuff. manchot [md§o], adj., one-handed, one-armed. manger [ma3e], to eat. maniere [manje:r], /., manner, ■ way; de — que, conj., so that. manif ester [manifeste], to show. manquer [make], to fail, be lack- ing, miss. mansarde [masard], /., attic. manteau [mato], m., cloak. manuscrit [manyskri], m., manu- script. marbre [marbr], m., marble. marchand [ma^a], m., merchant. marchander [mar$ade], to bargain, haggle. marche [mar§e], m., market, bar- gain; (a) bon — , cheap. marcher [mar$e], to march. mardi [mardi], m., Tuesday. mari [mari], m., husband. Marie [mari],/., Mary. Marie Antoinette [mari atwanet], /., Marie Antoinette {Queen of France, wife of Louis XVI, guil- lotined in 1793). marier [marje], to marry; se — (a or avec), to marry, be married (to). Marivaux [marivo], m., Marivaux {Pierre Carlet de Chamblain de; celebrated French dramatist and novelist {1688-176 3]). marquer [marke], to mark. marquise [marki:z], /., marchion- ess. marronnier[maronje], m., (French) chestnut-tree. mars [mars], m., March. Martyr, see rue des Martyrs. masculin [maskyle], adj., mascu- line. massacre [masakr], m., massacre. matelot [matlo], m., sailor. mathematiques [matematik],/. pi., mathematics. Mathilde [matild],/., Matilda. matiere /., matter; table des — s, table of contents. matin [mate], m., morning. matinal [matinal], adj., early. Maupassant [mopasa], m., Mau- passant {Guy de; French novelist [i8 5 o 7 i8 93 \)- mausolee [mozole],w., mausoleum. mauvais [move], adj., bad. me [ma, m], pers. pron., me, to me. medecin [metse], m., doctor. medecine [metsin],/., medicine. Meilhac [melak], m., Meilhac {Hen- ri; French dramatist, wrote often in collaboration with Halevy [1832-1897]). meilleur [mejce:r], adj., better; le — , best. meler [mele], to mix, mingle; se — (a), to be mingled (with); se — (de), to meddle (with). 272 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY melodrame [melodram], m., melo- drama. membre [ma:br] , m. , member, limb. meme [me:m], adj., same, self, very, even. meme [me:m], adv., even; de — que, the same as. Memphis [mans], m-., Memphis {capital of ancient Egypt) . menage [mena:3], m., housework, housekeeping. menager [mena3e], to save. menagerie [mena3ri],/., menagerie. mener [mane], to lead, take. mentir [mati:r], irr. v., to lie. menton [mato], m., chin. mepris [mepri], m., scorn. mer [me:r], /., sea, ocean; mal de — , seasickness; avoir le mal de — , to be seasick; se mettre en — , to go to sea. merci [mersi], adv., thanks, thank you; no thank you (when used alone it commonly has a negative meaning) . mercredi [merkrodi], m., Wednes- day. mere [me:r],/., mother. Merimee [merime], m., Merimee (Prosper; French novelist [1803- 1870]). merveille [merveij], /., marvel. merveilleux [mervejo] (/. mer- veilleuse [mervejoiz]), adj., mar- velous. mes [me], poss. adj. pi. m. and f., see mon. mesdames [medam], /. pi., see madame. mesdemoiselles [medmwazel], /. pi., see mademoiselle. messieurs [mesjo], m. pi., see monsieur. metre [metr], m., meter. metropolitan! [metropolis], m., (metropolitan) subway, (one of the Parisian underground rail- ways) . mettre [metr], irr. v., to put, put on, place, set; — a l'heure, to set (of timepieces) ; se — , to put on; se — (a), to begin (to). meuble [moebl], m., piece of furni- ture. meubler [mceble], to furnish. meurtrir [mcertriir], to bruise. meurtrissure [mcertrisyir], /., bruise. Mexique [meksik] (le), m., Mexi- co. midi [midi], m., noon, south. miel [mjel], m., honey. mien [mje], poss. pron. m., mine, my own. mienne [mjen], poss. pron. /., mine, my own. mieux [mjo], adv., better; aimer — , to prefer; tant — , so much the better. mil [mil], adj., (a) thousand. milieu [miljo], m., middle, center; au — de, in the midst of; au beau — , in the very middle, right in the midst. militaire [milite:r], adj., military. mille [mil], adj., (a) thousand. milliard [miljair], ;»., billion. millier [milje], m., thousand, about a thousand. million [milj5], ;»., million. ministere [ministerr], m., depart- ment, board, ministry. ministre [ministr], m., minister. minuit [minqi], m., midnight. minuscule [minyskyl], adj., small, lower-case. minuscule [minyskyl], /., small letter, lower-case letter. minute [minyt],/., minute. miracle [miraikl], m., miracle, miracle-play (drama represent- ing, as a rule, a miraculous inter- vention of the Virgin). miroir [mirwair], m., mirror, look- ig-glass. miserable [mizerabl], adj., miser- able. misere [mizeir],/., wretchedness. mobilier [mobilje], »/., furniture. mode [mod], /., fashion, mode, way, manner; a la — , fashion- able. mode [mod], /;/., mode, mood. moderne [modern], adj., modern. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 273 modeste [modest], adj., modest. modifier [modifje], to modify. mceurs [moers], /. pi., morals, manners. moi [mwa], pers. pron., I, me, to me. moi-meme [mwa me:m], pers. pron., myself. moindre [mwe:dr], adj., less, lesser; le — , least. moins [mwe], adv., less; au (or du) — , adv., at least; de — en — , less and less; — ... (et) — , the less . . . the less; d'autant — , the less . . .; a — que, conj., unless. mois [mwa], m., month. moitie [mwatje], /., half; a — , half. Moliere [moljeir], m., Moliere (pseudonym of J ean-B aptiste Poquelin; illustrious French dramatic author [1622-167 3]). moment [moma], m., moment; en ce — , now, at present. mon [mo], poss. adj. m., my. monde [moid], m., world, people; tout le — , everyone, everybody. monnaie [mone], /., money, coin, change; piece de — , coin; pa- pier — , paper money. monsieur [mosjo], m., Mr., sir; gentleman. montagne [motan],/., mountain. Montaigne [motajij, m., Montaigne (Michel de; French essayist montant [mota], adj., high (of collars). Montbard [mobair], Montbard (small town, northwest of Dijon, France) . Mont-Blanc [m5 bla] (le), m., Mont Blanc (a lofty mountain in France). monter [mote], intr., to go up, mount, climb; enter; tr., to carry up. Montesquieu [moteskjo], m., Mon- tesquieu (Charles de Secondat, baron de la Bride et de; celebrated French prose writer [i68g-i?53]) . montre [moitr],/., watch. montrer [motre], to show. monument [monymu], m., monu- ment, structure. moquer [moke]: se — de, to make fun of. moraliste [moralist], m., moralist. moralite [moralite], /., morality; morality-play (comic- play with moral intention). morceau [morso], m., piece, bit. mordre [mordr], to bite, gnaw. morne [morn], adj., gloomy, de- jected, depressed. mort [mo:r],/., death. mortel [mortel], m., mortal. mot [mo], m., word. mou [mu] (before vowels mol [mol], /. molle [mol]), adj., soft. mouche [mu$],/., fly. mouchoir [mu§wa:r], m., handker- chief. mourir [muriir], irr. v., to die. mouvement [muvma], m., move- ment. moyen [mwaje] (/. moyenne [mwajen]), adj., mean, average; le — age, the Middle Ages. moyen [mwaje], m., means. muet [mqet] (/. muette [mqet]), adj., dumb, mute, silent. mugir [my3i:r], to groan. multiplicatif [myltiplikatif ] ( /. multiplicative [myltiplikatiiv]), adj., multiplicative. multiplier [myltiplie], to multi- ply. multitude [myltityd] , /. , multitude. municipal [mynisipal] (m. pi. mu- nicipaux [mynisipo]), adj., mu- nicipal, town. mur [myr], m., wall. muraille [nryraij],/., wall. murmure [myrmy:r], m., murmur. murmurer [myrmyre], to murmur. musee [myze], m., museum. musee du Louvre [myze dy luivr], m., Louvre museum (of Paris; the greatest museum of painting, sculpture, antiquities , etc., in the world). musee du Luxembourg [myze dy 274 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY lyksdbu:r], m., Luxembourg mu- seum (a famous collection of painting and sculpture by con- temporary artists. It occupies a building to the west of the Luxembourg Palace, in Paris). musique [myzik],/., music, band. Musset [myse], m., Musset (Al- fred de; French poet [1810-1857]). mutuellement [mytqelma], adv., mutually. mystere [miste:r], m., mystery, mystery-play (dramatic represen- tation of some event taken from the Bible or from the lives of the saints). N n', see ne. naif [naif] (/. naive [nai:v]), adj., artless, ingenuous. naissance [nesais], /., birth. naitre [ne:tr], irr. v., to be born. Naples [napl], /., Naples. Napoleon I er [napoleo promje], m., . Napoleon First (Bonaparte; em- peror of France, b. 1769 at Ajac- cio, Corsica, d. 1821 at St. He- lena). nappe [nap],/., table-cloth. nasal [nazal], adj., nasal. natif [natif] (/. native [natiiv]), adj., native. nation [nasjo],/., nation. national [nasjonal], adj., national. nature [natyir],/., nature. naturel [natyrel] (/. naturelle [natyrel]), adj., natural. naufrage [nofra:3], m., shipwreck. ne [no, n], adv., not; — ... aucun, not any; — ... guere, scarcely, hardly; — ... jamais, never; — . . . ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor; — ... mil, not any; — ... pas, not, no; — . . . personne, no- body, no one; — ... plus, no more, no longer; — ... point, not at all; — ... que, only; — . . . rien, nothing. ne [ne], pp. of naitre, born. neanmoins [neamwe], adv., never- theless. necessaire [nesese:r], adv., neces- sary. necessiteux [nesesito] (/. neces- siteuse [nesesitoiz]), adj., needy. negatif [negatif ] ( /. negative [neg- atiiv]), adj., negative. negation [negasjo], /., negation, neige [ne:3], /., snow; faire de la — , to be snowy, snow. neiger [ne3e], to snow. net [net] (/. nette [net]), adj., clean, neat; mettre au — , to make a fair copy (of). neuf [ncef] (/. neuve [noe:v]), adj., new (in the sense of 'recently made,^ while nouveau often means 1 another '). neuf [ncef], adj., nine, neuvieme [ncevjem], adj., ninth, neveu [novo], m., nephew. New York [nee jork],/., New York. nez [ne], m., nose; se rire au — , to laugh at oneself. ni [ni], conj., neither, nor. nickel [nikel], m., nickel. Nicole [nikol],/., Nicole. niece [njes], /., niece. nier [nje], to deny. nipper [nipe], to fit out. noctambule [noktabyl], adj., noc- tambulistic. Noel [noel], m., Christmas; arbre de — , Christmas tree; le bon- homme de — , Santa Claus. noir [nwa:r], adj., black, dark; tableau — , blackboard, nom [no], m., noun, name; — commun, common noun; — compose, compound noun; — propre, proper noun, nombre [n5:br], ;;/., number; — s cardinaux, cardinal numbers, nommer [nome], to name, call; se — , to be called, non [no], adv., no; — plus, nor . . . either; je pense que — . I think not; — que, conj., not that; — pas que. conj., not that. nonobstant que [nonopsta ka], conj., notwithstanding that, nord [no:r], m. t north. nord-est [nor est], m., northeast. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 275 Normands [norma] (les), the Nor- mans {descendants of the North- men or Scandinavians, who settled in France in the gth and ioth centuries) . nos [no], poss. adj. pi., see notre. notable [notabl], adj., notable. notre [notra, notr, not], poss. adj., our. Notre Dame [notr (a) dam], /., Notre Dame (the metropolitan church of Paris. In the tie de la Cite). notre [no:tr], poss. pron., ours, our own. nous [nu], pers. pron. pi., we, us, to us. nous-memes [nu me:m], pers. pron. pi., ourselves. nouveau [nuvo] (before vowels nouvel [nuvel], /. nouvelle [nu- vel]), adj., new, another; de — , again. nouveaute [nuvote], /., novelty; magasin de — s, dry-goods store. novembre [novaibr], m., Novem- ber. nuage [nqaiz], m., cloud. nuit [nip],/., night. mil [nyl] (/. nulle [nyl]), adj. pron., no, not any; nulle part, adv., nowhere, (not) anywhere. numeral [nymeral], adj., numeral. numerateur [nymeratce:r], m., nu- merator. numero [nymero], m., number. O 6 [o, ox], O! oh! obeir [obei:r] (a), to obey. objet [ob3e], m., object, article. obligation [obligasjo], /., obliga- tion. obligatoire [obligatwa:r], adj., ob- ligatory, compulsory. obligeance [obli3a:s], /., kindness. obliger [obli3e], to oblige, compel. observer [opserve], to observe. obstacle [opstakl], m., obstacle. obtenir [opteniir], irr. v., to ob- tain. occasion [okazjo], /., occasion, opportunity. occupe [okype], adj., busy, con- cerned. occuper [okype], to occupy, busy, concern; — de, to concern with. octobre [oktobr], m., October. odeur [odceir],/., odor, smell. odieux [odjo] (/. odieuse [odjoiz]), adj., odious, obnoxious. ceil [ce:j], m., eye. ceuvre [ceivr], /., work (especially of an author) . omciel [ofisjel] (/. officielle [ofisjel]), adj., official. officier [ofisje], m., officer. offrir [ofrixr], to offer. oh [o], inter j., O! oh! oiseau [wazo], m., bird. ombrage [obra3e], adj., pp. of ombrager, shady, shaded. ombrager [ombra3e], to shade. ombre [o:br], /., shade, shadow. omettre [ometr], irr. v., to omit. omission [omisjo], /., omission. on [5], indef. pron., one (often rendered in English by l you,' 'we,' l they,' 'people,' or by the passive construction. Often writ- ten Von) . oncle [o:kl], m., uncle. ongle [oxgl], m., nail. onze [o:z], adj., eleven (does not permit elision or liaison.) onzieme [ozjem], adj., eleventh (does not permit elision or liaison). opera [opera], m., opera, opera- house. Opera, see avenue de l'Opera, place de l'Opera. opera-boufife [opera buf], w.,opera- bouffe (farcical comic operetta). opera-comique [opera komik], m., opera-comique (opera in which the dialogue is usually spoken and which generally ends happi- ly. Some of the more recent operas-comiques resemble closely grand operas). oppose [opoze], adj., opposite. or [o:r], m., gold; piece d' — , gold piece. 276 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY orage [ora:3], m., storm. oral [oral], adj., oral. orange [ora:3], /., orange. oranger [ora3e], m., orange-tree. Orcan [orka], m., Orcan (charac- ter in Voltaire's Zadig). ordinaire [ordineir], adj., ordinary, usual; a V — , adv., ordinarily. ordinal [ordinal], adj., ordinal. ordonner [ordone], to order. ordre [ordr], m., order. ordure [ordyir],/., rubbish, sweep- ings. oreille [ore:j],/., ear. organe [organ], m., organ. orgueilleux [orgcejo] (/. orgueil- leuse [orgoejoiz]), adj., proud. oriental [orjatal], adj., oriental. original [ori3inal], adj., original. origine [ori3in], /., origin, source, beginning. Orleans, see Charles d'Orleans. orthographique [ortografik], adj., orthographical. oser [oze], to dare, venture. oter [ote], to remove. ou [u], conj., or. oh [u], adv., where, to which, at which, in which, etc.; d' — , whence. oublier [ublie], to forget. ouest [west], m., west. oui [wi], adv., yes (does not permit elision or liaison). ours [urs], m., bear. ouvert [uve:r], adj., pp. of ouvrir, open. ouvrir [uvrur], in. v., to open. page [pa:3],/., page (of a book). page [pa:5], m., page (person). Pailleron [pajoro], m. t Pailleron (Edouard; French dramatic writer [1834-1899]). pain [pe], m., bread, loaf; petit — , roll, paire [pe:r], /., pair, paisible [pezibl], adj., peaceful, palais [pale], m., palace, court of justice. palais de justice [pale do 3ystis], m., court of justice, law-court (a vast structure replacing the primitive palace of the kings of France. In the ile de la Cite). palais du Louvre [pale dy luivr], m., called also le Louvre (a vast palace between the Rue de Rivoli and the Seine. The most im- portant monument in Paris, on account of its architecture and the splendid museum it contains). palais du Luxembourg [pale dy lyksabuir], m., Luxembourg Pal- ace (a palace in Paris, on the left bank of the Seine. Con- structed for Marie de' Medicis, 161J-1620. The French Senate occupies it now). palais du Trocadero [pale dy tro- kadero], m., palais du Troca- dero (a palace of oriental style, constructed in 1878 in the park of the same name, Paris. It con- tains some remarkable collec- tions). Palais-Royal [pale rwajal], m., Pa- lais-Royal (a palace in Paris, built [1629-1634] by Richelieu). pali [pali], adj., grown pale. palir [pali:r], to grow pale. palme [palm]./., palm. panier [panje]. m., basket. pantalon [patalo], m., pantaloons, trousers. Pantheon [pateo], m.. Pantheon (an imposing temple used as a mausoleum for the great men of France). pantoufle [pfitufl],/., slipper. papier [papje], m., paper; — a lettre. letter paper; — buvard, blotting paper; monnaie, paper money. paquebot [pakbo], m., packet, steamer. paquet [pake], m., package, parcel. par [pair], prep., by. through, from; — ici. adv., here, this way; — la. adv.. there, that way. paraifre [pare.'tr], irr. v.. to appear, seem. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 277 pare [park], m., park. parce que [pars (a) ko], conj., be- cause, for. par-dessus [par dosy] , prep. , above, over. pardessus [pardgsy], m., overcoat. pardon [pardo], m., pardon. pardonner [pardone] (a), to par- don, forgive. pareil [pare:j] (/. pareille [pareij]), adj., like, alike, similar, such. parent [para], m., relative; pi. parents, relatives; grand (s) [gra para], m., grandparent(s). parente [parent],/., relative. parer [pare], to adorn, dress, deck (out). parfait [parfe], adj., perfect. parfait [parfe], m., perfect (tense). parfaitement [parfetma], adv., per- fectly. parfois [parfwa], adv., sometimes. parfum [parfce], m., perfume. parfume [parfyme], adj., perfumed. Paris [pari], m., Paris (capital of France. Population about three million) . parisien [parizje] (/. parisienne [parizjen]), adj., Parisian. parler [parle], to speak. parmi [parmi], prep., among, amidst. Parnassiens [parnasje], m. pi., Parnassians {name given to a group of French poets of about the middle of the XlXth cen- tury. They aimed to suppress emotion and to excel in form) . parole [parol], /., word, speech, promise. paroxysme [paroksism], m., cli- max. part [pair], /., part, share, side; a — , adv., apart; nulle — , adv., nowhere; quelque — , adv., some- where; de ma — , from me. parti [parti], m., part, resolution, course; prendre son — , to make up one's mind, resign oneself. participe [partisip], m., participle. partie [parti], /., part, party; en grande — , in great part, largely. partir [parti: r], irr. v., to depart, leave, set out, start (off) ; a — de, prep., from. partitif [partitif] (/. partitive [par- titilv]), adj., partitive. partout [partu], adv., everywhere. parure [paryir], /., ornament. pas [pa], adv., not, no; — du tout, not at all; non — que, conj., not that. pas [pa], m., step. Pascal [paskal], m., Pascal (Blaise; French philosopher, physicist, and mathematician [162J-1662]). passe [pase], adj., past, last; — anterieur, past anterior; — de- fini, past definite; — indefini, past indefinite. passe defini [pase defini], m., past definite, preterite (tense). passe indefini [pase edefini], m. } past indefinite, perfect (tense). passer [pase], to pass, go by, spend. passif [pasif] (/. passive [pasiiv]), adj., passive. passion [pasjo],/., passion. paternel [paternel] (/. paternelle [paternel]), adj., paternal. patrie [patri],/., fatherland. patte [pat],/., paw, leg. pauvre [poivr], adj., poor (in all senses). pauvrete [povrate], /., poverty. payer [peje], to pay, pay for. pays [pei], m., country, peau [po],/., skin. peigne [pep], m., comb, peigner [pepe], to comb; se — , to comb one's hair. peine [pe:n],/., punishment, pain, trouble; a — , hardly, scarcely; donnez-vous la — de . ., kindly . . ., please . . .; valoir la — , to be worth while. peinture [petyir], /., painting. paint. pencher [pa$e], to incline, bend. pendant [pada], prep., during, for; — - que, conj., whilst, while pendre [paidr], to hang. pendule [pddyl], /., clock, chimney- clock. 278 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY pensee [pase],/., thought. penser [pase], to think; — a, to think of. pension [pasjo],/., boarding-house. percer [perse], to pierce, break. perche [per$e], adj., perched. perdre [perdr], to lose, waste, ruin. pere [pe:r], m., father. Pere-Lachaise, see cimetiere du Pere-Lachaise. perfectionner [perfeksjone], to per- fect. perilleux [perijo] ( /. perilleuse [pe- rijoiz]), adj., perilous. perir [peri:r], to perish. perle [perl],/., pearl. permettre [permetr], irr. v., to per- mit, allow. personnage [persona.^], m., per- sonage. personne [person], indef. pron., no- body, no one; anybody, any one. personne [person], /., person. personnel [personel] (/. person- nels [personel]), adj., personal. perspective [perspekthv], /., pros- pect. petit [p(o)ti], adj., little, small. petite-fille [p(o)tit fi:j], /., grand- daughter. petit-enfant[p(o)titafa],w., grand- child. petit-fils [p(o)ti fis], m., grandson. peu [po], adv., little, few; — a — , adv., little by little; a — pres, adv., nearly. peu [po], m., little, few; un — , a little, somewhat, just. peuple [pcepl], m., people, lower classes. peupler [pceple], to people. peur [pce:r],/., fear; avoir — (de), to be afraid (of); de — que, conj., for fear that, lest. peut-etre [p(o)t e:t(r)(o)], adv., perhaps. phenix [feniks], m., phcenix. phenomene [fenomein], m., phe- nomenon. Philippe Auguste [filip ogyst], m. } Philip Augustus (king of France, b. 1165, d. 1223). philosophe [filozof], m., philoso- pher. philosophic [filozofi],/., philosophy. philosophique [filozofik], adj., phi- losophical. phonetique [fonetik], adj., phonetic. phrase [fra:z],/., phrase, sentence. physique [fizik], adj., physical. piano [pjano], m., piano. piece [pjes], /., piece, room, play; — de monnaie, coin. pied [pje], m., foot; a — , on foot. pierre [pje:r],/., gem. pierrerie [pjerri], /. pi., gems, precious stones. pieton [pjeto], m., pedestrian. pieusement [pjozmci], adv., piously. pince-nez [pes ne], m., eyeglasses, nose-glasses. piquer [pike], to prick. pire [pi:r], adj., worse; le — , worst. Piron [piro], m., Piron (Alexis; French dramatist [1689-1773]). pis [pi], adv., worse; le — , worst. place [plas], /., place, position, seat, square. place de la Concorde [plas do la kokord],/., place de la Concorde (the principal square of Paris, between the Champs- El ysees and the Gardens of the Tuileries. In its center stands the famous Obeli sque de Luxor, and about it, eight statues representing the principal cities of France, in- cluding the lost city of Stras- burg, constantly decorated in mourning. It was here that Louis XVI and Marie Antoi- nette were beheaded). place de l'Opera [plas do lopera], /., place de l'Opera (a square in front of the Opera at Paris). place du Palais-Royal [plas dy pale rwajal],/., place du Palais- Royal (square in front of the Palais- Royal, at Paris). place St-Michel [plas se mi$el], /., place St-Michel (a small square at the end of the Boulevard St- Michcl. near the Seined. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 279 placer [plase], to place, put. plafond [plafo], m., ceiling. plaie [pie], /,, sore, wound. plaindre [pleidr]: se — , to com- plain. plain e [plen], /., plain, heath, lowland, field. plainte [pleit], /., complaint, la- mentation. plaintif [pletif] (/. plaintive [ple- ti:v]), adj., plaintive, mournful. plaire [ple:r] (a), irr. v., to please; s'il vous plait [sil vu pie], if you please. plaisanterie [plezatri],/., pleasant- ry, joke. plaisir [pleziir], m t , pleasure; pi., pleasure-grounds, royal pre- serves. plancher [pla$e], m., floor. plante [pla:t],/., plant; jardin des — s, botanical gardens. plat [pla], m., dish; pi., food. Pleiade [plejad] (la),/., thePleiade {group of seven French poets of the XV I th century). plein [pie], adj., full. pleurer [plcere], to weep. pleurs [plce:r], m. pi., tears. pleuvoir [plcevwa:r], irr. v., to rain. pli [pli], m., fold; habit, custom, way. pluie [plqi],/., rain; faire de la — , to be rainy, rain. plumage [plyma:3], m., plumage. plume [plym],/., pen. plupart [plypar],/., most. pluriel [plyrjel], m., plural. plus [ply], adv., more; de — en — , more and more; — ... (et) — , the more . . . the more; d'autant — , the more . . . ; non — , nor . . . either. plusieurs [plyzjce:r], adj.-pron., several. plus-que-parfait [plys ko parfe], m., pluperfect (tense). plutot [ply to], adv., rather, sooner. poche [po$],/., pocket. poeme [poe:m], m., poem. poesie [poezi],/., poetry. poete [poe:t], m., poet. point [pwe], adv., no, not, not at all. point [pwe], m., point, period; — s cardinaux, cardinal points. poire [pwair],/., pear. poisson [pwaso], m., fish. poitrine [pwatrin],/., chest, breast. poivre [pwaivr], m., pepper. pomme [pom],/., apple. pomme de terre [pom da teir], /., potato. ponctuation [poktqasj5], /., punc- tuation. pont [po], m., bridge. pont au Change [pot o $0:3], m., pont au Change (an ancient bridge over one arm of the Seine, connecting the Place du Chdtelet with the He de la Cite. Formerly covered with the shops of goldsmiths and money-changers . Hence its name. Reconstructed in 1858). pont St-Michel [po se mi$el], m., pont St-Michel (a bridge leading from the Place St-Michel over one arm of the Seine to the tie de la Cite). populaire [popyleir], adj., popu- lar. port [po:r], m., port, harbor. porte [port], /., door, gate. posseder [posede], to possess. pot-au-feu [pot o 10], m., soup with boiled beef. poterie [potri],/., pottery, earthen- ware. poumon [pumo], m., lung. poupee [pupe],/., doll. pour [purr, pur], prep., for, to; — que, conj., in order that, so that, that. pourboire [purbwair], m., tip. pourquoi [purkwa], conj., why. pourtant [purta], adv., neverthe- less, however, yet, still. pourvu que [purvy ko], conj., pro- vided that. pousser [puse], to spring up, grow, push, urge. pouvoir [puvwair], irr. v., to be able, can, may; il se peut, it may be. 280 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY pouvoir [puvwair], m., power; au — , in the power. pratiquer [pratike], to practice. pre [pre], m., meadow. precedent [presedS], adj., preced- ing, former. preceder [presede], to precede, go before. precieux [presjo] (/. precieuse [presj0:z]), adj., precious. precipiter [presipitej: se — , to throw oneself. precis [presi], adj., precise, exact. precisement [presizema], adv., pre- cisely, exactly. precurseur [prekyrsceir], m., pre- cursor, forerunner, herald. predicateur [predikatce:r], m., preacher. predire [prediir], irr. v., to predict. prefecture [prefektyir], /., sheriff's office; — de police, office of the commissioner of police. preferer [prefere], to prefer. premier [promje] (/. premiere [promje:r]), adj., first. premierement [promjermci], adv., first, firstly. prendre [praidr], irr. v., to take, get. preparer [prepare], to prepare. preposition [prepozisj5], /., prepo- sition. pres [pre], adv., near; — de, prep., near; a peu — , nearly. presence [preza:s], /., presence. present [preza], adj., present. present [preza], m., present (time or tense) ; a — , at present, now. presenter [prezate], to present, introduce. preserver [prezerve], to preserve, protect. presque [presko, presk], adv., al- most, nearly. pret [pre], adj., ready. pretendre [pretaidr], to pretend. preter [prete], to lend. preteur [pretoe:r], m., lender. prevoir [prevwair], irr. v., to fore- see. Prevost [prevo], m., Prevost {Vabbe Antoine-Franqois; French novel- ist [1697-176 3]). prier [prie], to pray, ask, beg; je t'en prie, I beg of you. primaire [primeir], adj., primary. primitif [primitif] (/. primitive [primitiiv]), adj., primitive. prince [pre:s], m., prince. princesse [preses],/., princess. principal [presipal], adj., principal. principal [presipal], m., principal. principe [presip], m., principle. printemps [preta], m., spring. privation [privasj5],/., privation. prix [pri], m., price, prize. probable [probabl], adj., probable. probablement [probabbma], adv., probably. prochain [pro^e], adj., next {when it precedes noun it means 'follow- ing,' 'succeeding' ; when it follows, 'next,' 'the coming'). proclamer [proklame], to proclaim. prodige [prodi^], m., prodigy, miracle. produire [prodqiir], irr. v., to pro- duce. profane [prof an], adj., profane, secular. professeur [profesce:r], m., pro- fessor, teacher. profiter [profite], to profit; — de, to profit by. profond [prof 5], adj., deep, pro- found, dark. programme [program], m., program. proie [prwa],/., prey, prize. projeter [pro5te], to project, plan. promenade [promnad], /., walk, promenade, ride; faire une — , to take a walk (ride). promener [promne], tr., to take for a walk; lead (about); se — , to walk (or ride), take a walk (or ride). promettre [prometr], irr. v., to promise. promptement [protma], adv., promptly. pronom [prono], m., pronoun. pronominal [pronominal], adj., pro- nominal. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 281 prononcer [pronose], to pronounce. pronunciation [pronosjasjo], /., pro- nunciation. proposition [propozisjo], /., propo- sition, phrase. propre [propr], adj., proper, own, clean; nom — , proper noun. proprement[proproma], adv., prop- erly, rightly. prosateur [prozatceir], m., prose- writer. prose [proiz],/., prose. protestant [pro testa], adj., Prot- estant. protestant [protests], m., Protes- tant. protester [pro teste], to protest. psychologie [psikolo3i],/., psychol- ogy. public [pyblik] (/. publique [py- blik]), adj., public. public [pyblik], m., public. pueril [pqeril], adj., puerile, child- ish. puerilite [pqerilite], /., childish- ness. puis [pqi], adv., then, next, after- wards. puisque [pqisk(o)], conj., since, see- ing that. puissance [pqisais], /., power, strength. pupitre [pypitr], m., desk (small school-desk). Q quai [ke], m., quay, wharf. quai des Tuileries [ke de tqilori], m., quai des Tuileries (one of the quays of Paris). quai du Louvre [ke dy lu:vr], m., quai du Louvre (one of the quays of Paris) . qualifier [kalifje], to qualify, mod- if y-. qualite [kalite], /., quality, rank. quand [ka], adv. or conj., when; depuis — , how long. quant (a) [kat (a)], adv., with re- gard (to), as (to), as (for). quantieme [katjem], m., day (of the month). quantite [katite],/., quantity. quarante [karait], adj., forty. quart [ka:r], adj., fourth. quart [ka:r], m., quarter, fourth. quartier [kartje], m., quarter, ward, district; — latin, Latin Quarter (the student quarter in Paris, where are located the prin- cipal colleges and special schools). quatorze [katorz], adj., fourteen. quatre [katr], adj., four. quatre-vingt-dix [katro ve dis], adj., ninety. quatre-vingt-onze [katro ve 5:z], adj., ninety-one. quatre-vingts [katro ve], adj., eighty. quatre-vingt-un [katro vece], adj., eighty-one. quatrieme [katriem], adj., fourth. que [ko], conj., that, than, as, when, why, unless, without; — ... ne, than; ne . . . — , only, but, not until. que [ko], int. pron., what, how, why; — de, how many; qu'est-ce — [kes(o) ko]? int. pron., what? qu'est-ce qui [kes(o) ki]? int. pron., what? qu'est-ce qu'il y a [kes(o) kil j a]? what is there? que [ko, k], rel. pron., whom, which, that. quel [kel] (/. quelle [kel]), int. adj., what, which. quelconque [kelko: k], adj. (al- ways follows noun), any, what- ever, some ... or other. quelque [kelko, kelk], adj., some; pi. a few; — chose, something, anything. quelque [kelko, kelk], adv., how- ever; — ... que, however. quelquefois [kelkofwa], adv., some- times. quelqu'un [kelkce] (pi. quelques- uns [kelkoz 62]), indef. pron. m., somebody, some one, anybody, any one. quelqu'une [kelkyn] (pi. quelques- unes [kelkoz yn]), indef. pron. /., somebody, some one, anybody, any one. 282 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY question [kestjo], /., question. questionnaire [kestjoneir], m., drill. questionner [kestjone], to question, interrogate. qui [ki], rel. and int. pron., who, whom, which, that; — que, comp. rel. pron., whoever. quiconque [kik5:k], indef. pron., whoever, whosoever, whomso- ever. quint [ke], adj., fifth. quinze [ke:z], adj., fifteen. quitter [kite], to leave, quit. quoi [kwa], rel. pron., what, which; — que, comp. rel. pron., what- ever. quoi [kwa], int. pron. (used partic- ularly after prepositions), what. quoique [kwaka], conj., although, though. rabattre [rabatr]: rabattu [rabaty], adj. (of collars), turn-down. Rabelais [rable], m., Rabelais (Francois; famous French writer, [b. about 1483, d. 1553}, author of Gargantua and Pantagruel). race [ras],/., family, race. Racine [rashn], m., Racine (Jean; celebrated French tragic poet, ri- val of Corneille [16 59-1699]). raconter [rakote], to narrate, tell (of). radieux [radjo] (/. radieuse [ra- djosz]), adj., radiant, glorious. raison [rez5], /., reason; avoir — , to be right. raisonner [rezone], to reason, dis- cuss. ramage [rama:3], m., warbling, singing. Rambouillet [rabuje] (M me de), /., Madame de Rambouillet (mistress of the Hotel de Ram- bouillet, where she held a famous literary salon [1 588-1665]). ramener [ramne], to bring back. rang [rfi], m., rank. rapidement [rapidma], adv., rapid- ly- rappeler [raple], to call back, re- call; se — , to recollect, remem- ber, recall. rapport [rapoir], m., relation, ref- erence. rapporter [raporte], to bring (back); se — , to agree, refer. rare [ra:r], adj., rare, uncommon. rassurer [rasyre], to reassure. rat [ra], m., rat. ravage [rava:3], m., ravage. ravi [ravi], pp. c/ravir, delighted. ravisseur [ravisceir], m., ravisher. rayon [rej5], m., ray; shelf; de- partment (in a store). realiste [realist], m., realist. recevoir [rasovwa:r], irr. v., to re- ceive. recherche [ra$er$],/., search, seek- ing; a la — , in search. recherche [ro$er$e], adj., sought after. reclame [rekla:m], /., advertise- ment, advertising. recommander [rakomade], to re- commend, bid, advise. recommencer [rokomase], to re- commence. recompense [rek5pa:s], /., reward. reconnaitre [rakoneitr], irr. v., to recognize. recouvrir [rakuvriir], irr. v., to cover again; cover. redevenir [radavniir], irr. v., to become again. rediger Jredise], to draw up, draft. redingote [radegot], /., frock-coat. redoubler [raduble], to double. redouter [radute], to dread, fear. refaire [rafe:r], irr. v., to do again, perform again. refermer [roferme], to close again. reflechi [refle$i], adj., reflexive, reflective. reflector [refle$i:r], to reflect. refleter [roflete], to reflect. Reforme [reform], /., Reform, Reformation (the religious and political movement which broke the unity of the Catholic church in the XYIth century, ending in the establishment of Protes- tantism). FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 283 refroidir [rafrwadiir], to cool. refus [rafy], m., refusal. refuser [rafyze], to refuse. regagner [ragajie], to regain, re- turn to. regard [ragair], m., look, glance, gaze. regarder [ragarde], to regard, con- sider, look, look at. regime [re3im], m. } object. regie [regl],/., rule; ruler regne [reji], m., reign. regner [rejie], to reign, hold sway. regret [ragre], m., regret. regretter [ragrete], to regret, be sorry. regulier [regylje] (/. reguliere [re- gyljeir]), adj., regular. reine [rein],/., queen. relatif [ralatif] (/. relative [rala- ti:v]), adj., relative. reluire [rahiiir], in. v.,\o shine. remarquer [ramarke], to notice, observe. remercier [ramersje], to thank; — de, to thank for. remettre [rametr], in. v., to put again, put back. remonter [ramate], to ascend, mount, go up; reascend, re- mount, reenter. remplacer [raplase], to replace, take the place of. remplir [raplhr], to fill, fulfil. remuer [ramrje], to move. Renaissance [ranesais], /., Renais- sance (the revival of letters and of art that began in Italy in the XlVth century. It spread to France in the XVIth century). renard [ranarr], m., fox. rencontrer [rakatre], to meet, find. rendez-vous [rade vu], m., rendez- vous, meeting, appointment. rendre [rd:dr], to render, make; return, give back; se — , to be- take oneself, go; — visite, to pay a visit. renfermer [raferme], to shut up, confine, comprise, include. renf oncer [rafose]: se — , to sink back. renomme [ranome], adj., renowned, famed, celebrated. renoncer [ranase], to renounce. renouveler [ranuvle], to renew. rentrer [ratre], to reenter, re- turn. renvoyer [ravwaje], in. v., to send away, dismiss. reparer [repare], to repair. repas [rapa], m., meal. repeter [repete], to repeat. repetition [repetisjo],/., repetition. repondre [repoidr], to answer, re- ply, respond; — de, to answer ^for. reponse [repois], /., answer, reply, response. reporter [raporte], to carry back, take back. reprendre [rapradr], in. v., to take back, retake, recapture; take up again, resume; reply; re- trace, regain. representant [raprezata], m., rep- resentative. representation [raprezatasjo], /., display, play. representer [raprezate], to rep- resent, perform, play, show. reserver [rezerve], to reserve. resistance [rezista:s],/., resistance. resoudre [rezudr], in. v., to re- solve. ressembler [rasable] (a), to re- semble. reste [rest], m., rest. rester [reste], to remain, stay. restituer [restittre], to return, re- store. retablir [retabliir], to restore; se — , to recover (one's health), get well again. retard [ratair], m., delay; en — , late; etre en — , to be late, slow (of timepieces) . retarder [ratarde], to delay, (of timepieces) be slow, lose time. retenir [ratniir], in. v., to retain, engage. retour [ratuir], m., return; de — , at home, back; (d')aller et — , round-trip. 284 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY retourner [raturne], to return; se — , to turn around. retrouver [rotruve], to find again. reunir [reyniir], to bring together; se — , to gather, come together. reussir [reysiir], to succeed. reve [re:v], m., dream. reveille-matin [revej mate], m., alarm-clock. reveiller [reveje], to awaken, awake; — en sursaut, to startle (one) out of his sleep; se — , to wake, wake up, awake. reveler [revele], to reveal, dis- close. revenir [ravniir], irr. v., to return, come back. reveur [revce:r] (/. reveuse [re- V0iz]), adj., dreamy. revoir [ravwa:r],frr. v., to see again; au — , till we meet again. revolution [revolysjo], /., revolu- tion. Revolution francaise [revolysjo fraseiz], /., French Revolution {or Revolution of 1789). revue [rovy], /., review (a comic piece in which the events of the year are reviewed. Our " Follies" are patterned after the French [re t $ose], au — , on m., the se — , to dress revue). rez-de-chaussee ground floor; ground floor. rhabiller [rabije] oneself again. Rhone [ro:n] (le), m., the Rhone {river in France). rhume [rym], m., cold; — de cerveau, cold in the head. riche [ri$], adj., rich. Richelieu [ri^aljo], m., Richelieu {famous cardinal and French statesman [158 5-1642]). richesse [ri$es],/., wealth, riches. rideau [rido], m., curtain. rien [rje], adv., nothing; any- thing. rire [ri:r], irr. v., to laugh; se — au nez, to laugh at oneself. risquer [riske], to risk. rive [ri:v], /., shore, bank, side. riviere [rivje:r], /., stream. Rivoli, see rue de Rivoli. robe [rob], /., robe, gown, dress. roi [rwa], m., king. Roland [rola], m., Roland {paladin of Charlemagne). role [roil], m., role, part. romain [rome], adj., Roman. roman [roma], m., novel, romance, fiction. roman [roma], adj., Romance, Neo-Latin. romancier [romasje], m., novelist. Roman de la Rose [roma d(o) la ro:z],w., "Romance of the Rose" {French allegorical poem, com- posed by Guillaume de Lorris and Jean de Meung in the Xlllth century). Roman du Renart [roma dy ronair], m., Roman du Renart, Romance of the Fox {French satirical poem of the XII Ith century). romantique [romatik], adj., roman- tic. romantisme [romatism], m., ro- manticism. Rome [rom],/., Rome. rond [ro], adj., round. rondement [rodmci], adv., roundly, plainly. Ronsard [rosa:r], m. } Ronsard {Pierre de; French poet [1524- 1585]). rose [ro:z], adj., pink. rose [ro:z], /., rose, rouge [111:3], adj.. red. rougeole [rusol], /., measles, rouleau [rulo], m., roll, pile. Roumanie [rumani],/., Roumania. Rousseau [ruso], ;;/.. Rousseau {Jean-Jacques; celebrated French prose-writer and philosopher [1712-1778]). route [rut], /., route, way, road; en — pour, on the way to. roux [ru] (/. rousse [rus]), adj., reddish, royal [rwajal]. adj., royal. royaume [rwajo:m], m., kingdom, realm, ruban [ryba]. ;;/.. ribbon. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 285 rude [ryd], adj., rough, hard, coarse. rudement [rydma], adv., rudely; remarkably. rue [ry], /., street. rue de Rivoli [ry da rivoli], /., rue de Rivoli (one of the principal thoroughfares on the right batik of the Seine, Paris). rue des Ecoles [ry dez ekol], /., rue des Ecoles (a street parallel to the Boulevard St-Germain, on which are situated the Sorbonne and the College de France). rue des Martyrs [ry de martiir], /., rue des Martyrs (a street in the northern part of Paris). rue Royale [ry rwajal], /., rue Royale (a short, but very much frequented street, lying between the Madeleine and the Place de la Concorde). rue Soufflot [ry suflo], /., rue Soufflot (a short street leading from the Botdevard St- Michel to the Pantheon, named from the architect of the Pantheon). rugueux [rygo] ( /. rugueuse [ry- go:z]), adj., rough. ruineux [rcrino] (/. ruineuse [riri- nojz]), adj., ruinous. rumeur [rymceir], /., noise, mur- mur. s', see se. sa [sa], poss. adj. /., see son. sabre [scubr], m., saber. sacre [sakre], adj., sacred. sage [sa:3], adj., wise. sagesse [sa3es],/., wisdom. saignant [sejia], adj., rare (of meats). sain [se], adj., healthy, sound, well. saint [se], m., saint. saint [se], adj., holy, sacred. Saint-Barthelemy [se bartelmi] (la), /., the massacre of Saint Bartholomew('s day) (terrible massacre of the French Protes- ■ tants, ordered by Charles IX, and inspired by Catharine de'' Medicis, Aug. 24, 1572). Saint-Cloud [se clu], m., Saint Cloud (a beautiful park lying to the west of Paris, containing some interesting ruins of the palace of the same name). Saint-Denis, see eglise de St- Denis. sainte [se:t], /., saint. Sainte-Beuve [se:t boiv], m., Sainte-Beuve (C harles- Augustin; celebrated French critic and poet [1 804-1869]). Sainte-Chapelle [seit $apel],/., the Sainte-Chapelle (an ancient chapel, constructed 1245-1248 under St- Louis. The most ele- gant Gothic structure in Paris. In the tie de la Cite) . Sainte Genevieve [set 3anvje:v], /., Saint Genevieve (the patron saint of Paris [420-512}. Her fete is celebrated Jan. 3d). Saint-Germain, see boulevard St- Germain and chateau de St- Germain (-en-Laie). Saint-Michel, see boulevard St- Michel, place St-Michel, and pont St-Michel. Saint-Pierre (Bernardin de) [se pje:r (bernarde da)], Bernardin de Saint-Pierre (French writer [1737-1814], author of Paul et Virginie and Etudes de la Nature). saisir [seziir], to seize; se — (de), to seize, take possession (of). saison [sezo],/., season. salade [salad],/., salad. sale [sal], adj., soiled, dirty. salle [sal], /., (large) room, hall; — a manger, /., dining-room; — de classe, /., class-room; — des bagages, baggage-room; — de bains, bath-room. salon [salo], m., drawing-room, sa- lon, parlor. saluer [salqe], to greet. samedi [samdi], m., Saturday. Sand [said], /., Sand (George, pseudonym of Armandine-Au- 286 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY rore Dupin, baronne Dudevant; celebrated French woman of letters and novelist [1804-1876]). sang [sa], m., blood. sanglant [sagla], adj., bloody. sans [sa], prep., without; — que, conj., without; — doute, doubt- less. Sardou [sardu], m., Sardou (Vic- torien; French dramatic writer [18 31-1908]). satellite [satelit], m., satellite. satin [sate], m., satin. satire [sati:r], /., satire. satirique [satirik], adj., satirical. satisfaire [satisfeir], irr. v., to sat- isfy. sauter [sote], to jump. sauver [sove], to save. savoir [savwair], irr. v., to know, know how, learn; je ne sache, I hardly know; pas que je sache, not that I know of. savonner [savone], to soap, wash. scandaleux [skcidalo] (/. scanda- leuse [skadaleiz]), adj., scanda- lous. scarlatine [skarlatin], adj., scarlet; fievre — , scarlet fever. scelerat [selera], m., rascal. scene [se:n],/., scene; stage. science [sja:s], /., science, knowl- edge; bachelier es — s, bache- lor of science. scientifique [sjatifik], adj., scien- tific. Scribe [skrib], m., Scribe {Eugene; French dramatic author [17 91- 1861]). Scudery [skyderi] (M Ue de), /., Mademoiselle de Scudery (one of the glories of the French precieuse society, author of le Grand Cyrus, Clelie, etc. [1607- 1701]). sculpter [skylte], to carve. sculpture [skylty:r], /., sculpture, carving. se [so, s], pers. pron. m. or /., one- self, himself, herself, itself, to oneself, etc.; pi. (same), them- selves, one another, each other. sec [sek] (/. seche [se:$]), adj., dry. secher [se$e], to dry (up). second [sago], adj., second. secondaire [sogodeir], adj., sec- ondary. seconde [s9go:d], /., second. secondement [sog5dmci], adv., sec- ondly. secret [sokre], m., secret. seduisant [sedqiza], adj., lovely. Seine [se:n] (la), /., the Seine (one of the principal rivers of France. Paris is located on the Seine). seize [se:z], adj., sixteen. sejour [se3u:r], m., sojourn, stay. sel [sel], m., salt. selon [sol5, slo], prep., according to. semaine [somen], /., week. semblable [sublabl], adj., similar. sembler [sable], to seem, appear. senat [sena], m., senate. sens [sa:s], m., sense, meaning; way. sentiment [scitima], m., percep- tion, consciousness. sentinelle [satinel], /., sentinel. sentir [sathr], irr. v., to feel; ne pas se — de joie, to be beside oneself with joy. separer [separe], to separate, di- vide. sept [set], adj., seven. septembre [septaibr], m., Septem- ber. septieme [setjem], adj.. seventh. sergent [ser5&], m., sergeant. serieux [serjo] (/. serieuse [se- rjo:z]), adj., serious. serment [serma], m.. oath. Serments de Strasbourg [sermu do strazbuir], m. pi.. Oaths of Strasburg (the earliest document of the French language; date S42. It contains the compact bet:. Louis of Germany and Charles the Bald against their brother Lot hair e). serrer [sere], to grasp, clasp, hold tight. service [servis], m., service. serviette [servjet], /., napkin, towel. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 287 servir [serviir], irr. v., to serve; se — (de), to use, make use (of). ses [se], poss. adj. pi. m. and /., i see son. seul [seel], adj., alone, single, sole, only. seulement [soelma], adv., only, solely. Sevigne [sevijie] (M me de), /., Ma- dame de Sevigne (celebrated for the admirable letters that she wrote to her daughter, the com- tesse de Grignan, which are models of epistolary style [1626- u 1696]). si [si], adv., yes (always used in- stead of oui in reply to negative questions), thus, so, such; — . . . que, conj., so . . . that. si [si], conj., if, whether. siecle [sjekl], m., century. siege [sje:3], m., seat, siege. sieger [sje3e], to sit, hold session. sien [sje], poss. pron. m., his, hers, its, one's own. sienne [sjen], poss. pron. /., his, hers, its, one's own. signal [sijial], m.., signal. signature [sijiatyir], /., signature. signe [siji], m., sign. signification [siriifikasjo],/., mean- ing, signification. signifier [sinifje], to signify, mean. sillon [sijo], m., furrow, field. simple [se:pl], adj., simple, single. simplicity [seplisite],/., simplicity. singe [se:3], m., monkey. singulier [segylje], m., singular. sitot [si to], adv., so soon. situer [sitqe], to situate, place. six [sis], adj., six. sixieme [sizjem], adj., sixth. Smyrne [smirn], /., Smyrna (sea- port of Turkey in Asia). societe [sosjete], /., society. soeur [sceir],/., sister. sofa [sofa], m., sofa. soi [swa], pers. pron., oneself, self, itself. soie [swa], /., silk. soif [swaf], /., thirst; avoir — , to be thirsty. soigner [swajie], to take care of, nurse. soi-meme [swa me:m], pers. pron., oneself, itself. soin [swe], m., care; avoir — de, to take care of. soir [swa:r], m., evening, night. soiree [sware],/., evening; evening party. soit [swat], adv., very well, all right, I grant it. soit [swa], conj., whether, either, or; — que, whether. soixante [swasait], adj., sixty. soixante-dix [swasa:t dis], adj., seventy. soldat [solda], m., soldier, sole [sol],/., sole (fish). soleil [soleij], m., sun; faire du — , to be sunny. solitaire [solite:r], adj., solitary, lonely. sombre [so:br], adj., dark, gloomy, somber, somme [som],/., sum. sommeil [some:j], m., sleep; avoir — , to be sleepy. sommeiller [someje], to slumber. son [so], poss. adj. m., his, hers, its, one's. son [so], m., sound, songer [so3e], to dream. sonner [sone], to sound, ring, (of clocks) strike. sonnette [sonet],/., bell; cordon de — , bell-pull, bell-rope. Sorbonne [sorbon] (la),/., the Sor- bonne (a college founded in Paris in 1253, by Robert de Sorbon, and reestablished in 1629, by Richelieu) . sorcier [sorsje], m., sorcerer. sort [so:r], m., fate. sorte [sort],/., sort, kind; de — que, conj., so that. sortie [sorti],/., departure. sortir [sortur], irr. v., to go out. sot [so] (/. sotte [sot]), adj., stupid. sotie [soti], /., sotie (ancient sa- tirical play in which political and social questions were treated with great freedom) . 288 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY sottise [sotiiz], /., foolish act. sou [su], m., sou, cent. souci [susi], m., care, trouble, anxiety. soucoupe [sukup],/., saucer. soudain [sude], adv., suddenly. souffler [sufle], to breathe (hard), blow. Soufflot, see rue Soufflot. souffrir [sufriir], irr. v., to suffer. souhaiter [swete], to wish, wish for, long for. soupcon [supso], m., suspicion. soupe [sup],/., soup. soupiere [supjeir], /., soup-tureen. souplesse [suples], /., suppleness, facility. sourd [su:r], adj., deaf. souriant [surja], smiling. sourire [suriir], irr. v., to smile. sourire [suriir], m., smile. sous [su], Prep., under, beneath. sous-main [sume], m., writing-pad. soutenir [sutniir], irr. v., to sus- tain, undergo. soutien [sutje], m., support. souvenir [suvniir], irr. v.: se — (de), to remember. souvenir [suvniir], m., memory, remembrance. souvent [suva], adv., often, fre- quently. specialite [spesjalite],/., specialty. spectacle [spektakl], m., spectacle, performance, play; a. grand — , spectacular. sphinx [sfeiks], m., sphinx. splendide [spladid], adj., splendid. spontane [spotane], adj., sponta- neous. St., abbreviation for saint. Stael [stael] (-Holstein) (M me de), /., Stael (Anne-Germ aine Necker, baronne de; celebrated French woman of letters [1766-1817]). station [stasjo],/., station, stand. stationner [stasjone], (of cabs) to stand, be stationed. Stendhal [stedal], m., Stendhal (pseudonym of Marie - Henri Beyle; French novelist [17S3- 1842}). store [stoir], m., shade, window- shade. stupefait [stypefe], adj., astonished. style [stil], m., style. subjonctif [syb35ktif], m., subjunc- tive. subsister [sypsiste], to subsist. substantif [sypstatif] (/. subs- tantive [sypstatiiv]), adj., sub- stantive, noun. substantif [sypstatif], m., noun, substantive. substituer [sypstitqe], to substi- tute. substitution [sypstitysjo],/., substi- tution. subventionner [sybvasjone], to sub- sidize. sue [syk], m., juice. succeder [syksede], to succeed, follow. succes [sykse], m., success. succulent [sykyla], adj., succu- lent, juicy. sucre [sykr], m., sugar. sud [syd], m., south. Suisse [sips], adj., Swiss. Suisse [sqis], /., Switzerland. suite [suit], /., continuation; tout de — [tu t sqit], adv., imme- diately, at once. suivant [strive!], prep., according to; — que, conj., according as. suivant [sqivci], adj., following, next. suivre [sqiivr], irr. v., to follow. sujet [sy5f], m., subject. Sully-Prudnomme [syli prydom], ;;?., Sully-Prudhomme (Rcne- Francois-Armand; French poet [1839-1907]). superbe [syperb], adj., superb, stately. superieur [syperjeeir], adj., supe- rior, higher, upper. superiorite [syperjorite], /., su- periority. superlatif [syperlatif] (/. superla- tive [syperlatiiv]), adj., super- lative. superlatif [syperlatif], m., super- lative (degree). FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 289 superposer [syperpoze], to super- pose, add. supplication [syplikasjo], /., sup- plication. supplier [syplie], to beg, beseech. suppose que [sypoze ka], conj., supposing that. sur [sy:r], adv., on, upon, over, by. sur [sy:r], adj., sure, certain,. surdite [syrdite], /., deafness. surplus [syrplys], m., surplus, re- mainder. surprendre [syrpradr], irr. v., to surprise. surprise [syrpri:z], /., surprise. sursaut [syrso], m., start. surtout [syrtu], adv., above all, especially. survenir [syrvaniir], irr. v., to come on, befall. suspect [syspekt], adj., suspicious, suspected. syllabe [silab],/., syllable. symboliste [sebolist], m., sym- bolist. synopsis [sinopsis], /., synopsis. t', see te. ta [ta], poss. adj. /., see ton. table [tabl],/., table. tableau [tablo], m., blackboard; picture, painting, table; — noir, m., blackboard. tache [ta§], /., spot, stain, blot. tacher [ta$e], to try, endeavor, strive. tailleur [tajceir], m., tailor. taire [te:r], irr. v., to say nothing of; se — , to be silent, keep silent. tambour [tabuir], m., drum, tandis que [tadi ka], conj., whilst, while, whereas. tant [ta], adv., so much, so many; — mieux, so much the better; — pis, so much the worse; — que, conj., until. tante [tast], /., aunt. tapis [tapi], m., carpet, rug. tapisserie [tapisri], /., tapestry, upholstery. tard [ta:r], adv., late. tasse [ta:s], /., cup. taux [to], m., rate of interest, assessment. taverne [tavern],/., tavern. taxi [taksi], m., taxi, taxi-cab. taxi-auto [taksi oto], m., taxi- auto. te [ta, t], pers. pron., thee, to thee, you, to you. tel [tel] (/. telle [tel]), adj., such, .like, similar; un — , one, such a one, so and so, some. tellement [telma], adv., so, in such a manner, so much; — ... que, conj., so . . . that. temps [ta], m., time {duration), while; tense; weather; combien de — ? how long?; — couvert, cloudy weather; de — en — , from time to time; faire son — , to serve one's time. tendon [tado], m., tendon. tenir [tanirr], irr. v., to hold, re- sist. tenture [taty:r], /., hangings, tap- estry. terminaison [terminezo], /., end- ing, end. terminer [termine], to terminate, end, conclude, finish. terre [te:r],/., earth, land, estate. terrible [teribl], adj., terrible. tes [te], poss. adj. pi., see ton. tendre [taidr], adj., tender. tete [te:t], /., head. the [te], m., tea. theatre [teaitr], m., theater. Theatre-Francais [teaitr frase], m. y Theatre-Francais, see Come- die-Francaise. theme [te:m], m., composition, theme. tibia [tibja], m., shin-bone, tibia. Tibre [tibr] (le), m., the Tiber (river in Italy). tien [tje], poss. pron. m., thine, yours, thine own, your own. tienne [tjen], poss. pron. /., thine, yours, thine own, your own. tiens [tje], inter j., look! tierce [tjers], adj. f., see tiers. 290 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY tiers [tje:r], (/. tierce [tjers]) adj., third. tiers [tje:r], m., third. tige [ti*3], /., stem, stalk. tigre [tigr], m., tiger. timbre [teibr], m., stamp, postage- stamp; poste, m., postage- stamp. tinter [tete], to ring, tinkle. tirer [tire], to draw; shoot. tiroir [tirwair], m., drawer. titre [titr], m., title. titre [titre], adj., pp. of titrer, titled. toi [twa], pers. pron., thee, thy- self, thou, you, yourself. toilette [twalet],/., toilette, attire. toi-meme [twa me:m], pers. pron., thyself. toit [twa], m., roof. tombe [t5:b], /., tomb. tombeau [tobo], m., tomb. tomber [tobe], to fall. ton [t5], poss. adj. m., thy, your. tonique [tonik], adj., stressed, tonic. tonne [ton],/., ton. tonner [tone], to thunder. torchere [tor$e:r],/., candelabrum. torchon [tor$o], m., duster, dish- cloth. tort [tor], m., wrong; avoir — , to be wrong. torture [torty:r], /., torture. torturer [tortyre], to torture. tot [to], adv., soon; — ou tard, sooner or later. toucher [tu§e] (a), to touch, ap- proach; strike. toujours [tu3u:r], adv., always, ever. tour [tu:r], m., turn, trick; round, circumference; — a — , in turn; faire le — de, to go round. tour [tu:r],/., tower. tour Eiffel [tu:r efel], /., Eiffel tower (a tower of joo meters in height, constructed 1887-188Q. It stands in the Champ-de-Mars, Paris). tourner [turne], to turn. tout [tu], adv., wholly, quite, all; — a coup, suddenly; — a fait. quite, wholly; — de suite [tut suit], immediately, at once; — d'un coup, all of a sudden; — en . . ., while . . . tout [tu] (/. toute [tut], pi. m. tous [tu(s)], pi. f. toutes [tut]), adj., all, every, whole, entire; tous {or toutes) [les] deux, both. tout [tu], pron., all, everything; the whole; pas du — , not at all; comme — , extremely, dread- fully. tracer [trase}, to trace, draw, sketch. traduire [tradiihr], irr. v., to trans- late. tragedie [tra3edi], /., tragedy. train [tre], m., train. trait [tre], m., trait; — d'union, hyphen. traiter [trete], to treat; — de, to treat of, call, consider. trajet [tra3e], m., passage, journey, trip. tramway [tramwe], m., street- car, tramway. tranquille [trakil], adj., calm. tranquilliser [trakilize], to calm. tranquillite [trakilite], /., tran- quillity, quiet. transatlantique [trasatlatik], adj., transatlantic. transitif [trazitif] (/. transitive [traziti:v]), adj., transitive, ac- tive. travail [trava:j], m., work, labor, task, workmanship. travailler [travaje], to work. travers [traveir], m., breadth; de — , crooked. traversee [traverse], /., passage, voyage, crossing. traverser [traverse], to cross, tra- verse, pass over (or through). treize [tre:z], adj., thirteen. trema [trema], ;?/., dieresis. trembler [trable], to tremble. trentaine [traten], /., about thirty, some thirty. trente [trait], adj., thirty. tres [tre], adv.. very. tresor [trezo:r], ;»., treasure. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 291 triomphe [trio:f], m., triumph. triste [trist], adj., sad, sorrowful. tristement [tristoma], adv., sadly. tristesse [tristes],/., sorrow. Trocadero, see palais du Troca- dero. trois [trwa], adj., three; — fois, three times, thrice. troisieme [trwazjem], adj., third. tromper [trope], to deceive, cheat; se — , to be mistaken. trompette [tropet],/., trumpet. tronc [tro], m., trunk. trop [tro], too much, too many. trottoir [trotwair], m., sidewalk. trouver [truve], to find, think, like; se — , to be found (or situated); be (speaking of situation). truite [trxiit],/., trout. tu [ty], pers. pron., thou, you. tuer [tqe], to kill. Tuileries, see jardins des Tuileries, and quai des Tuileries. tyrannie [tirani], /., tyranny. U un [de], indef. art. m., a, an. un [de], adj. pron., one; 1' — l'autre, each other, one another; 1' — et l'autre, both; 1' — a. l'autre, to each other; les — s les autres, one another; 1' — ou l'autre, either; ni 1' — ni l'autre, neither. line [yn], see un; — fois, one time, once. uniforme [yniform], m., uniform. unique [ynik], adj., only, sole. unir [yni:r], to join, unite. universite [yniversite], /., univer- sity; see universite de France, universite de Paris. universite de France [yniversite do fra:s],/., University of France (the name given to the organiza- tion of the whole educational sys- tem in France, as established by Napoleon I, in 1808). universite de Paris [yniversite d(o) pari], /., University of Paris (as organized in 1808 by Napoleon I, it consisted of the five facul- ties of Protestant theology, law, medicine, letters, and science. It is attended by some n,ooo stu- dents). user [yze], to wear out, rub down. usure [yzyir], /., wear, wear and tear; usury. usurier [yzyrje], m., usurer. utile [ytil], adj., useful. vacances [vakais], /. pi., vacation, holidays. vache [va$],/., cow. vaincre [ve:kr], irr. v., to conquer, vaisselle [vesel], /., plates and dishes, crockery. valet [vale], m., valet, servant. valeur [valce:r], /., value. vallon [valo], m., valley. valoir [valwa:r], irr. v., to be worth, equal; — la peine, to be worth while; — mieux, to be better, valser [valse], to waltz. vanite [vanite], /., vanity, self- conceit. variable [varjabl], adj., variable. variete [varjete],/., variety. vase [va:z], m., vase, vaste [vast], adj., vast, spacious. vaudeville [vodvil], m., vaudeville (farcical comedy interspersed with songs). veau [vo], m., calf, veille [ve:j], /., eve, night before; — de Noel, Christmas eve. venant [vona], m., comer. Vendome, see colonne Vendome. vendre [va:dr], to sell, vendredi [vadrodi], m., Friday. venger [v&3e]: se — , to revenge oneself. vengeur [va3ce:r] (/. vengeresse [va3res]), adj., avenging. venir [voni:r], irr. v., to come; — a, to happen; — de, to have just. venitien [venisje] (/. venitienne [venisjen]), adj., Venetian. vent [va], m., wind; faire du — , to be windy. ventre [va:tr], m., stomach, belly. 292 FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY verbe [verb], m., verb. Verlaine [verlem], m., Verlaine {Paul; French decadent poet [1844-1895]). vermisseau [vermiso], m., small worm, grub. verre [ve:r], m., glass. vers [ve:r], m., verse, line (of poetry). vers [ve:r], prep., towards, in the direction of, about. Versailles [versa: j], m., Versailles; see also chateau de Versailles, vert [ve:r], adj., green. vertu [verty], /., virtue. verveine [verven],/., vervain. vestibule [vestibyl], m., vestibule, hall, veston [vesto], m., sack-coat. Vesuve [vezyiv] (le), m., Vesuvius (volcano in Italy). vetement [vetma], m., garment, suit; pi., clothes, clothing, vetir [vetiir], irr. v., to clothe, veuf [vcef], m., widower, veuve [vce:v],/., widow. viande [vja:d],/., meat, viand, victime [viktim],/., victim. victoire [viktwa:r], /., victory, vie [vi],/., life. vieillir [vjeji:r], to grow old. Vienne [vjen], /., Vienna. vieux [vjo] (before vowels vieil [vje:j], /. vieille [vje:j]), adj., old. Vigny [vijii], m., Vigny (Alfred de; French poet and novelist \17gy- 1863}). vilain [vile], adj., ugly. ville [vil],/., cit}^, town. Villehardouin [vilardwe], ;;/., Ville- hardouin (Geoffroy de; French historian of the Xllth century, b. between 1150 and 1164 and d. about 1213). Villon [vijo or vila], Francois Villon (French poet of the XV th century, b. 1431, d. about 1489). vin [ve], m., wine. vinaigre [vine:gr], ;«., vinegar. vingt [ve], adj., twenty. vingtaine [veten], /., score, about twenty, some twenty. vingt et un [vet e de], adj., twenty- one. vingt et unieme [vet e ynjem], adj., twenty-first. violent [vjola], adj., violent. virgule [virgyl],/., comma. vision [vizj5], /., vision. visite [vizit], /., visit, inspection; rendre — , to pay a visit. visiter [vizite], to visit, examine, inspect. visiteur [vizitceir], m., visitor. vite [vat], adv., quickly, fast. vivacite [vivasite], /., vivacity. vivre [viivr], irr. v., to live; vive . . .! long live . . .! let . . . reign! vocabulaire [vokabyleir], m., vo- cabulary. voici [vwasi], adv., see here, be- hold, lo, here is, here are, this is; — ... que ....... for .. . voila [vwala], adv., see there, be- hold, lo, there is, there are (points out), that is; — ... que ....... for . . . voile [vwal], /., sail. voile [vwal], m., veil. voir [vwa:r], irr. v., to see. voisin [vwaze], adj., neighboring. voisin [vwaze], m., neighbor. voisine [vwazi:n], /., neighbor. voiture [vwatyir], /., carriage, coach, vehicle; en — ! all aboard! petite — , cab. voix [vwa],/., voice. voleur [voloe:r], m. (f. voleuse [vo- lo:z]), thief. voliere [volje:r], /., aviary, bird- house. volonte [volote], /., will, desire. volontiers [volotje], adv., willingly, gladly, with pleasure. Voltaire [valte:r], ;»., Voltaire (pseudonym of Francois-Marie Arouet; famous French writer of prose and verse [1694-ijjS]). volume [volym], ;;;., volume. vos [vo], poss. adj. pi., see votre. votre [votra, votr, vot], poss. adj., your. votre [vo:tr], poss. pron., yours, your own. FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 293 vouloir [vulwa:r], irr. v., to wish, will, desire, want; — bien, to be willing, please; — dire, to mean. vous [vu], pers. pron., you, to you. vous-meme [vu me:m], pers. pron., yourself. voyage [vwaja:3], m., journey, trip, travel; — de longue course, distant voyage. voyager [vwaja3e], to travel, voy- age. voyageur [vwaja3ce:r], m., traveler, passenger. voyelle [vwajel],/., vowel. vrai [vre], adj., true, real, veritable. vue [ v yL/-> sight, view. W wagon [vag5], m., (railway) car, coach; en — ! all aboard! y [i], pron. adv., to (at, on, in, etc.) it {or them), there, thither. yeux [jo], m. pi. of ceil, eyes. Zadig [zadig], m., Zadig {hero of Voltaire's satirical tale, entitled Zadig). zephyr [zefiir], m., zephyr. Zola [zola], m., Zola {Emile; French naturalistic novelist [1840-1902]). ENGLISH-FRENCH (ANGLAIS-FRANCAIS) a, indef. art., un (/. une). able: be — , pouvoir irr. v. aboard: all — ! en voiture! en wagon! about, prep., vers; — a hundred, une centaine (de) /.; — thirty, une trentaine, /.; — twenty, une vingtaine, /. above, adv., en haut; — all, sur- tout. abscess, n., absces m. absolute, adj., absolu. absolutely, adv., absolument. accent, n., accent m. accept, v., accepter. access, n., abord m. accident, n., accident m. accompany, v., accompagner. according as, conj., suivant que. according to, prep., selon, suivant. accusing, adj., accusateur (/. ac- cusatrice). acquaintance, n., connaissance /. acquainted: be — with, connaitre irr. v. act, n., acte m., fait m. active, adj., actif (/. active), tran- sitif (/. transitive). actor, n., acteur m. actress, n., actrice/. acute, adj., aigu (/. aigue). add, v., ajouter. adding: by — , en ajoutant. address, n., adresse/., discours m. adjective, n., adjectif m. administrator, n., administrateur m. admire, v., admirer, adore, v., adorer, adorn, v., enrichir, parer. advance, v., avancer. adverb, n., adverbe m. adverbial, adj., adverbial. advertisement, n., reclame/. advertising, n., reclame/. advise, v., conseiller. affair, n., affaire/. affecting, adj., emouvant. affirmation, n., affirmation/. affirmative, adj., affirmatif (/. affirmative). afraid: be — (of), avoir peur (de). after, adv., apres, ensuite. after, conj., apres que. after, prep., apres, depuis. afternoon, n., apres-midi m. afterwards, adv., apres, depuis, ensuite, puis. again, adv., encore; become — , redevenir irr. v.; get well — , se retablir; I'll see you soon — , a bientot; see — , revoir irr. v.; till we meet — , au revoir; take up — , reprendre irr. v. against, prep., contre. age, 11., age m. ages: the Middle — , le moyen age. ago, adv., il y a. agree, v., se rapporter; — (with), s'accorder (avec). agreeable, adj., agreable. agreement, n., accord m., concor- dance /. ah, inter j., ah! eh! ahead, adv., devant, en avant. aid, n., aide/. aid, v., aider, assister. aim, n., but m. air, «., air m. alarm-clock, n., reveille-matin m. alas, inter j., helas! alike, adj., pareil (/. pareille). 295 296 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY of en all, adj., tout m., toute/., tous m pl., toutes /. pl. all, adv., tout; not at — , ne . . point, pas du tout, point; - a sudden, tout d'un coup, all, pron., tout; — aboard! voiture! en wagon! above — , surtout. allegory, n., allegorie /. allow, v., permettre irr. allurement, n., attrait m. almost, adv., presque. alone, adj., seul. along with, a cote de. aloud, adv., haut, hautement, a haute voix. alphabet, n., alphabet m. alphabetic, adj., alphabetique. already, adv., deja. also, adv., aussi, encore, although, conj., bien que, encore que, quoique. always, adv., toujours. ambiguity, n., ambiguite /. amelioration, n., amelioration/. America, n., Amerique, /.; North — , Amerique du Nord/.; South — , Amerique du Sud/. amidst, prep., parmi. among, prep., entre, parmi. amuse, v., amuser; — oneself, s'amuser. an, indcf. art., un (/. une). analyze, v., analyser. ancient, adj., ancien (/. ancienne). and, conj., et {the t of this -word never makes the liaison). angel, n., ange m. Angers, n., Angers/. animal, n., animal m. another, adj., nouveau {before vowels nouvel, /. nouvelle). another, indcf. pron., autrui; one — , l'un l'autre, les uns les autres, se. answer, n., reponse/. answer, v., repondre. antecedent, n., antecedent m. anterior, adj., anterieur; future — , n., futur anterieur m.; past — , passe anterieur m. antiquity, n., antiquite/. any, part, art., des. any, adj. pron., aucun (/. aucune); not — , aucun (/. aucune), ne . . . aucun ( /. aucune) , ne . . . nul ( /. nulle); — (one), personne, quel- qu'un (/. quelqu'une), quelques- uns {pl. f. quelques-unes). any, pron. adv., en. anybody, indef. pron., personne, quelqu'un (/. quelqu'une). anything, adv., rien. anything, indcf. pron., quelque chose. anywhere : not — , nulle part. apart, adv., a part. apartment, ;/., appartement m. apostrophe, n., apostrophe/. appear, v., paraitre irr., sembler. appearance, n., air m. apple, n., pomme/. appointment, n., rendez-vous m. apposition, n., apposition/. approach, n., abord m. approach, v., s'approcher de, tou- cher a. April, »., avril m. arabesque, n., arabesque/. arch, n., arc m. are: here — , voici; there — , il y a {states a fact), voila {points out). arithmetic, ;?., arithmetique/. arm, n., bras m. arm, v., armer. armchair, n., fauteuil m. arrange. ;., arranger. arrival, ;;., arrivee/. arrive, v., arriver. arrow, »., fleche/. art, ;/., art m. article, ;/., article m., objet m. artist, n., artiste m. artistic, adj., artistique. as, conj., aussi, comme, ainsi que, que, suivant que; — early — , des; — far — , jusque: — far — here, jusqu'ici; — far — there, jusque la; — many, autant; — much, autant; — s.on — , aussitot que, des que; — well — , ainsi que; the same — , de merae que; — (for), quant (a); — (to), quant (a). ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 297 ascend, v., monter, remonter. ascertain, v., constater. ashamed: be — (of), avoir honte (de). ask, v., demander, prier. ass, n., ane m. assist, v., assister, aider. assistance, »., aide/. assure, v., assurer. astonish, v., etonner. astonished: be — , s'etonner. at, prep., a; — church, a I'eglise; — first, d'abord; — home, a la maison, de retour; — least, au (or du) moins; — once, a la fois, aussitot, tout du premier coup, tout de suite; — present, a pre- sent, en ce moment; — school, a l'ecole; — the house of, chez; — the left, a gauche; — the right, a droite; — the same time, a la fois, ensemble. Atlantic, n., Atlantique m. attach, v., attacher. attack, v., attaquer. attend, v., assister a. attentive, adj., attentif (/. atten- tive). attire, n., toilette/. attraction, n., attrait m. attractive, adj., charmant. August, n., aotit m. aunt, n., tante/. author, n., auteur m., ecrivain m. autobus, n., autobus m. automobile, n., automobile m. autumn, n., automne m. auxiliary, adj., auxiliaire. auxiliary, n., auxiliaire in. avarice, n., avarice m. avenging, adj., vengeur (/. ven- geresse). avenue, it., avenue/. average, adj., moyen (/. moyenne). aversion, n., aversion/. aviary, n., voliere/. avoid, v., eviter. await, v., attendre. awaken, v., reveiller. away: send — , renvoyer irr. v.; tear — , arracher. awkward, adj., gauche. B Babylon, Babylone/. baccalaureate, «., baccalaureat m. bachelor, n. (a degree) bachelier m.; degree of — , baccalaureat m.; — of letters, bachelier es lettres in.; — of' sciences, bachelier es sciences m. back, adv., en arriere, de retour; call — , rappeler; give — , rendre; hold — , arreter; take — , re- prendre irr. v. back, n., dos m. bad, adj., mauvais. badly, adv., mal. baggage, n., bagage in. (usually used in plural). baggage-room, n., salle des ba- gages /. bake, v., cuire irr. ball, n., (dance) bal m. ballet, n., ballet m. band, n., musique/. bank, n., rive/. barely miss, v., faillir irr. bargain, n., marche m. barnyard, n., basse-cour/. bath, n., bain m. bathe, v., laver. bath-room, n., salle de bains/. be, v., etre, y avoir; (with regard to health) aller, se porter; (speak- ing of situation) se trouver; — ■ able, pouvoir irr.; — acquainted with, connaitre irr.; ■ — afraid (of) , avoir peur (de) ; — ashamed (of), avoir honte (de); — as- tonished, s'etonner; — better, valoir mieux; — bored, s'en- nuyer; — born, naitre irr.; — ■ called, s'appeler; — clear, faire clair; — cloudy, faire un temps couvert; — cold, (of persons) avoir froid; — enraptured, s'extasier; — fast, (of timepieces) avancer; — fond of, aimer; — found, se trouver; — hungry, avoir faim; — lacking, manquer; — married, se marier; — mista- ken, se tromper; — named, s'appeler; — necessary, falloir 298 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY irr.; — present at, assister a; — rainy, faire de la pluie; — right, avoir raison; — seasick, avoir le mal de mer; — silent, se taire irr.; — situated, se trouver; — sleepy, avoir sommeil; — slow, {of timepieces) etre en retard, retarder; — snowy, faire de la neige; — sorry, etre fache, re- gretter; — stationed, stationner; — stranded, echouer; — sunny, faire du soleil; — thirsty, avoir soif ; — warm, {of persons) avoir chaud, {of the weather) faire chaud; — wearied, s'ennuyer; — windy, faire du vent; — worth, valoir irr.; — worth while, valoir la peine; — wrong, avoir tort. bear, »., ours m.; pit, fosse aux ours /. bear, v., porter, beautiful, adj., beau {before vowels bel,/. belle). because, conj., car, parce que. become, v., convenir irr., devenir irr.; — again, redevenir irr.; — ■ enlarged, s'agrandir. bed, n., lit m.; go to — , se coucher; put to — , coucher. bedroom, n., chambre a coucher /• bedstead, »., lit m. been, pp., ete. befall, v., survenir irr. before, adv., avant, devant, jus- qu'ici; go — , preceder; night — , veille /. before, conj., avant que. before, prep., (in place) devant, {in time) avant (de). beg, v., prier. begin, v., commencer; — (to), se mettre (a). beginning, n., origine/. behind, adv., derriere. behind, prep., derriere. behold, adv., void, voila. Belgium, »., Belgique/. believe, v., croire irr. belly, ;/., ventre ;;/. below, adv., en bas. bench, n., banc m. beneath, prep., sous. benign, adj., benin (/. benigne). Benjamin, «., Benjamin m. beside, prep., a cote de. besides, adv., d'ailleurs. best, adj. (le) meilleur. betake oneself, v., se rendre. better, adj., meilleur. better, adv., mieux; be — , valoir mieux; so much the — , tant mieux. between, prep., entre. beyond, prep., hors. big, adj., gros (/. grosse). billion n., milliard m. bird, n., oiseau ;;/. bird-house, n., voliere/. birth, ;/., naissance/. bit, n., morceau m. black, adj., noir. blackboard, ;/., tableau (noir) m. blind, adj., aveugle. block (up), v., encombrer. blot. ;/., tache/. blotter, ;/., buvard m. blotting-paper, n., papier bu- vard m. blouse, n., blouse/. blow, >i., coup ;;/. blue, adj., bleu. boarding-house, ;/., pension/. boarding-scholar, ;;.. interne m. or f. boat. ;/., bateau m. body, >/., corps m.; {of a dress) corsage w. Bohemian, adj., boheme, bohe- mien (/. bohemienne). book, »., livre ;;/. boot. ;/., botte/.; {lady's), bottine /• bore, »., ennuyer. bored: be — . v. s'ennuyer. born: be — , v., naitre irr. botanical, adj., botanique; — garden, jardin des plantes ;;;. botanist, n., botaniste m. both, adj. proti., Tun et l'autre, tous (/. toutes) lies] deux. bottle, ;/ , bouteille/. bottom. }!.. bas w., fond m. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 299 boulevard, n., boulevard m. bourgeois, adj., bourgeois. bourgeois, »., bourgeois m. box, n., boite /.; (in a theater) loge /. boy, »., garcon m. brain, n., cerveau m. branch, »., branche/. brave, adj., brave. bread, «., pain m. break, v., percer; — forth, eclater; — out, eclater. breakfast, n., dejeuner m. breakfast, v., dejeuner. breast, »., poitrine/. Breton, n., Breton m. bridge, n., pont m. brilliant, adj., brillant. bring, v., apporter, rapporter; — back, rapporter; — down, des- cendre; — together, reunir. bronze, n., bronze m. brother, n., frere, m. brother-in-law, n., beau-frere m. brow, n., front m. brush, v., brosser. bud, n., bourgeon m., bouton m. build, v., construire irr., batir. building, n., batiment m., edifice m. bureau, n., commode/. burgher, n., bourgeois m. burst, v., crever. business, n., affaire (s) /. busy, adj., occupe. busy, v., occuper. but, conj., mais, ne . . . que. butter, n., beurre m. buy, v., acheter. by, prep., de, par, sur; — adding, en ajoutant; — the fireside, au coin du feu. cab, n., fiacre m. cabbage, n., chou m. cafe, n., cafe m. cake, n., gateau m. calculate, v., compter. calf, n., veau m. call, n., cri m. call, v., appeler, nommer; — back, rappeler. called, pp., appele, dit; be — , s'appeler; so — , dit. camel, n., chameau m. can, v., pouvoir irr. Canada, n., Canada m. candidate, n., candidat m. candle, n., bougie/. cap, n., bonnet m., casquette /. capital, n., capitale /., (of letters) majuscule/. car (railway), n., wagon m. carafe, n. carafe/. card, n., carte/. cardinal, adj., cardinal; — num- bers, nombres cardinaux m.; — points, points cardinaux m. care, n., garde /.; take — of, soigner. carnival, n., carnaval m. carpet, n., tapis m. carriage, n., voiture/. carry, v., porter, emporter; — away, emporter. carve, v., sculpter. carving, n., sculpture/. case, n., cas m., colis m.; in — that, au (en) cas que. cast, v., jeter. castle, n., chateau m. cat, n., chat m. catch, v., attraper. cathedral, n., cathedrale/. cause, v., causer. cease, v., cesser. cedilla, «., cedille/. ceiling, n., plafond m. celebrated, adj., celebre, renomme. cellar, n., cave/. cemetery, n., cimetiere m. cent, n., sou m. center, n., centre m., milieu m. centime, n., centime m. century, n., siecle m. certain, adj., certain, sur; — ones, certains. certainly, adv., certainement. chair, n., chaise/. chalk, n., craie/. chamber, n., chambre/. 300 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY chance, n., 'hasard m. chandelier, «., lustre m. change, n., changement m.; mon- naie /. change (to), v., changer (en). chapel, n., chapelle/. chapter, n., chapitre m. character, n., caractere m. charge: without — , gratuit adj. charge, v., charger. Charles, n., Charles in. charm, n., charme m., grace/. charm, v., charmer. charming, adj., charmant. chat, v., causer. chateau, n., chateau m. chauffeur, n., chauffeur m. cheap, adj., (a) bon marche. cheat, v., tromper. check {of baggage), v., enregistrer. cheek, n., joue/. cheese, n., fromage in. chef, n., chef m. chest (of body), n., poitrine /. chestnut-tree, n., marronier m. chicken, n., poule/., poulet m. chief, «., chef m.; — city, capitale/. child, n., enfant m. or f. childish, adj., enfantin. chimmey, »., cheminee/. chimney-clock, n., pendule/. chin, n., menton m. chocolate, «., chocolat m. choice, n., choix m. choose, v., choisir. Christ, n., Christ m.; Jesus — , Jesus-Christ m. Christmas, n., Noel m.; — eve, veille de Noel/.; — tree, arbre de Noel m. church, n., eglise /.; at — , a l'e- glise. cigar, n., cigare m. cigarette, n., cigarette/. circumflex, adj., circonflexe. cite, v., citer. citizen, n., citoyen; common — , ;/., bourgeois m. city, it., ville/.; chief — , capitale /.; hall, hotel de ville m. class, n., classe/.; lower — es, ;.•., peuple m. classic, adj., classique. classical, adj., classique. classmate, n., camarade de classe m. or f. class-room, n., classe /.; salle de classe /. clean, adj., propre. clear, adj., clair; be — , faire clair. climb, v., monter. clock, n., pendule /.; {especially of a tower) horloge /. close, v., ferrrier. closed, adj. pp., ferme. closet, ii., armoire/. clothe, v., habiller. clothes, «., habits m. pi.; vete- ments m. pi. clothes-press, »., armoire/. clothing, n., habits m. pi., vete- ments m. pi. cloudy, adj., couvert; be — , faire un temps couvert; — weather, temps couvert ;;/. club (society), n. } club m. coach, n., voiture/., wagon m. coast, ;/., cote/. coat, n., habit m., veston m.; cut- away , jaquette /.; dress , habit (noir) m.; frock , re- dingote /.; sack , veston woman's — , jaquette/. cock, ;/., coq m. codger: old — , ;/., bonhomme m. coffee, n.. cafe m. coin, »., monnaie/., piece de mon- naie /. cold, n., froid m.; (disease) rhume ;;;.; — in the head, rhume de cerveau in. cold: be — , (of persons) avoir froid, (of the weather) faire froid. collar, *., col m.; detachable — , faux col; standing — , col droit, turn-down — . col rabattu. collection, ;/.. collection/. collective, adj., collectif (/. collec- tive). college, ;/., college m. color, n., couleur/. column, n., colonne/. comb, n., peigne m. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 301 comb, v., peigner; — one's hair, se peigner. combination, n., combinaison /. combine, v., combiner. come, v., venir irr.; — in, entrer (dans is required before a follow- ing noun); — near, faillir irr.; — on, survenir irr.; — together, se reunir. comedy, n., comedie /.; farce , comedie-f arce /. comfortable, adj., commode, con- formable. comic, adj., comique. comical, adj., comique. coming: the — , adj., prochain {usually follows noun). comma, n., virgule/. command, v. commander. commence, v., commencer. commode, «., commode/. common, adj., bourgeois, com- mun; — citizen, bourgeois m.; — noun, nom commun m. company, n., compagnie/. comparative, adj., comparatif (/. comparative). comparative, n., comparatif m. compare (with), v., comparer (avec), correspondre (a). comparison, n., comparaison /. compartment, n., compartiment m. compel, v., obliger. complaint, n., plainte/. complement, n., complement tn. complete, adj., complet (/. com- plete). complete, v., completer. completely, adv., completement. compose, v., composer. composition n., theme m.; {ori- ginal) — , composition /. compound, adj., compose; — noun, nom compose m. comprehend, v., comprendre irr. comprise, v., comprendre irr., renfermer. compulsory, adj., obligatoire. comrade, n., camarade m. or f. conceal, v., cacher. concern (with), v., occuper (de). concerned, adj., occupe. conclude, v., conclure irr., ter- miner. conditional, n., conditionnel m.; — anterior, conditionnel ante- rieur m. conduct, v., conduire irr. conductor, n., conducteur m. confine, v., renfermer. confound, v., confondre. confuse, v., confondre. congratulate, v., feliciter. conjugate, v., conjuguer. conjugation, »., conjugaison /. conjunction, n., conjonction/. conquer, v., vaincre irr. consent, v., consentir irr. consider, v., considerer, {look at) regarder. consist, v., consister. consonant, n., consonne/. constant, adj., constant. constantly, adv., constamment. construct, v., construire irr. consult, v., consulter. contain, v., comprendre irr., con- tenir irr. contemplation, n., contemplation /• contented, adj., content. contents: table of — , table des matieres /. continuation, n., continuation /., suite /. continue, v., continuer, durer. convenient, adj., commode. conversation, n., conversation /. converse, v., causer. convey, v., porter. cook, »., cuisinier m., cuisiniere/. cook, v., cuire irr., faire la cuisine. cooked, pp. of cuire, cuit. cooking, n., cuisine /.; do the — , faire la cuisine. cool, adj., frais (/. fraiche). copper, n., cuivre m. corner, n., coin m. correspond (with), v., correspon- dre (a). cost, v., couter. costly, adj., cher (/. chere); cou- teux (/. couteuse). counsel, v., conseiller. 302 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY count, n., comte m. count, v., compter. counter, n., comptoir m. country, n., campagne/., pays m.; in the — , a la campagne; — round, environs m. pi. couple, n., couple m. or f. course, n., cours m.; give a — , faire un cours. court, n., cour /.; — of justice, palais (de justice) m. courtyard, n., cour/. cousin, n., cousin m., cousine/. cover, v., couvrir irr. covered, pp., couvert. cow, n., vache/. coy, adj., coi (/. coite). cravat, n., cravate/. , crazy, adj., fou (before vowels fol, /. folle). cream, »., creme/. create, v., creer. crew (oj a ship), n., equipage m. critic, n., critique m. criticism, n., critique/. cross, v., traverser. crossing, n., traversee/. cruel, adj., cruel (/. cruelle). crumple, v., froisser. crush, v., froisser. cry, n., cri m. cry (out), v. (s')ecrier. cuff, n., manchette/. cuisine, n., cuisine/. cult, »., culte ;;/. cultivate, v., cultiver. cup, n., tasse/.;half — , demi-tasse /.; small — (of coffee), demi- tasse /. cupboard (with glass door), ar- moire (a glace) /. cupola, n., dome m. cure, v., guerir. curiosity, n., curiosite/. curious, adj., curieux (/. curieuse). curtain, n., rideau ;;/. custom, ;;., coutume/., habitude/., usage m., pli ;;/.; douane/. custom-house, n., douane /.; cus- tom-house officer, douanier m. cut, v., couper. cutaway-coat, n., jaquette/. D dainty, adj., coquet (/. coquette). damage, n., dommage m. danger, n., danger m. dangerous, adj., dangereux (/. dangereuse). Danish, adj., danois. dare, v., oser. dark, adj., noir, (of colors) fonce. date, n., date/. date, v., dater. dative, n., datif m. daughter, n., fille/. daughter-in-law, n., belle-fille /. day, 7i., jour m.; journee/., (of the month) quantieme m.; — after to-morrow, apres-demain; — be- fore yesterday, avant-hier; good — , bonjour. day-scholar, n., externe m. or f. dead, pp., mort. deaf, adj., sourd. deafness, n., surdite/. deal: a great — , adv., beaucoup. dear, adj., cher (/. chere); my — , mon ami m., mon amie/. death, ?/., mort/. debar, v., exclure irr. decadent, n., decadent m. deceive, v., tromper. December, n., decembre m. decide (to), v., (se) decider (a). deck (out), ?'., parer. declare, v., declarer. deed, n., fait m. deep, adj., profond. defense, ;?., defense/. definite, adj., defini, determine; past — , passe defini m. degree of bachelor, ;?., bacca- laureat m. dejected, adj., morne. delay, ;;., retard m. delay, v., retarder. delicious, adj., delicieux (/. de- licieuse). delight, ;;., joie /. deblght, v.. enchanter, charmer. demand, v.. demander, exiger. demonstrative, adj., demonstra- tif (/. demonstrative). ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 303 denominator, n., denominateur m. deny, v., nier. depart, v., partir irr. department {in a store) ,n., rayon m. depend (on or upon), v., dependre (de). dependent, adj., dependant. depressed, adj., morne. deputy, n., depute ;;/. descend, v., descendre. describe, v., decrire irr. description, n., description/. design, n., dessein m. desire, »., desire m., volonte/. desire, v., vouloir irr., desirer. desk, n., bureau m.; small school — , pupitre m. despair: in — , desespere. desperate, adj., desespere. dessert, n., dessert m. destination, n., destination/, destroy, v., detruire irr. detail n., detail m. determine, v., determiner. determined, adj., determine. detest, v., detester. develop, v. (se) developper. device, n., devise/. devoted, adj., devoue. die, v., mourir irr. dieresis, n., trema m. difference, n., difference/. different, adj., different, difficult, adj., difficile. dine, v., diner. dining-room, n., salle a manger/. dinner, n., diner m. diploma, n., diplome m. direct, adj., direct; — object, complement direct m. direction, n., cote m., direction/.; in every — , de tous cotes; in the — (of), du cote (de). director, n., administrateur m. disabled soldier, invalide m. disagreeable, adj., desagreable. disarrange, v., deranger. disastrous, adj., funeste. discourse, n., discours m. discuss, v., raisonner. dismiss, v., renvoyer irr. dispatch, v., depecher. displease, v., facher. disposal, n., disposition/. disposition, »., disposition/. distance, »., distance/., lointain m. distinct, adj., distinct. distinction, n., difference /., dis- tinction/. distinctly, adv., distinctement. distinguish, v., distinguer. distinguished, adj., distingue. distractedly, adv., eperdument. district, n., quartier m. disturb, v., deranger. divan, «., canape m. diverse, adj., divers. divert, v., divertir. divide, v., diviser, separer. do, v., faire irr.; — the cooking, faire la cuisine. doctor, n., medecin m. dog, n., chien m. doll, n., poupee/. dome, n., dome m. done {of food), pp., cuit; well — , bien cuit; under — , peu cuit. donkey, n., ane m. door, n., porte/. door-keeper, n., concierge m. or f. dormitory, «., dortoir m. double, v., doubler, redoubler. doubt, n., doute m. doubt, v., douter. doubtful, adj., douteux (/. dou- teuse). doubtless, adv., sans doute. down, adv., en bas; up and — , ca et la; sit — , s'asseoir irr. down-stairs, adv., en bas. dozen, n., douzaine/. draft, v., rediger. drama, n., drame m. dramatic, adj., dramatique. draw, v., tracer; — up, rediger. drawer, n., tiroir, m. drawing-room, n., salon m. dreamy, adj., reveur (/. reveuse). dress, n., robe/.; coat, habit (noir), m. dress, v., habiller, parer; — one- self, s'habiller. drill, n., questionnaire m. drink, v., boire irr. 304 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY drive, v., conduire irr. drum, n., tambour m. dry, adj., sec (/. seche). dry (up), v., secher. dry-goods store, magasin de nou- veautes m. duke, n., due m. dumb, adj., muet (/. muette). during, prep., pendant, dusty, adj., poudreux (/. pou- dreuse). duty, n., douane/. dwell, v., demeurer. each, adj., chaque. each, indef. pron., chacun (/. chacune); — one, indef. pron., chacun (/. chacune); — other, adj. pron., l'un l'autre, se; to — other, l'un a l'autre, se. ear, n., oreille /. earl, n., comte m. early, -adj., de bonne heure, ma- tinal, (of age) bas (/. basse); as — as, des. earth, »., terre/. east, n., est m. easy, adj., facile. eat, v., manger. ecstasy: go into — , s'extasier. edifice, «., batiment m., edifice m. efface, v., effacer. effect, n., effet m. effort, n., effort m. eight, adj., huit. eighteen, adj., dix-huit. eighth, adj., huitieme. eighty, adj., quatre-vingts. eighty-one, adj., quatre- vingt-un. either, adj. pron., l'un ou l'autre; nor . . . — , non plus. elbow, n., coude m. elder, adj., aine. eldest, adj., aine. elegant, adj., elegant. elephant, n., elephant m. elevation, ;/., elevation/., illustra- tion /. eleven, adj., onze. eleventh, adj., onzieme. elision, n., elision/, else, adv., bien. elsewhere, adv., ailleurs. emotion, n., emotion/. emperor, n., empereur m. employ, v., employer irr. enamored, adj., amoureux (/. amoureuse). enchant, v., enchanter. encumber, v., encombrer. end, n., bout m., terminaison /. end, v., terminer. endeavor, *., tacher. ending, n., terminaison/. engage, v., retenir irr. England, n., Angleterre/. English, adj., anglais, enjoy, v., jouir (de); — oneself, se divertir. enlarge, v., agrandir. enlarged: become — , s'agrandir. enough, adv., asscz. enrapture, v., extasier. enraptured: be — , s'extasier. enrich, v., enrichir. enter, p., entrer (dans is required before a following noun), monter. entertain, v., divertir. entire, adj., tout (/. toute; pi. m. tous; pi. f. toutes). entrance, n., entree/, entry, ;/., entree/, enumerate, v., enumerer. envelope, ;/., enveloppe/. environs, n.. environs m. pi. envy, n., jalousie/. epic poem, ;/., epopee/, epoch. ;/., epoque/. equal, v., egaler, valoir irr. equality, n., egalite/. equivalent, n.. equivalent ;;/. era. n., epoque/. erase, v.. effacer. eraser, /?., gomme elastique /. erect, adj., droit, escape. ?.. fuir irr. especially, adv., surtout. establish, v.. fonder, establishment, ;/., etablissement m. estate, //., terre/. esteem, v., considerer. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 305 estimate, v., considerer. etiquette, «., etiquette/. Europe, n., Europe/, eve, «., veille /.; Christmas — , veille de Noel/.; New Year's — , veille du jour de Tan. even, adj., meme. even, adv., meme. evening, n., soir m., soiree /.; — party, soiree/. ever, adv., toujours, jamais. every, adj., chaque, tout (/. toute; pi. m. tous; pi. /. toutes); — one, indef. pron., chacun (/. chacune), tout le monde. everybody, pron., tout le monde. everything, pron., tout. everywhere, adv., partout. evil, n., mal m. exact, adj., exact, precis, exactly, adv., exactement. examination, n., examen m.. examine, v., examiner, visiter. example, n., exemple m. excellent, adj., excellent. except prep., excepte. exception, n., exception/. exchange: stock , «., bourse exclaim, v., s'ecrier. exclamation, n., exclamation/. exclude, v., exclure irr. excursion, n., excursion/. excuse, v., excuser. exercise, n., exercice m.; reading — , exercice de lecture m. expect, v., attendre, compter. expend, v., depenser. expensive, adj., cher (/. chere), couteux (/. couteuse). experience, v., eprouver. explain, v., expliquer. explode, v., eclater. express, v., exprimer. expression, n., expression/. extern, n., externe m. or f. extreme, adj., extreme. extremely, adv., extremement. extremity, n., bout m. eye, n., ceil m. eyeglasses, n., lorgnon m., lu- nettes/, pi., pince-nez m. fable, n., fable/. facade, n., facade/. face, n., face/., figure/. fact, n., fait m.; in — , en effet; in spite of the — that, malgre que. faculty, n., faculte/. fail, v., echouer (fam.), faillir irr., manquer. fairy play, n., feerie/. faith, n., foi /. fall, n., automne m. fall, v., tomber. false, adj., faux (/. fausse). famed, adj., renomme. family, n., famille/. famous, adj., celebre, fameux (/. fameuse). fan, n., eventail m. far, adv., loin; as — as, jusque; as — as here, jusqu'ici; as — as there, jusque la; — from, conj., loin que; — off, adv., loin, farce, «., farce/.; comedy, co- medie-f arce /. farm, n., ferme/. fashion, n., mode/. fashionable, adj., a la mode, fast, adv. , vite ; be — (of timepieces) , avancer. fasten, v., attacher. fatal, adj., funeste. father, n., pere m. father-in-law, n., beau-pere m. fatigued, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). favor, n., faveur/. favorite, adj., favori (/. favorite). fear, n., crainte/., peur/.; for — that, de crainte que, de peur que. fear, v., craindre irr. February, n., fevrier m. feel, v., eprouver, sentir irr. fellow: old — , n., bonhomme m. female, adj., femelle. feminine, adj., feminin. festivity, n., fete/. fete, n., fete/. fever, n., fievre /.; scarlet — , fievre scarlatine /. few, adv., peu; a — , adj., quelques. fiction, n., roman m. 306 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY fifteen, adj., quinze. fifth, adj., cinquieme, quint. fifty, adj., cinquante. figure, n., figure/. final, adj., final. finally, adv., enfin. financier, n., financier m. find, v., rencontrer, trouver. fine, adj., beau (before vowels bel, /. belle). finger, n., doigt m. finish, v., completer, finir, terminer. fire, n., feu m. fireman, n., chauffeur m. fireplace, «., cheminee/. fireside: by the — , au coin du feu. first, adj., premier (/. premiere). first, adv., d'abord, premierement. firstly, adv., premierement. fish, »., poisson m. five, adj., cinq. flat, n., appartement m. flee, v., fuir irr. flight, n., fuite /.; — (of stairs), escalier m.; put to — , mettre en fuite. floor, n., plancher in., (of a house) etage m.; ground , rez-de- chaussee m.; on the ground , au rez-de-chaussee. flower, n., fleur/. fly, v., fuir irr. fold, n., pli m. follow, v., succeder, suivre irr. following, adj., prochain, suivant. fond: be — of, aimer. food, n., plat(s) in. foot, it., pied m.; on — , a pied. for, conj., car, parce que. for, prep., pour, pendant, depuis, a destination de, il y a . . . que . . ., void . . . que . . ., voila . . . que . . .; — fear that, de crainte que, de peur que; — instance, par exemple; long — , souhaiter; wish — , souhaiter. forehead, ;/., front m. forerunner, n., precurseur /;;. forest, ;/., bois m., foret/. forget, v., oublier. forgive, v., pardonner. fork, n., fourchette/. form, n., forme/. form, v., former. formation, n., formation/. former, adj., ancien (/. ancienne), precedent; the — , dem. pron., celui-la (/. celle-la). formerly, adv., autrefois, fortify, v., fortifier. fortnight, n., quinze jours. fortunate, adj., fortune, heureux (/. heureuse). fortunately, adv., heureusement. fortune, n., fortune/. forty, adj., quarante. found, v., fonder, found: be — , se trouver. fountain, n., fontaine/. four, adj., quatre. fourteen, adj., quatorze. fourth, adj., quart, quatrieme. fourth, n., quart m. fraction, n., fraction/. franc (coin worth about 20 cents), ;/., franc m. France, 11., France/, frank, adj., franc (/. franche). Frederick, ;;., Frederic in. free, adj., gratuit. freeze, v., geler. French, adj., francais. Frenchman, «., frangais m. frequent, v., frequenter, frequently, adv., souvent. fresh, adj., frais (/. fraiche). Friday, n., vendredi m. friend, ;/., ami m., amie/. fro : to and — , ca et la. frock-coat, ;/., redingote/. from, prep., de, depuis, des, a partir de, par; far — , conj., loin que. front, ;/.. front m.; in — of, de- vant. fruit, n., fruit in. fruit, adj., fruitier, fruit-bearing, adj., fruitier, full, adj., plein. furnish, v., meubler. furnishing, ;;.. fourniture/. furniture, n., mobilier ;;/.. meubles ;;/. pi.; piece of — , meuble m. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 307 further, adv., davantage. future (tense), n., futur m.; — anterior, futur anterieur m. gain time (of timepieces) , avancer. gallant, adj., galant. garden, n., jardin m.; botanical — , jardin des plantes m. garment, n., vetement m. gate, n., porte/. gather, v., cueillir irr., se reunir. gay, adj., brillant, gai. gayety, «., gaiete/. gaze, n., regard m. gender, n., genre m. general, adj., general; in — , en general. generally, adv., generalement. genitive, n., genitif m. gentle, adj., doux (/. douce). gentleman, n., gentilhomme m. (pi. gentilshommes), monsieur m. (pi. messieurs). George, n., George(s) m. German, adj., allemand. Germany, n., Allemagne/. get, v., prendre irr., chercher; — rid of, se defaire de; (of vehicles) — out, descendre; — up, se le- ver; — well again, se retablir. gift, n., cadeau m. girl, «., fille /. (used in this sense some adjective such as jeune or petite should precede). give, v., donner; — back, rendre; — a course, faire un cours. glad, adj., aise, content, charme, heureux (/. heureuse). gladly, adv., volontiers. glance, n., coup d'ceil m., regard m. glass, n., verre m. glide, v., glisser. gloomy, adj., morne. glorious, adj., radieux (/. radieuse). glove, n., gant m. go, v., aller irr., se rendre; — away, s'en aller irr.; — before, pre- ceder; — by, passer; — down, descendre; — in, entrer (dans is required before a following noun); — into ecstasy, s'exta- sier; — into raptures, s'extasier; — out, sortir irr.; — round, faire le tour de; — to bed, se coucher; — to sea, se mettre en mer; — up, monter, remonter; — with, accompagner. God, n., Dieu m. gold, n.,oxm.; — piece, piece d'or /. good, adj., bon (/. bonne), brave; — day, bonjour; have a — time, s'amuser, se divertir; — morning, bonjour. good, adv., bien. goodness, n., bonte/. goods: linen — , lingerie/. govern, v., gouverner. gown, n., robe/. grace, n., grace/. graceful, adj. t gracieux (/. gra- cieuse), galant. grammar, n., grammaire/. grammatical, adj., grammatical. grandchild, n., petit-enfant m. granddaughter, n., petite-fille /. grandfather, n., grand-pere m. grandmother, n., grand'mere/. grandparent(s), n., grand-pa- rents) m. grandsire, n., aieul m. grandson, n., petit-fils m. gratuitous, adj., gratuit. grave, adj., grave. grave, n., fosse/. great, adj., grand, gros (/. grosse); (a) — deal, beaucoup, adv.;va. — part, en grande partie. greed, n., avarice m. Greek, adj., grec (/. grecque). green, adj., vert. grief, n., chagrin m. ground-floor, rez-de-chaussee m.; on the — , au rez-de-chaussee. group, n., groupe m. group, v., grouper. grow, v., s'agrandir; — old, vieillir. guard, n., garde/. guess, v., deviner. guest, 71., invite m. guide, n., indicateur m. guide, v., conduire irr. gum, n., gomme/. 308 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY H habit, n., habitude/., pli m. hack, n., fiacre m. hail, v., greler. hair, n., cheveu m., (of the head) les cheveux; comb one's — , se peigner. hair-brush, n., brosse a cheveux/. half, n., moitie/., demi m.; — cup, demi-tasse /. half -hour, n., demi-heure/. hall, n., salle /.; city — , hotel de ville m. hand, n., main/. hand-baggage, n., colis m. pi. handkerchief, n., mouchoir m. handsome, adj., beau {before vowels bel,/. belle). handwriting, »., ecriture/. hang, v., pendre. happen, v., arriver, venir (a) irr. happily, adv., heureusement. happy, adj., fortune, heureux (/. heureuse). harbor, n., port m. hard, adj., difficile, fort, hardly, adv., a peine, guere, ne . . . guere; I — know, je ne sache (pas). harm, n., mal m. harvest- (time), «., moisson /. haste, n., 'hate /.; in — , a la 'hate; make — , se depecher, se 'hater. hasten, v., (se) depecher, (se) 'hater. hat, «., chapeau; high — , chapeau 'haut de forme; silk — , chapeau 'haut de forme. have, v., avoir irr., posseder; — a good time, s'amuser, se divertir; — just, venir de irr. Havre, n., le 'Havre m. hawthorn, n., aubepine/. he, pers. pron., il, lui m. he, dem. pron., ce, celui, m. head, n., tete /.; cold in the — , rhume de cerveau m. heal, v., guerir. healthy, adj., sain. hear, v., entendre; — (of) {in the sense of 'to hear spoken (of)*), entendre parler (de). heart, »., cceur m.; with all my — , de tout mon cceur. heat, n., chaleur/. hectare (ten thousand square me- ters) n., hectare m. help, »., aide/. help, v., aider. hen, n., poule/. Henry, m., Henri (sometimes allows elision and liaison). her, dem. pron., celle/. her, pers. pron., elle, la, lui /.; to — , lui. her, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). herald, n., precurseur m. here, adv., ici, ca, par ici; — and there, ca et la; as far as — , jusqu'ici; — is (or are), void; see — , voici. Hermes, n., Hermes m. hers, poss. pron., le si en (/. la sienne) ; this is — , ceci est a elle. herself, pers. pron., elle-meme, se. hide, v., cacher. high, adj., 'haut; — hat, chapeau 'haut de forme m.; — shoe, bottine /. higher, adj., plus 'haut, superieur. high-school, n., lycee m. him, dem. pron., celui. him, pers. pron., le, lui; to — , lui. himself, pers. pron., lui-meme, se. hinder, v., empecher. hip, n., hanche/. his, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). his,/>oss. pron., \esien (/. la sienne) ; — own, le sien (/. la sienne); this is — , ceci est a lui. historian, n., historien m. historical, adj., historique. history, n., histoire/. hog, ;/., cochon m. hold, v.j tenir irr.; — back, arreter; — session, sieger; — sway, regner. holiday, ;;., fete/.; — s, vacances f.pl. holy, adj., saint. homage, n., hommage m. (usually used in the plural). - ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 309 home, n., maison /.; at — , a, la maison, chez (moi, etc.), de re- tour; soldiers' — , hotel des in- valides ;;/. hope (for), v., esperer. horse, »., cheval m. hospital, n., hopital m., (the prin- cipal hospital of a town) hotel- Dieu m. host, n., hote m. hotel, n., hotel m. hour, n., heure /.; — and a half, (une) heure et demie. house, n., maison/.; at (to, in) the — of, chez. how, adv., comment, combien, que, quel; know — , savoir irr.; — long, combien de temps, de- puis quand; — many, combien, que de; — much, combien. however, adv., cependant, pour- tant, quelque, quelque . . . que. hundred, adj., cent; about a — , centaine (de) /. hundred, »., centaine (de) /. hunger, n., faim/. hungry: be — , avoir faim. hurry: in a — , a la 'hat . hurry, v., (se) depecher, (se) 'hater. hurt, n., mal m., dommage m. hurt (oneself), v., (se) faire mal. husband, n., epoux m., mari m. hyphen, «., trait (m.) d'union. I, pers. pron., je, moi. idea, n., idee/. idealistic, adj., idealiste. idiomatic, adj., idiomatique. if, conj., si; — you please, s'il vous plait, ill, adj., malade. ill, adv., mal. illuminate, v., eclairer, illuminer. illustrate, v., illustrer. illustration, n., illustration/. imaginative, adj., imaginatif (/. imaginative). imitation, n., imitation/. immediately, adv., aussitot, tout de suite. immortal, adj., immortel (/. im- mortelle). imperative (mood), n., imperatif m. imperfect (tense), n., imparfait m. impersonal, adj., impersonnel (/. impersonnelle). important, adj., important; it is — , il importe; it is not — , n'importe. imposing, adj., imposant. impossible, adj., impossible. impress, v., impressioner. impression, »., impression/. improvement, «., amelioration/. in, prep., dans (used in a more specific sense than en), en, a, de; — a hurry, a la 'hate; — case that, au (en) cas que; — des- pair, desespere; — every direc- tion, de tous cotes; — fact, en effet; — front of, devant; — general, en general; — great part, en grande partie; — haste, a la 'hate; — love, amoureux (/. amoureuse); — order that, afin que, pour que; — order to, pour, afin de; — search, a la recherche; — short, enfin; — spite of, malgre; — spite of the fact that, malgre que; — such a manner, tellement, de telle facon; — the country, a la cam- pagne; — the direction (of), du cote (de), vers; — the house of, chez; — the meantime, cepen- dant; — the midst of, au mi- lieu de; — the neighborhood (of), du cote (de); — the next place, ensuite; — the power (of) , au pouvoir (de); — Jhe same way, de la meme facon; — the (very) middle, au (beau) milieu; — this manner (or way), ainsi, de cette facon; — turn, tour a tour. inaugurate, v., inaugurer. include, v., renfermer. indeed, adv., en effet, bien. indefinite, adj., indefini; past — , passe indefini m. indicate, v., indiquer. 310 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY indicative, n., indicatif m. indirect, adj., indirect; — object, complement indirect m. inferior, adj., inferieur. inferiority, n., inferiorite /. infinitive, n., infinitif m. inhabitant, n., habitant m. injure, v., blesser, faire mal a. ink, n., encre/. inkstand, n., encrier m. inspect, v., examiner, visiter. inspection, n., examen m., visite/. install, v., installer. instance: for — , par exemple. instead of, prep., au lieu de. institution, »., etablissement m., institution/. instruction, n., instruction/. insurmountable, adj., insurmon- table. intelligent, adj., intelligent. intend, v., avoir l'intention. intention, »., intention/. interest, n., interet m. interest, v., interesser. interesting, adj., interessant. intern, n., interne m. or f. interrogate, v., questionner. interrogation, n., interrogation/. interrogative, adj., interrogatif (/. interrogative). interrupt, v., interrompre. into, Prep., dans (used in a more specific sense than en), en. intoxicating, adj., enivrant. intransitive, adj., intransitif (/. intransitive). introduce, v., presenter. introduction, n., introduction /., presentation /. invariable, adj., invariable, invasion, n., invasion/. invitation, n., invitation/. invite, v., inviter. Irene, n., Irene/. iron, n., fer w. irregular, adj., irregulier (/. irre- guliere). island, «., ile/. it, pers. pron., il m., elle/., le m., la/., lui m. and f.; to — , lui m. or f. it, dem. pron., il m., elle/., ce. Italian, adj., italien (/. italienne). Italy, «., Italie/. its, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses). its, poss. pron., le si en (/. la sienne) ; — own, le si en (/. la sienne). itself, pers. pron., se, soi, soi- meme. jacket, n., jaquette/. Jane, n., Jeanne/. janitor, n., concierge m. or f. January, n., Janvier m. jealousy, n., jalousie/. Jesus, »., Jesus m.; — Christ, Jesus- Christ m. jewel, n., bijou m. John, n., Jean m. join, v., attacher, unir. jollity, n., enjouement m. Joseph, »., Joseph m. journey, n., trajet m., voyage m. journey, :., voyager, joy, n., joie/. joyful, adj., joyeux (/. joyeuse). Judy: Punch and — show, Guignol m. juicy, adj., succulent. July, n., juillet m. June, ;?., juin m. junior (of two), adj., cadet (/. ca- dette). just: to have — , venir de. justice, ;/.. justice/.; court of — , palais (de justice) m. keep, v., conserver; — silent, (se) taire irr. kind, adj.. bon (/. bonne), brave, gentil (/. gentille). kind, «., classe/., espece/., genre m., sorte/. kindle, v., allumer. kindly . . ., donnez-vous la peine de . . , kindness, ;?., bonte/., obligeance/. king, »., roi m. kingdom, ;;.. royaume m, kitchen, ;/., cuisine/. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 311 knee, »., genou m. knife, »., couteau m. knock, v.j f rapper. know, v., connaitre irr., savoir irr.; — how, savoir irr.; I hardly — , je ne sache (pas); not that I — (of), pas que je sache. knowledge. »., science/. label, n., etiquette/. labor, «., travail m. lacking: be — , manquer. lady, »., dame/. lamentation, «., plainte/. land, n., terre/. land, v., debarquer. landing, n., debarcadere m. language, »., langue/., langage m. lake, n., lac m. large, adj., grand, gros (/. grosse). largely, adv., en grande partie. last, adj., dernier, final, passe. last, v., durer. late, adv., tard, en retard. later, adv., plus tard; sooner or — , tot ou tard.. Latin, adj., latin, latter: the — , dem. pron., celui-ci m., celle-ci /., {pi. m. ceux-ci, pi. f. celles-ci). laugh, v., rire irr.; — at one- self, se rire au nez. law, n., loi /., droit m. law-court, n., palais de justice m. lead, v., conduire irr., mener. leader, n., chef m. leadership, n., direction/, learn, v., apprendre irr., savoir irr. least, adj., (le) moindre; at — , au {or du) moins. leave, v., laisser, quitter, partir irr. lecture, n., conference/, left, adj., gauche; at (to) the — , a gauche. leg, n., jambe/. length, n., longueur/. less, adj., moindre. less, adv., moins; — and — , de moins en moins; the — , d'au- tant moins; the — ... the — , moins . . . (et) moins. lesser, adj., moindre. lesson, n., lecon/. lest, conj., de crainte que, de peur que. let, v., laisser; louer. letter {in all senses), n., lettre/.; capital — , majuscule /., lettre majuscule; /. lower-case {or small) — , minuscule /., lettre minuscule; /. — paper, papier a lettre m.\ bachelor of — s, ba- chelier es lettres m. letter-carrier, n., facteur m. Lewis, «., Louis m. library, n., bibliotheque /. lie, v., mentir irr.; — down, se coucher. life, n., vie/. light {of colors), adj., clair. light, n., clarte/. light, v., allumer; — (up), eclairer. lighten, v., eclairer. light-heartedness, n., enjouement m. like, adj., pareil (/. pareille), tel _ (/. telle). like, adv., comme. like, v., aimer, desirer, trouver. like, conj., ainsi que. likewise, adv., aussi. liking, n., gout m. lilac(-colored), adj., lilas. limb, n., membre m. line, n., ligne/.; {of poetry) vers m. linen goods, lingerie/. linking, n., liaison/. lion, n., lion m. listen, v., ecouter. literary, adj., litteraire. literature, n., litterature /. little, adj., petit. little, adv., peu; a — , un peu; — by — , peu a peu. live, v., vivre irr., demeurer; long — . . .! vive . . .! liveliness, n., enjouement m. lively, adj., gai. lo, adv., voici, voila. load, v., charger, loaf, n., pain m. 312 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY locution, n., locution/. lodge, n., loge f. lofty, adj., 'haut. Loire, n., Loire/. loiterer, n., flaneur m. London, n., Londres m. long, adj., long (/. longue); a — while, longtemps. long, a<2i>.,longtemps; how — , com- bien de temps, depuis quand; — live . . .! vive . . .! long for, v., souhaiter. longer: no — , ne . . . plus, look, n., regard in. look, v., regarder, avoir l'air; — at, regarder; — for, chercher; — out upon, donner sur. looking-glass, n., miroir in. lorgnette, n., face-a-main m. lose, v., perdre; — time (of a time- piece), retarder. Louis, n., Louis ;;/. louse, n., pou m. love, n., amour in.; in — , amou- reux (/. amoureuse). love, v., aimer. loving, adj., amoureux (/. amou- reuse). low, adj., bas (/. basse). lower, adj., inferieur; — classes, peuple in.; — part, bas in. luckily, adv.. heureusement. luggage, 11.. bagage(s) in. (usually used in plural). lung, n., poumon in. lyceum, ;/., lvcee m. lyric, adj., lyrique. lyrical, adj., lyrique. M mad, adj., fou (before vowels fol, /. folle). madam, n., madame /. (pi. mes- dames). magnificent, adj.. magnifique. mahogany, ;/., acajou m. maid, n., bonne/. mail, n.. courrier m. make. v.. faire irr., former, rendre; — haste, se depecher, se 'hater; — the mouth water, faire venir l'eau a la bouche; — up one's mind, se decider (a) ; — use (of), se servir (de). male, adj., male. man, n., homme m., monsieur m.; one-eyed — , borgne in.; sick — , malade m.;toy — , bonhomme m. manner, n., fagon /., maniere /., mode /.; — s, moeurs /. pi.; in such a — , tellement; in this — , ainsi, de cette fagon. mansion, n., hotel in. manuscript, ;/., manuscrit in. many (a), adj. pron. and adv., beau- coup, bien, maint; as — , au- tant; how — , combien, que de; so — , tant; too — , trop. map, n., carte/. marble, ;/., marbre m. March, n., mars in. marchioness, n.. marquise/. mark, i., marquer. market. ;/.. 'halle /., marche m.; wine — , 'halle aux vins/. married: be — , se marier; — lady, dame /. marry, v.. marier, se marier avec (or a), epouser. Mary. n.. Marie/. masculine, adj., masculin. massacre. ;/., massacre in. master, n.. maitre in. masterpiece, n.. chef d'oeuvre m. mate. ;;., camarade m. or f. mathematics. ;/., mathematiques /• PL Matilda, n.. Mathilde/. matter, n.. matiere/. matter, v., importer; it doesn't — , n'importe. mausoleum. ;/.. mausolee in. May. ;/., mai in. may. v.. pouvoir irr. me. pcrs. pron., me, moi; to — , me, moi. meadow, n.. pre m. meal. n.. repas in. mean. adj.. moyen (/. moyenne). mean. v.. signifier; what does . . . — ? que veut dire . . .? meaning, ;?., sens ;;;.. signification/, meantime: in the — . cependant. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 313 meanwhile, adv., cependant. measles, n., rougeole/. meat, »., viande/. meddle (with), v., se meler (de or a). medicine, «., medecine/. meet, v., rencontrer; till we — again, au revoir. meeting, n., rendez-vous m. melodrama, »., melodrame m. member, n., membre m. Memphis, »., Memphis m. men, »., hommes, messieurs m. pi., gens m. pi. (may be f. pi. when va- riable adjective precedes); young — , jeunes gens m. pi. menagerie, n., menagerie/. merriment, n., gaiete/. merry, adj., gai, joyeux (/. joy- euse). meter, n., metre m. metropolitan, metropolitain adj. Mexico, «.., le Mexique m. middle, «., milieu m.; in the (very) — , au (beau) milieu. Middle Ages, le moyen age. middle-class, adj., bourgeois. midnight, n., minuit m. midst: in the — of, au milieu de. military, adj., militaire. milk, n., lait m. million, n., million m. mind: make up one's — , se de- cider (a). mine, poss. pron., le mien (/. la mienne); this is — , ceci est a moi. mingle, v., meler. minute, n., minute/. miracle, n., miracle m. miracle-play, n., miracle m. mirror, n., miroir m. mirth, n., gaiete/. misfortune, n., malheur m. miss, n., mademoiselle/, (pi. mes- demoiselles). miss, v., manquer; barely — , faillir irr. mistaken: be — , se tromper. mix, v., meler. mode, n., mode/., mode m. modern, adj., moderne. modify, v., modifier, qualifier, moment, «., moment m. Monday, n., lundi ;;/. money, n., argent m., monnaie/.; paper — , papier-monnaie m. monkey, »., singe m. Mont Blanc, n., le Mont Blanc m. month, n., mois m. monument, n., monument m. mood, n., mode m. moralist, n., moraliste m. morality, n., moralite/. morality-play, n., moralite/. morals, n., mceurs/. pi. more, adv., davantage, plus; — and — , de plus en plus; no — , ne . . . plus; the — ... the — , plus . . . (et) plus. moreover, adv., d'ailleurs. morning, n., matin m.; good — , bonjour. mortal, n., mortel m. most: the — , n., la plupart/. mother, n., mere/. mother-in-law, »., belle-mere/. motto, »., devise/. mount, v., monter, remonter. mountain, n., montagne/. mouth, n., bouche/.; make the — water, faire venir l'eau a la bouche. Mr., monsieur m. (pi. messieurs). Mrs., madame/. (pi. mesdames). much, adv., beaucoup, bien; as — , autant; how — , combien; so — , tant, tellement; so — the better, tant mieux; so — the worse, tant pis; too — , trop; very — , beaucoup, fort. multiplicative, adj., multiplicatif (/. multiplicative). multiply, v., multiplier. multitude, n., multitude/. municipal, adj., municipal, museum, n., musee m. music, n., musique/. music-hall (where drinks are served) , n., cafe chantant m. must, v., devoir irr., falloir irr.; one — , il faut, on doit. mute, adj., muet (/. muette). mutually, adv., mutuellement. 314 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY my > poss. adj., mon (/. ma, pi. mes) ; — dear, mon ami ( /. mon amie) ; — own, poss. pron., mien (/. mienne). myself, pers. pron., me, moi, moi- meme. mystery, n., mystere m. mystery-play, n., mystere m. N name, n., nom m. name, v., nommer. named: be — , s'appeler. napkin, n., serviette/. Naples, n., Naples/. narrate, v., raconter. nasal, adj., nasal. nation, n., nation/. national, adj., national. natural, adj., naturel (/. naturelle). nature, n., nature/. near, adv., pres; come — , faillir. near, prep, pres de. nearly, adv., a peu pres, presque. necessary : be — , f alloir irr. neck, »., cou m. necktie, n., cravate/. need, »., besoin m. need, v., avoir besoin (de). negation, n., negation/. negative, adj., negatif (/. nega- tive). neighbor, n., voisin m., voisine/.; one's — ('s), (d')autrui. neighborhood, voisinage, m.; in the — (of), du cote (de). neither, adj. pron., ni l'un ni l'autre. neither, conj., ni; — ... nor, ne . . . ni . . . ni. Neo-Latin, adj., roman. nephew, «., neveu m. never, adv., jamais, ne . . . jamais, nevertheless, adv., cependant, ne- anmoins, pourtant. new, adj., nouveau {before vowels nouvel, /. nouvelle), (in the sense of 'recently made') neuf (/. neuve). New York, «., New York/. next, adj., prochain, suivant; in the — place, ensuite. next, adv., puis. nice, adj., gentil (/. gentille). nickel, n., nickel m. Nicole, n., Nicole/. niece, n., niece/. night, »., nuit/., soir m.; — before, veille/. nightcap, n., bonnet de nuit m. nine, adj., neuf. nineteen, adj., dix-neuf. ninety, adj., quatre-vingt-dix. ninth, adj., neuvieme. no, adj. pron., aucun (/. aucune), nul (/. nulle) ; — one, personne, ne . . . personne. no, adv., non, pas, point, ne . . . pas; — longer, ne . . . plus; — more, ne . . . plus; — thank you, merci. nobleman, n., gentilhomme (pi. gentilshommes). nobody, indef. pron., personne, ne . . . personne. noon, n., midi m. nor, conj., ni; — . . . either, non plus; neither . . . — , ne . . . ni . . . ni. Normans, n., Normands m. pi. north, n., nord w. North America, ;/., Amerique du Nord /. northeast, n., nord-est m. nose, 71., nez m. nose-glasses, »., pince-nez m. not, adv., ne, ne . . . pas, pas, point; — anywhere, nulle part; — at all, ne . . . point, pas du tout, point; — that I know of, pas que je sache; — until, ne . . . que; — that, non que, non pas que. not any, adj. pron., aucun (/. au- cune), ne . . . aucun (/. aucune), nul (/. nulle), ne . . . nul (/. nulle). notable, adj., notable. note, n., billet m. note-book, n., cahier m. nothing, adv., rien, ne . . . rienl say — (of), taire tr. irr. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 315 notice, v., remarquer. notwithstanding, prep., malgre. notwithstanding that, conj., mal- gre que, nonobstant que. noun, adj., substantif (/. sub- stantive). noun, n., nom m., substantif m.; common — , nom commun m.; compound — , nom compose m.; proper — , nom propre m. novel, n., roman m. novelist, n., romancier m. novelty, n., nouveaute/. November, n., novembre m. now, adv., maintenant, a present, en ce moment; until — , jus- qu'ici. nowhere, adv., nulle part. number, n., nombre m.\ cardinal — , nombre cardinal m.; or- dinal — , nombre ordinal m. numeral, adj., numeral. numerator, n., numerateur. nurse (for children), n., bonne (d'enfant) /. nurse, v., soigner. nursemaid, n., bonne (d'enfant) /. O! inter j., oh! oak, n., chene m. oath, n., serment m. obey, v., obeir. object, 71., article m., but m., com- plement m., objet w., regime m.; direct — , complement direct m.; indirect — , complement indi- rect m. obligation, n., obligation/. obligatory, adj., obligatoire. oblige, v., obliger. obliterate, v., effacer. observe, v., remarquer, observer. obstruct, v., encombrer. occasion, n., occasion /.; on the — , a l'occasion. occupy, v., occuper. ocean, n., mer /., ocean m. o'clock, n., heure/. October, n., octobre m. Of, prep, de, en; — which, dont; — whom, dont. off: far — , loin. office, n., bureau m. office-desk, bureau m. officer, n., officier m.; custom- house — , douanier m. often, adv., souvent. oh! inter j., ah! oh! oil, n., huile/. old, adj., age (de), ancien (/. ancienne), vieux (before vowels vieil, /. vieille) ; — codger, bon- homme m.; grow — , vieillir. omission, n., omission/. omit, v., omettre irr. on, prep., sur, a, de; — foot, a pied; — one side, d'un cote; come — , survenir irr.; put — , se mettre irr.; — the ground-floor, au rez- de-chaussee; — the side (of), du cote (de); — the way, en che- min; — the way (to), en route (pour). once, adv., autrefois, une fois; at — , a la fois, aussitot, tout de suite, tout du premier (coup). one, adj. pron., un (/. une). one, indef. pron. {often rendered in English by 'you,' 'we,' 'they,' 'people,' or by the passive con- struction) on; — another, Fun l'autre, les uns les autres, se; any — , personne, quelqu'un (/. quelqu'une); certain — s, cer- tains; each — , chacun (/. chacune); every — , chacun (/. chacune); no — , personne, ne . . . personne; some — , quel- qu'un; such a — , un tel; that — , celui-la (/. celle-la) ; this — , celui-ci (/. celle-ci). one-armed, adj., manchot. one-eyed, adj., borgne; — man, borgne m. one-handed, adj., manchot. one's, poss. adj., son (/. sa, pi. ses); — neighbor('s), (d')autrui; — own, sien (/. sienne). oneself, indef. pron., se, soi, soi- meme; betake — , se rendre; laugh at — , se rire au nez; to — , se. only, adj., seul, unique. 316 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY only, adv., seulement, ne . . . que. open, adj. pp., ouvert. open, v., ouvrir irr.; — upon, donner sur. opera, n., opera m. opera-bouffe, «., opera-bouffe m. opera-comique, n., opera-comi- que m. opera-house, n., opera m. opportunity, n., occasion/. opposite, adj., oppose. opposite, prep., en face (de). or, conj., ou; whether . . . — , soit que . . . soit. oral, adj., oral. orange, n., orange/. orange-tree, n., oranger m. order, n., ordre m.; in — that, pour que, afin que; in — to, pour, afin de. ordinal, adj., ordinal. ordinarily, adv., a l'ordinaire. ordinary, adj., ordinaire. organ, n., organe m. origin, »., origine/. original, adj., original. orthographical, adj., orthogra- phique. other, adj., autre; each — , l'un l'autre, se; — people, autrui; some ... or — , quelconque {follows noun); to each — , l'un a l'autre, se. others, indef. pron., autrui. ought, v., devoir irr. our, poss. adj., notre (pi. nos); — own, notre. ours, poss. pron., le notre (/. la notre); this is — , ceci est a nous. ourselves, pers. pron., nous, nous- memes. out: — of, hors; go — , sortir irr. over, adv., sur; pass — , traverser; — there, la-bas. overcoat, «., pardessus, m. owe, v., devoir irr. owl, n., 'hibou m. own, adj., propre; his (her or their) — , sien (/. sienne); my — , mien (/. mienne); one's — , sien (/. sienne); our — , notre; thine — , tien (/. tienne); your — , tien (/. tienne), votre. owner, »., possesseur m. ox, «., bceuf m. (pi. bceufs). package, n., colis m., paquet m. packet, n., paquebot m. page, n. (of a book) page /.; (per- son) page m. pain, n., peine/. paint, n., peinture/. painting, »., peinture/., tableau m. pair, «., paire/. palace, n., palais m. pantaloons, «., pantalon m. paper, n., papier m.; blotting — , papier buvard m.; letter — , papier a lettre m.; — money, papier-monnaie m. parcel, n., paquet m. pardon, n., pardon m. pardon, v., pardonner. parent (s), n., parent (s) m. Paris, ;/., Paris m. Parisian, adj., parisien (/. pari- sienne). park, n., pare m. parlor, »., salon m. part, n., partie/., role m., part/.; in great — , en grande partie; lower — , bas m.\ play the — of, faire irr.; principal — s (of a verb), parties principales. participle, n., participe m. particular, adj., certain, particulier (/. parti culiere). partitive, adj., partitif (/. parti- tive). party: evening — , soiree/. pass, v., passer; — over, traverser; — through, traverser. passage, n., trajet ;;?., traversee/. passenger, n.. voyageur m. passionately, adv., eperdument. passive, adj., passif (/. passiv r e). past, adj., dernier (/. derniere), passe; — anterior, passe an- terieur m.; — definite, passe derini ;;/.; — indefinite, passe indefini m. ^ ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 317 paternal, adj., paternel (/. pater- nelle). pay, v., payer; — a visit, rendre visite; — for, payer. pear, n., poire/. pebble, n., caillou m. pen, »., plume/. pencil, n., crayon m. penholder, n., porte-plume m. penknife, «., canif m. people, n., gens m. pi. {may be f. pi. when variable adjective pre- cedes); monde m., peuple m.; other — , autrui. pepper, »., poivre m. perfect, adj., parfait. perfect (tense), n., parfait m., passe indefini m. perfect, v., perfectionner. perfectly, adv., parfaitement. perform, v., representer. performance, n., representation/., spectacle m. perhaps, adv., peut-etre. period, n., epoque/., point m. permit, v., permettre irr. person, «., personne /.; — s, per- sonnes /. pi., gens m. pi. {may be f. pi. when preceded by vari- able adjective). personal, adj., personnel (/. per- sonnels). phenomenon, «., phenomene m. philosopher, «., philosophe m. philosophical, adj., philosophique. philosophy, n., philosophic/. phonetic, adj., phone tique. phrase, n., locution /., phrase /., proposition /. piano, n., piano m. pick, v., cueillir irr. picture, n., image /., portrait m. t tableau m. picture-book, n., livre d'images m. piece, n., morceau m., piece /.; gold — , piece d'or/.; — of fur- niture, meuble m. pierce, v., percer. pig, n., cochon m. pin, n., epingle/. pink, adj., rose. pit, n., fosse /./bear , fosse aux ours /. pity: it is a — , il {or c')est dom- mage. place, n., endroit m., lieu m., place /.; — of interest, curiosite /.;in the next — , ensuite; take — , avoir lieu; take the — of, rem- placer. place, v., mettre irr., placer, situer. plan, n., dessein m. plan, v., projeter. plant, n., plante/. plate, n., assiette/. platform, n., debarcadere m. play, n., piece/., spectacle m. play, v., jouer, representer; — the part of, faire irr. plaything, n., jouet m. pleasant, adj., agreable. please, v., plaire irr.; if you — , s'il vous plait; — . . ., donnez- vous la peine de . . . ; will you — , voulez-vous bien. pleased, adj., aise, content, heu- reux (/. heureuse), charme. pleasure, n., plaisir m.; with — , volontiers, avec plaisir. pluck, v., cueillir irr. pluperfect (tense), plus-que-par- fait m. plural, 71., pi uriel m. pocket, n., poche/. pocket-book, n., porte-monnaie m. poem, n., poeme m.; epic — , epo- pee /. poet, n., poete m. poetry, n., poesie/. point, n., point m.; cardinal — s, points cardinaux m. pi. point out, v., indiquer. polite, adj., galant, poli. poor adj., pauvre. popular, adj., populaire. port, »., port m. porter, n., concierge m. or /.; rail- way — , f acteur m. portrait, n., portrait m. Portugal, n., Portugal m. position, n., position/., place/. positive, adj., certain, positif (/. positive). 318 ENGLISH-FRENCH. VOCABULARY positive (degree), n., positif m. possess, v., posseder. possession, n., possession/. possessive, adj., possessif (/. pos- sessive). possessor, n., possesseur m. possible, adj., possible. post, n., courrier m. postage-stamp, n., timbre m., timbre-poste m. postal-card, «., carte-postale /. postman, n., facteur m. post-office, n., poste/. pot, n., casserole/. potato, n., pomme de terre/. poultry-yard, n., basse-cour /. pound, n., livre/. power, n., pouvoir m.; in the — , au pouvoir. practice, v., pratiquer. pray, v., prier; — ! de grace! done. preacher, n., predicateur m. precede, v., preceder. preceding, adj., precedent. precise, adj., precis. precisely, adv., precisement. precursor, «., precurseur m. predict, v., predire irr. prefer, v., aimer mieux, preferer. prepare, v., preparer. preposition, n., preposition/. present, adj., actuel (/. actuelle), present; be — at, assister a. present, n., cadeau; (time or tense) present m.; at — , a present, en ce moment. present, v., presenter. preserve, v., conserver, preserver. preterit, n., passe defini m. pretty, adj., gentil (/. gentille), joli. prevent, v., empecher. price, «., prix m. prick, v., piquer. primary, adj., primaire. princess, n., princesse/. principal, adj., cardinal, principal; — parts (of a verb), parties prin- cipals. principle, «., principe m. prize, 7i., prix m. probable, adj., probable. probably, adv., probablement. proclaim, v., proclamer. produce, v., produire irr. profane, adj., profane. professor, n., professeur m.; uni- versity — , professeur de fa- culte m. profit (by), v., profiter (de). profound, adj., profond. program, n., programme m. project, v., projeter. promenade, n., promenade/. promise, n., parole/. promise, v., promettre irr. pronominal, adj., pronominal. pronoun, n., pronom m. pronounce, v., prononcer. pronunciation, «., prononciation /. proper, adj., propre; — noun, nom propre m. properly, adv., proprement. proposition, n., proposition/. prose, n., prose/. prose-writer, n., prosateur m. protect, v., preserver. Protestant, adj., protestant. Protestant, ;?., protestant m. proudly, adv., 'hautement. prove, v., prouver; eprouver. provided that, conj., pourvu que. psychology, n., psychologie /. public, adj., public (/. publique). public, »., public m. Punch and Judy show, n., Guignol m. punctuation, n., ponctuation /. punishment, ;?., peine/. pupil, n., eleve m. or f. purse, n., bourse/. put, v., mettre irr., placer; (of questions) poser; — on, mettre irr., se mettre (a); — out (of eyes), crever; — to bed, cou- cher; — to flight, mettre en fuite. qualify, v., qualifier. quality, »., qualite/. quantity, «., quantite/. quarter, n., quart m., quartier m. quay, n., quai m. queen, n., reine/. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 319 question, n., interrogation /., question /. question, v., questionner. quickly, adv., vite. quiet, adj., tranquille, coi (/. coite). quiet, n., tranquillite /. quit, v., quitter. quite, adv., assez, tout, tout a, fait. quote, v., citer. radiant, adj., radieux (/. radieuse). railroad, n., chemin de fer m. railway, n., chemin de fer m. rain, n., pluie/. rain v., pleuvoir irr., faire de la pluie. rainy: be — , faire de la pluie. raise, v., lever. rank, n., qualite/. raptures : go into — , s'extasier. rare, adj., rare, {of meats) saignant. rather, adv., assez, plutot. ravage, n., ravage m. ravisher, n., ravisseur m. ■ ray, n., rayon m. read, v., lire irr. reading, n., lecture/.; — exercise, exercice (de lecture) m. real, adj., vrai. realist, n., realiste m. realm, n., royaume m. reascend, v., remonter. reason, n., raison/. reason, v., raisonner. recall, v., rappeler, se rappeler. recapture, v., reprendre irr. receive, v., recevoir irr. recollect, v., se rappeler. recover (one's health), v., se re- tablir. red, adj., rouge. reddish, adj., roux (/. rousse). reenter, v., rentrer. refer, v., se rapporter. reference, n., rapport m.; for — , a titre d'indication. reflect, v., refleter. reflective, adj., reflechi. reflexive, adj., reflechi. refuse, v., refuser. regam, v., regagner. regard: with — (to), prep., quant (a). regard, v., regarder. regret, v., regretter. regular, adj., regulier (/. regu- liere). reign, v., regner; let — ! vive! relation, n., rapport m. relative, adj., relatif (/. relative). relative, n., parent m., parente /. remain, v., rester. remember, v., se rappeler, se sou- venir (de) irr. remount, v., remonter. render, v., rendre. rendezvous, n., rendez-vous m. renounce, v., renoncer. renowned, adj., renomme. rent, v., louer. repeat, v., repeter. repetition, n., repetition/. replace, v., remplacer. reply, n., reponse/. reply, v., repondre. represent, v., representer. representative, n., depute m., re- presentant m. require, v., demander, exiger. resemble, v., ressembler. reside, v., demeurer. resolutely, adv., 'hautement, re- solument. resolve, v., resoudre irr., se decider (a). ' resort to, v., frequenter. respect, n., hommage m. {usually used in the plural). respond, v., repondre. response, n., reponse/. restore, v., retablir. retain, v., retenir irr. retake, v., reprendre irr. return, n., retour m. return, v., rendre tr., rentrer intr.; — to, rendre tr., regagner intr. review, n., revue/. revolution, n., revolution/. Rhone, n., le Rhone m. rib, «., c6te/. ribbon, n., ruban m. riches, n., richesse/. 320 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY rid: get — of, se defaire de; — oneself of, se defaire de. ride, n. t promenade /.; take a — , faire une promenade. right, adj., droit; at (to) the — , a droite; be — , avoir raison. right, n., droit m., raison/. rightly, adv., proprement, a juste titre, avec raison. ring, v., sonner. rise, v., se lever. road, n., chemin m., route/. robe, n., robe/. rocking-chair, «., chaise a bas- cule /. r61e, «., role m. roll, «., petit pain m. Roman, adj., roman. Romance, adj., roman. romance, n., roman m. romantic, adj., romantique. romanticism, n., romantisme m. Rome, n., Rome/. room, n., chambre/., loge/., piece /.; large — , salle/. rooster, n., coq m. Roumania, n., Roumanie/. round: go — , faire le tour de; — table, gueridon m.; trip ticket, billet (d')aller et retour. route, n., chemin m., route/. royal, adj., royal. rubber, n., gomme elastique /., caoutchouc m. rug, n., tapis m. rule, »., regie/. ruler, n., regie/. run, v., courir irr. rural, adj., champetre. rustic, adj., champetre. saber, n., sabre m. sack-coat, n., veston m. sacred, adj., saint. sad, adj., triste. said, pp., dit. sail, n., voile/. saint, 71., saint m., sainte /. salad, «., salade/. salon, n., salon m. salt, n., sel m. same, adj., meme; at the — time, ensemble, a la fois; in the — way, de la meme facon; the — as, de meme que. sandwich-man {for advertising) , n., homme-amche m. Santa Claus, n., le bonhomme de Noel m. satellite, n., satellite m. satire, «., satire/. satirical, adj., satirique. satisfied, adj., content, satisfy, v., satisfaire irr. Saturday, n., samedi m. saucepan, n., casserole/, saucer, n., soucoupe/. saunterer, n., flaneur m. save, prep., excepte. say, v., dire irr.; — nothing of, taire irr. scandalous, adj., scandaleux (/. scandaleuse). scarcely, adv., a peine, guere, ne . . . guere. scarlet, adj., ecarlate, (of fever) scarlatine; — fever, fievre scar- latine/. scene, ;/., scene/. school, n., ecole /., college m.; at — , a l'ecole. science, »., science/.; bachelor of — , bachelier es sciences m. scientific, adj., scientifique. scold, v., gronder. score, ;/., vingtaine/. sculpture, ;?., sculpture/, sea, »., mer /.; go to — , se mettre en mer. seal, v., cacheter. search, ;z., recherche/.; in — , a la recherche, search, v., chercher. seasick: be — , avoir le mal de mer. seasickness, ;/., mal de mer m. season, n., saison/. seat, 7i., banc m., place/., siege m. seat, v., asseoir irr. seated, pp., assis. second, adj., deuxieme, second, secondary, adj., secondaire. . ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 321 secondly, adv., deuxiemement, se- condement. secular, adj., profane. see, v., voir irr.; — again, revoir irr.; — here, voici; — there, voila; I'll — you soon again, a bientot. seeing that, conj., puisque. seek, v., chercher. seeking, n., recherche/. seem, v., paraitre irr., sembler. Seine, n., Seine/. seize, v., saisir. selection, n., choix m. self, adj., me me. self, pers. pron., soi; one — , se, soi, soi-meme; to one — , se, a soi(-meme). self-conceit, n., vanite/. sell, v., vendre. senate, n., senat m. send, v., envoyer irr.; — away, renvoyer irr.; — for, envoyer chercher. sense, n., sens m. sentence, n., phrase/. sentinel, n., sentinelle /. separate, v., separer. September, n., septembre m. serious, adj., serieux (/. serieuse). servant, n., bonne/. serve, v., servir irr.; — one's time, faire son temps. service, n., disposition /., service m. session: hold — , sieger. set of ten, n., dizaine/. set, v., mettre irr., (of timepieces) mettre a l'heure; — out, partir irr. settle, v., installer. seven, adj., sept, seventeen, adj., dix-sept. seventh, adj., septieme. seventy, adj., soixante-dix. seventy-one, adj., soixante(et)onze. several, adj. pron., plusieurs. severe, adj., fort, severe. shade, n., ombre/.; store m. shade, v., ombrager. shaded, adj., ombrage. shadow, «., ombre/. shady, adj., ombrage. shame, «., honte/. share, n., part/.: she, dem. pron., ce, celle. she, pers. pron., elle. shelf, n., rayon m. shine, v., briller. shirt-waist, n., blouse/. shoe, n., Soulier m.; high — , bottine /. shop, n., magasin m. shore, n., rive/. short, adj., court; in — , enfin. shortly, adv., bientot. shot, n., coup m. should, v., devoir irr. shoulder, n., epaule/. shout, n., cri m. show: Punch and Judy — , n., Guignol m. show, v., indiquer, montrer. shut, v., fermer; — up, renfermer. sick, adj., malade; — man, ma- lade m. sickness, n., mal m., maladie/. side, n., cote m., rive /., part /.; on one — , d'un cote; on the — (of), du cote (de). sideboard, n., buffet, m. side-dish, n., 'hors-d'ceuvre m. sidewalk, n., trottoir m. siege, n., siege m. sight, n., vue/. sign, n., signe m.; ecriteau m. sign-board, n., ecriteau m. signification, n., signification/, signify, v., signifier. silent: be — , se taire irr.; keep — , se taire irr. silk hat, n., chapeau haut de forme m. silver, n., argent m. similar, adj., pareil (/. pareille), _ tel (/. telle). simple, adj., simple. since, adv., depuis. since, conj., depuis que, puisque. since, prep., depuis, des. single, adj., simple, seul. singular, adj., singulier (/. singu- liere). singular, n., singulier m. 322 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY Svr,n., monsieur m. (pi. messieurs). sister, n., soeur/. sister-in-law, »., belle-soeur /. sit, v., sieger; — down, s'asseoir. site, n., emplacement m. sitting, adj., assis. situate, v., situer. situated: be — , etre situe, se trouver. six, adj., six. sixteen, adj., seize. sixth, adj., sixieme. sixty, adj., soixante. sketch, v., tracer. skirt, n., jupe/. skull, n., crane m. sky, ii., ciel m. slave, n., esclave m. or f. sleep, n., sommeil m. sleep, v., dormir irr. sleeping-room, «., chambre /., chambre a coucher/. sleepy: be — , avoir sommeil. slide, v., glisser. slip, v., glisser. slipper, n., pantoufle/. slow, adj., lent; be — (of time- pieces), etre en retard, retarder. slowly, adv., lentement. sly, adj., malin (/. maligne). small, adj., petit; — cup (of coffee), demi-tasse /.; — village, bour- gade /.; — window, guichet, m. smart, adj., coquet (f. coquette). smoke, v., fumer. Smyrna, n., Smyrne/. snow, it., neige/. snow, v., neiger, faire de la neige. snowy: be — , faire de la neige. so, adv., ainsi, si, tellement; — and — , un tel; — called, dit; — many, tant; — much, tant, tellement; — much the better, tant mieux; — much the worse, tant pis; — that, afin que, de facon que, de maniere que, de sorte que, pour que; — ... that, si . . . que. society, n., compagnie/., societe/. sofa, ii., canape m., sofa m. soft, adj., mou (before vowels mol, /. molle). sojourn, n., sejour m. soldier, soldat in.; disabled — , invalide m.; — s' home, hotel des invalides m. sole, adj., seul, unique. solely, adv., seulement. some, part, art., des. some, adj. pron., quelque, certain, en; — one, quelqu'un (pi. quel- ques-uns, f. quelqu'une, pi. f. quelques-unes) ; — ... or other, quelconque (always follows the noun); — twenty, vingtaine /., — ten, dizaine /.; — thirty, trentaine /. somebody, indef. pron., quelqu'un (pi. quelques-uns, /. quelqu'une, pi. f. quelques-unes). something, indef. pron., quelque chose. sometimes, adv., quelquefois. somewhat, adv., un peu. somewhere, adv., quelque part. son, n., nls m. son-in-law, n., beau-fils ;;;. soon, adv., bientot, tot; as — as, aussitot que, des que, I'll see you — again, a bientot. sooner, adv., plutot; — or later, tot ou tard. sore, »., plaie/. sorrow, ;?., chagrin m. sorrowful, adj., triste. sorry, adj., fache; be — , regretter, etre fache. sort, ;/., espece/., genre m., sorte/. sotie (satirical play in which polit- ical and social questions are treated with great freedom), n., sotie /. sou, ;?., sou m. soul, n.. ame/. sound, adj., sain. sound, ;/., son m. sound, v., sonner. soup, n., potage m. source, n., origine/. south. ;/., midi in., sud m. South America, ;/., Amerique du Sud/. spacious, adj., vaste. Spain, ;/., Espagne/. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 323 Spanish, adj., espagnol. speak, v., parler. specialty, «., speciality /. species, n., espece/. spectacle, »., spectacle m. spectacular, adj., a. grand spectacle. speech, n., parole/. spend, v., depenser, passer. spirit, n., esprit m. spite: in — of, malgre; in — of the fact that, malgre que. splendid, adj., splendide. spontaneous, adj., spontane. spoon, »., cuiller/. spot, n., endroit m., tache /. spring, n., printemps m. square, n., place/. stage, n., scene/. stain, n., tache/. staircase, n., escalier m. stairs, n., escalier m.; down — , en bas; up — , en 'haut. stamp, n., timbre m., timbre-poste m. stand, n., gueridon m., station/. stand {of cabs), v., stationner. standing, adv., debout. standing, adj., (of collars) droit. stand-up, adj., (of collars) droit, star, n., astre m. start, v., commencer; — off, partir irr. state, n., etat m.; stroke of — , coup d'etat m. stately, adj., imposant, superbe. statesman, n., homme d'Etat m. station, n., gare/., station/. stationed: be — , stationner. stay, n., sejour m. stay, v., rester. steamboat, n., paquebot m.; river — , bateau-mouche tn. steamer, n., paquebot m. steel, n., acier m. step, n., pas m. step-brother, n., beau-frere m. step-daughter, n., belle-fille /. step-father, n., beau-pere m. step-mother, n., belle-mere/. step-sister, n., belle-sceur /. step-son, n., beau-fils m. stewpan, n., casserole/. still, adv., encore, pourtant. stirring, adj., emouvant. stock-exchange, n., bourse/. stomach, n., ventre m. stop, v., arreter, s'arreter; — (at a lodging), descendre. store, n., magasin m.; dry-goods — , magasin de nouveautes m. story, n., histoire/., (of a house) etage m. straight, adj., droit. stranded: be — , echouer. street, n., rue/. street-car, n., tramway m. stressed, adj., tonique. strike, v., f rapper, (of clocks) son- ner. strive, v., tacher. stroke, n., coup m.; — of state, coup d'etat m. stroller, n., flaneur m. strong, adj., fort. structure, n., monument m. student (of a secondary school), n. y eleve m. or /.; (of a college or uni- versity), etudiant m., etudiante/. study, v., etudier, faire irr. stupid, adj., sot (/. sotte). style, n., genre m., style m., chic m. stylish, adj., elegant. subject, n., sujet m. subjunctive, n., subjonctif m. subsidize, v., subventionner. substantive, adj., substantif (/. substantive). substantive, n., substantif m. substitute, v., substituer. subway, n., souterrain; — (in Paris), metropolitain m. succeed, v., reussir, succeder. succeeding, adj., prochain, suivant. succulent, adj., succulent. such, adj., pareil (/. pareille), tel ( /. telle) ; — a one, un tel ; in — a manner, tellement, de telle facon. such, adv., si. sudden: all of a — , tout d'un coup. suddenly, adv., soudain, tout a coup. suffer, v., souffrir irr. sugar, n., sucre m. suit, n., vetement m. 324 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY suit, v., convenir irr. summer, n., ete m. sun, n., soleil m. Sunday, n., dimanche m. sunny: be — , faire du soleil. superb, adj., superbe. superior, adj., superieur. superiority, n., superiority, /. superlative, adj., superlatif (/. superlative). superlative {degree), n., superlatif, m. supply, n., provision/., fourniture /• supposing that, conj., suppose que. sure, adj., certain, sur. surround, v., entourer. sustain, v., soutenir irr. sway: hold — , regner. sweet, adj., doux (/. douce). Switzerland, n., Suisse/. syllable, n., syllabe/. symbolist, n., symboliste m. synopsis, n., synopsis/. table, n., table /., tableau m.; round — , gueridon m. table-cloth, n., nappe/. tailor, n., tailleur m. take, v., conduire irr., emporter, mener, prendre irr.; — a ride, faire une promenade (en voiture, a. cheval, etc.); — a walk, faire une promenade (a. pied) ; — away, emporter; — back, reprendre irr.; — care of, soigner; — place, avoir lieu; — the place of, remplacer; — up again, re- prendre irr. talk, v., causer. tall, adj., grand, 'haut. tapestry, n., tapisserie/. task, n., travail m. taste, n., gout m. tavern, »., taverne/. taxi, n., taxi m. taxi-cab, n., taxi m., taxi-auto m. tea, n., the m. teach, v., apprendre irr., enseigner. teacher, n., maitre m., professeur m., (in a primary school) insti- tutes m., institutrice /. tear away, v., arracher; — from, arracher a. tell, v., dire irr.; — of, raconter. ten, adj., dix. ten, 11., dizaine /.; set of — , di- zaine/.; some — , dizaine/. tense, n., temps m. tenth, adj., dixieme. terminate, v., terminer. terrible, adj., terrible. test, v., essayer. than, conj., que, que . . . ne. than, prep, (before a numeral), de. thank (for), v., remercier (de);no, — you, merci; — you, merci. thanks, adv.. merci. that, conj., arm que, pour que, que; in order — , pour que; not — , non pas que, non que; notwith- standing — , nonobstant que; provided — , pourvu que; see- ing — , puisque; so — , ann que, de facon que, de maniere que, de sorte que, pour que, si . . . que; supposing — , suppose que. that, dcm. adj.. ce (before vowels cet, /. cette); — way, par la. that, dcm. pron. ca, ce. cela, celui, celle; — is, voila; — one, celui- la, celle-la. that, rel. pron., lequel ( /. laquelle, pi. m. lesquels, pl.f. lesquelles), qui, que; — which, ce qui, ce que. thaw, v., degeler. the, def. art., le m., la/., les pi. m. and /.; — same as, de meme que; — whole, tout. theater, n., theatre ;;/. thee, pers. pron., te, toi; to — , te, toi. their, pass, adj., leur. theirs, poss. pron., le leur (/. la leur) ; this is — , ceci est a. eux (a elles). them, pers. pron., les, leur, eux, elles; to — , leur. theme, n., theme m. themselves, pers. pron., eux-memes, elles-memes, se. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 325 then, adv., alors, ensuite, puis; until — , jusque la. then, conj., done. then: well — ! inter j., bicn! thence, adv., en. there, adv., y, la, par la; as far as — , jusque la; from — , en; here and — , ca et la; — is {or are) (stales a fact but does not point out), il y a; — is (or are) (points out), voila; see — , voila; over — , la-bas; what is — ? qu'est- ce qu'il y a? there, pron. adv., y. therefore, conj., done. thereupon, adv., la-dessus. these, dem. pron., ce, ceux(-ci), celles(-ci). they, dem. pron., ce, ceux, celles. they, pers. pron., ils, elles, eux. thine, poss. pron., le tien (/. la tienne); — own, le tien (/. la tienne). thing, n., chose/., affaire/. think, v., croire, irr., penser, trou- ver; I — not, je pense que non; — of, penser a; one would — , on dirait. third, adj., troisieme, tiers (/. tierce). third, n., tiers, m. thirst, n., soif/. thirsty: be — , avoir soif. thirteen, adj., treize. thirty, adj., trente; about — , tren- taine /.; some — , trentaine /. this, dem. adj., ce (before vowels cet, /. cette); — way, par ici. this, dem. pron., ce, ceci, celui, celle; — is, voici; — one, celui-ci, celle-' ci. thither, pron. adv., y. those, dem. pron., ce, ceux(-ci), celles (-ci). thou, pers. pron., tu, toi. though, adv., bien. though, conj., quoique, encore que. " thousand, adj., mil, mille; one — , mil, mille; two — , deux mille. thousand n., millier m. three, adj., trois. thrice, adj., trois fois. through, prep., par; pass — , tra verser. throw, v., jeter. thunder, v., tonner. Thursday, n., jeudi m. thus, adv., ainsi, si. thy, poss. adj., ton (/. ta, pi. tes). thyself, pers. pron., te, toi, toi- meme. Tiber, n., Tibre m. ticket, n., billet m., etiquette/. ticket-window, m., guichet m. tiger, n., tigre m. time, heure/., (duration) temps m., (recurrence) fois/.; at the same — , a la fois, ensemble; from — to — -, de temps en temps; gain — (of timepieces) , avancer; have a good — , s'amuser, se divertir; lose — (of timepieces), retarder; one — , une fois; serve one's — , faire son temps. time-table, n., indicateur m. tip, n., pourboire m. tire, v., fatiguer. tired, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). to, prep., a, de, en, pour, afin de, a destination de, jusque, jus- qu'a; according — , selon, sui- vant; — and fro, ca et la; re- turn — ■, regagner; — the house of, chez; — the left, a gauche; — the right, a droite; up — , jusqu'a, jusque. to-day, adv., aujourd'hui. toe, n., doigt (du pied) m. together, adv., ensemble; bring — , reunir; come se reunir. toilet, n., toilette/. tomb, n., tombeau m. to-morrow, adv., demain; day after — , apres-demain. ton, n., tonne/. tongue, n., langue/. tonic, adj., tonique. too, adv., aussi; — many, trop; — much, trop. tooth, n., dent/. tooth-brush, n., brosse a dents/. touch, v., toucher. towards, prep., vers. towel, n., serviette/. 326 ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY tower, n., tour/. town, adj., municipal. town, »., ville/., village m. toy, «., jouet ra., joujou w.; — man, bonhomme m. trace, v., tracer. track, n., chemin m. tragedy, n., tragedie/. train, n., train m. tramway, «., tramway m. tranquillity, «., tranquillite /• transatlantic, ad!;., transatlantique. transitive, ao7- ; transitif (/. tran- sitive). translate, v., traduire irr. travel, n., voyage m. travel, v., voyager. traveler, n., voyageur m. traverse, v., traverser. tree, n., arbre m.; Christmas — , arbre de Noel m. trick, n., tour m. trim, adj., coquet (J. coquette). trip, n., trajet m., voyage m. triumph, n., triomphe m. trouble, «., peine/. trousers, n., pantalon m. true, adj., vrai. trumpet, «., trompette/. trunk, «., malle/., tronc m. try, v., eprouver, essayer, tacher. Tuesday, n., mardi m. turkey, «., dindon m. turkey-cock, n., dindon m. turn, n., tour ;».;in — , tour a tour. turn, v., tourner. turn-down (o/coZ/a/'s), adj., rabattu. twelve, adj., douze. twenty, adj., vingt; about — , vingtaine/.; some — , vingtaine /• twenty-first, adj., vingt et unieme. twenty-one, adj., vingt et un. twice, adj., deux fois. two, adj., deux. type, n., caractere m., type. U ugly, adj., vilain. uncertainty, »., incertitude/. uncle, »., oncle m. uncommon, adj., rare, under, prep., sous. undergo, v., soutenir irr. understand, v., comprendre irr. undo, v., defaire irr. undress, v., (se) deshabiller. unfortunate, adj., malheureux (/. malheureuse). unite, v., unir. United States, n., Etats-Unis m. pi. university, n., universite /.; — professor, professeur de faculte m. unless, conj., a moins que, que. unlucky, adj., malheureux (/. mal- heureuse). unstressed, adj., atone. until, conj., (en) attendant que, jusqu'a ce que, tant que; not — , ne . ..que; — now, jusqu'ici; — then, jusque la. up, adv., 'haut, en 'haut; — and down, ga et la; draw — , rediger; go — , monter, remonter; shut — , renfermer; — stairs, en 'haut; take — again, reprendre irr.; — to. jusque, jusqu'a. upholstery, ;/., tapisserie/. upon, adv., sur; — my word, par ma foi. upper, adj., superieur. upright, adj., droit, up-stairs, adv., en 'haut. us, pers. pron., nous; to — , nous, usage, ;/.. emploi m., usage m. use, «., emploi ;;/.; make — (of), se servir (de). use, v., employer, se servir (de). useful, adj., utile, usual, adj., ordinaire. usually, adv., generalement. vacation, n., vacances/. pi. value, ;/., valeur/. vanity, >/., vanite/. variable, adj., variable, variety, ;;.. variete /. various, adj., different, divers, vast, adj., vaste. ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY 327 vaudeville, n., vaudeville m. vegetable, n., legume m. vehicle, n., voiture/. veil, n., voile m. venture, v., oser. verb, n., verbe m. veritable, adj., vrai, veritable. verse, »., vers m. very, adj., me me; in the — middle, au beau milieu, very, adv., bien, fort, tres; — much, beaucoup, fort, vest, »., gilet, m. Vesuvius, n., Vesuve m. vex, v., facher. viand, »., viande/. vicinity, n., environs m. pi. victim, n., victime/. view, n., vue/. village, village m. ; small — , bour- gade /. vinegar, n., vinaigre m. virtue, n., vertu/. visit, n., visite/.; pay a — , rendre visite. visit, v., visiter. visitor, n., visiteur m. vocabulary, n., vocabulaire m. voice, n., voixf. volume, n., volume m. vowel, n., voyelle/. voyage, n., traversee/., voyage m. W waist, n., corsage m. waistcoat, n., gilet m. wait for, v., attendre. wake, v., (se) reveiller; — up, (se) reveiller. walk, n., promenade/.; take a — , faire une promenade. walk, v., se promener. wall, n., mur m. want, v., vouloir irr. ward, n., quartier m. warm, adj., chaud; be — , {of per- sons) avoir chaud; {of the weath- er) faire chaud. wash, v., laver. wash-stand, n., lavabo m. waste, v., perdre. watch, n., montre/. water, n., eau/. water: make the mouth — , faire venir l'eau a la bouche. water-bottle, n., carafe/, way, 11., chemin m., facon/., ma- niere/., mode/., pli m., route/., sens m.; in the same — , de la meme fagon; in this — , de cette facon; on the — , en chemin, en route; on the — to, en route pour; that — , par la; this — '-, par ici. wax, n., cire/. we, pers. pron., nous. wealth, n., richesse/. wear, v., porter. weary, adj., fatigue, las (/. lasse). weary, v., fatiguer, ennuyer. weather, n., temps m.; cloudy — , temps couvert m. Wednesday, n., mercredi m. week, n., semaine /., huit jours, m. pi. well, adj., sain; get — again, se retablir. well, adv., bien; as — as, ainsi que. well (then)! inter j., bien! eh! eh bien! west, n., ouest m. wharf, n., quai m. what, int. adj., quel (/. quelle). what, int. pron., que, qui, qu'est-ce qui, qu'est-ce que, quoi {used particularly after prepositions). what, rel. pron., ce qui, ce que, quoi. whatever, a